Aeroflex IFR6000 Test Set Operations Manual 6093

March 28, 2018 | Author: chrismosf | Category: Voltage, Alternating Current, Electric Shock, Electrical Engineering, Electronics
Share
Report this link


Comments



Description

XPDR/DME TCAS/ADS-B/TIS Test Set IFR 6000Operation Manual Issue 8 EXPORT CONTROL WARNING: This document contains controlled technology or technical data under the jurisdiction of the Export Administration Regulations (EAR), 15 CFR 730-774. It cannot be transferred to any foreign third party without the specific prior approval of the U.S. Department of Commerce Bureau of Industry and Security BIS). Violations of these regulations are punishable by fine, imprisonment, or both. OPERATION MANUAL XPDR/DME/TCAS/ADS-B/TIS TEST SET IFR 6000 PUBLISHED BY Aeroflex COPYRIGHT  Aeroflex 2010 A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . N o p a r t o f t h i s p u b l i c a t i o n ma y b e r e p r o d u c e d , s t o r e d i n a r e t r i e v a l s y s t e m, o r t r a n s mi t t e d i n a n y f o r m o r b y a n y me a n s , e l e c t r o n i c , me c h a n i c a l , p h o t o c o p y i n g , r e c o r d i n g o r otherwise without the prior permission of the publisher. Original Printing Issue 2 Issue 3 Issue 4 Issue 5 Issue 6 Issue 7 Issue 8 Mar 2005 Sep 2005 Nov 2005 Jan 2006 Aug 2007 Dec 2007 Dec 2009 Nov 2010 1 0 2 0 0 W e s t Y o r k / W i c h i t a , K a n s a s 6 7 2 1 5 U . S . A . / ( 3 1 6 ) 5 2 2 -4 9 8 1 / F A X ( 3 1 6 ) 5 2 4 - 2 6 2 3 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Cable Statement: F o r c o n t i n u e d E M C c o m p l i a n c e , a l l e x t e r n a l c a b l e s mu s t b e d o u b l e s h i e l d e d . F o r c o n t i n u e d E M C c o m p l i a n c e , a l l e x t e r n a l c a b l e s mu s t b e 3 me t e r s o r l e s s i n l e n g t h . Nomenclature Statement: I n t h i s ma n u a l T e s t S e t o r U n i t r e f e r s t o t h e I F R 6 0 0 0 X P D R / D ME / T C A S / A D S - B / T I S B T e s t S e t . Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. (This symbol refers to specific CAUTIONS represented on the unit and clarified in the text. AC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with AC or alternating voltage.G. IF IGNORED. COVER OR PANEL REMOVAL Opening the Case Assembly exposes the operator to electrical hazards that can result in electrical shock or equipment damage. CAN RESULT IN EQUIPMENT OR PROPERTY DAMAGE (E.) AC OR DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with AC or DC voltage. POWER CORDS Power cords must not be frayed.. USE OF PROBES Check the specifications for the maximum voltage. to prevent electrical shock or damage to the equipment. FIRE). EQUIPMENT GROUNDING PRECAUTION Improper grounding of equipment can result in electrical shock. SAFETY SYMBOLS IN MANUALS AND ON UNITS CAUTION: Refer to accompanying documents.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 SA F ET Y F I RS T : T O A L L O P ER AT IO N S P ER SO NN EL REFER ALL SERVICING OF UNIT TO QUALIFIED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL. Be sure the terminal device performs within these specifications before using it for measurement. that may exist when operating or servicing this equipment. INTERNAL BATTERY This unit contains a Lithium Ion Battery. SOME TRANSMITTED SIGNALS CAN CAUSE DISRUPTION AND INTERFERENCE TO COMMUNICATION SERVICES OUT TO A DISTANCE OF SEVERAL MILES. WARNING: USING THIS EQUIPMENT IN A MANNER NOT SPECIFIED BY THE ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION MAY IMPAIR THE SAFETY PROTECTION PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT. CAUTION: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT. WARNING: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT. serviceable only by a qualified technician. THIS UNIT CONTAINS NO OPERATOR SERVICEABLE PARTS. current and power ratings of any connector on the Test Set before connecting it with a probe from a terminal device. see Cover Page for details. SAFETY IDENTIFICATION IN TECHNICAL MANUAL This manual uses the following terms to draw attention to possible safety hazards. CASE. USE RECOMMENDED FUSES ONLY Use only fuses specifically recommended for the equipment at the specified current and voltage ratings. . DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with DC voltage. broken nor expose bare wiring when operating this equipment. CAUTION: SIGNAL GENERATORS CAN BE A SOURCE OF ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE (EMI) TO COMMUNICATION RECEIVERS. Do not operate this Test Set with the Case Assembly open. IF IGNORED. Subject to Export Control. CAN RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. USERS OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHOULD SCRUTINIZE ANY OPERATION THAT RESULTS IN RADIATION OF A SIGNAL (DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY) AND SHOULD TAKE NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO AVOID POTENTIAL COMMUNICATION INTERFERENCE PROBLEMS. see Cover Page for details.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. Subject to Export Control. . Aeroflex recommends the operator reproduce a copy of the Declaration of Conformity Certificate to be stored with the Operation Manual for future reference. .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY The Declaration of Conformity Certificate included with the Unit should remain with the Unit. see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control. .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 T AB L E O F CO NT E NT S Title Title Page / Copyright Page S t a t e me n t s Safety Page Declaration of Conformity Table of Contents Introduction Service Upon Receipt of Material Chapter 1 Section Section Section Section Section Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Index Battery/Fuse Instructions A B C D E F G H I J K 1 2 3 4 5 Description and Quick Start Operation Specifications Shipping Storage 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 Chapter/Section Connector Pin-Out Tables Metric/British Imperial Conversion Table with Nautical Distance Conversions Factory/Power Up Presets Abbreviations Breakout Box Transponder Configurations Mode S Address Blocks (Product Specific List) M o d e S A d d r e s s B l o c k s ( C o mp l e t e L i s t ) Signal Formats Standard Accessories Target Acquisition Time Probability Table Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 Nov 1/10 . see Cover Page for details.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. Subject to Export Control. description of controls.OPERATION . I t i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m me n d e d t h a t p e r s o n n e l b e t h o r o u g h l y f a m i l i a r w i t h t h e c o n t e n t s o f t h i s ma n u a l b e f o r e a t t e mp t i n g t o o p e r a t e t h i s e q u i p me n t .OPERATION (installation. connectors and indicators. performance evaluation and operating procedures) .SHIPPING .STORAGE Subject to Export Control. Refer all servicing of unit to qualified technical personnel.D E S C R I P T I O N a n d Q u i c k S t a r t ( f o r o p e r a t o r s f a mi l i a r w i t h a v i o n i c s s y s t e ms ) . see Cover Page for details.SPECIFICATIONS . INTRODUCTION Page 1 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 INT RO D UC TIO N T h i s ma n u a l c o n t a i n s o p e r a t i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s f o r t h e I F R 6 0 0 0 . ORGANIZATION T h i s ma n u a l i s d i v i d e d i n t o t h e f o l l o w i n g C h a p t e r s a n d S e c t i o n s : CHAPTER 1 Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 . Subject to Export Control.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. see Cover Page for details. INTRODUCTION Page 2 Nov 1/10 . 2 Self Test 4.6.4 GICB 2.2 Battery Operation 1.11 TCAS Testing 2.8 DME Setup Direct Connect 2.3 Operating Safety 1.4 Safety Precautions 1.2 Grounding Power Cord 1. Performance Evaluation 3.2 Functional Capabilities 1.4.6.1 General 3.3 Regulatory Responsibilities 2. General Description and Capabilities 1.10 TCAS Setup Antenna 2.2 Start-Up Chapter/Section/Subject 1-1 1-1-1 1-1-1 1-1-1 1-1-1 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-2 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-2 1-2-3 1-2-3 1-2-3 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 Page 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 4 5 5 6 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 12 13 14 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Subject to Export Control.1 ADS-B/GICB Testing 2. Connectors and Indicators 3. Installation 1.5 AC Power Requirements 1.5 Antenna Coupler Connect 2.6 XPDR Testing 2.6 Battery Recharging 1.2 General Setup 2.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 CH AP T ER O N E IF R 6 0 00 X PD R/ D M E/ T CA S /A D S.2 ADS-B MON 2.1 General 4.6.1 Controls 2.OPERATION 1.1 General 1.14 TIS Testing SECTION 2 .4 XPDR Setup Direct Connect 2. 1-TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 Nov 1/10 .4.6.13 TIS Setup Direct Connect 2.DESCRIPTION 1.B /T I S /T I S. see Cover Page for details.9 DME Testing 2.3 Battery Charging 1.7 DME Setup Antenna 2. Operating Procedures 4.1 Complying with Instructions 1.B T E ST S ET O P E RAT IO N MA NU AL TAB LE O F CO NT E NT S Title SECTION 1 . Controls.12 TIS Setup Antenna 2. Quick Start 2.1 Description 1.3 ADS-B GEN 2.7 External Cleaning 2.3 XPDR Setup Over the Air 2.4. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 T AB L E O F CO NT E NT S ( co nt ) Title SECTION 2 – OPERATION (cont) 4.1 Setup 4.B /G IC B M o des 4.2 TCAS Testing 4.2 Broadcast Monitor 4.6 ADS-B General Chapter/Section/Subject 1-2 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 Page 2 2 3 8 10 28 29 29 30 30 31 32 35 35 38 38 42 45 47 47 49 51 54 56 4.3.3.4 1. 6.3.4 TCAS Screen 4.SHIPPING 1.1 I n f o r ma t i o n 1.4 1.2 .5 Altitude Encoder 4.5 Setup-Scenario Data Screen 4.4 1.7 Antenna Coupler Procedure 4.2 . 2 S et up AD S.7 Recommended Test Procedure 4.2 Setup 4. 9 4. 7.4 1.4 Test List 4. Shipping Test Sets 1.2 Repacking Procedure SECTION 5 . 1 T I S M od e 4.5.B G EN 4.2 . 5 AD S.2 .2 . 6.2 .5.3. 7.5. see Cover Page for details.4 1.4 1.4 1. 4 AD S.3.B MO N 4.1 Configurations 4. 6.6. 1 AD S.6. 3 AD S.6 Monitor Screens 4.1 S u r v e i l l a n c e Mo n i t o r 4.4 1-3 1-4 1-4-1 1-4-1 1-4-1 1-5 1-2-4 56 56 58 58 68 76 76 97 97 97 10 5 101 Br eak o ut Box SECTION 3 . 6.4 1.2 .STORAGE 1 1 1 Subject to Export Control.5.5.3. 6. 2 T I S S et u p Directional Antenna 1.3.3 XPDR (Transponder) 4.5.2 .2 .3.3 ATCRBS 4.1 TCAS Operation Concept 4.4 1.8 “Over the Air” Ground Test 4. 6 G IC B G e n er al 4.SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 4 . 7 4. 8 4.6 Direct Connect Procedure 4.6. 7 G IC B M o de TI S G e ner a l 4.4 DME 4.2 .2 .3 Auto Test 4.5.4 1. 6.4.B 4.5.9 “Over the Air” Simulated Altitude Test 4.5. 6.B /G IC B M A IN 4.3 TCAS Setup 4.3.5 TCAS Mode 4.5. 1-TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 Nov 1/10 . S All Call Test Screen XPDR .S Reply Test Screen UF0 Test Screen UF4 Test Screen UF5 Test Screen Chapter/Section/Subject 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-2-1 1-2-2 1-2-2 1-2-2 1-2-2 1-2-2 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 Page 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 9 10 10 11 12 14 2 1 6 6 7 7 2 2 3 3 6 6 6 7 8 8 10 10 11 11 11 12 13 13 15 16 17 18 19 19 Subject to Export Control.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 LI ST O F IL L U ST R AT I O N S Title Controls Soft Keys DATA Keys General Setup Screen Antenna Mounting R a mp T e s t i n g XPDR SETUP Screen XPDR CONFIG Screen XPDR AUTO Test Screen XPDR Test List Screen ADS-B/GICB SETUP Screen ADS-B/GICB MAIN Menu ADS-B GEN List Screen ADS-B MON List Screen ADS-B MON BDS Screen Example GICB List Screen GICB BDS Screen Example SETUP-DME Screen DME Test Screen SETUP TCAS Screen TCAS Test Screen SETUP TIS Screen TIS Test Screen Battery Recharging IFR 6015 Front Panel Directional Antenna Breakout Box. Front View Breakout Box. 1-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Page 1 Nov 1/10 . see Cover Page for details.S Reply Timing Test Screen XPDR . Bottom View XPDR Auto Test Screen Configurations List Screen XPDR Information Screen Setup XPDR Screen Setup General Screen Setup Test Data Screen Confirm Screen Setup Store Name Screen Auto Test Screen Test Running Auto Test Screen PASS ATCRS Class B Auto Test Screen Generic ATCRBS Auto Test Screen XPDR Test List Mode S XPDR Test List ATCRBS XPDR A/C Decoder/SLS Test Screen XPDR A/C Spacing Width Test Screen Power and Frequency (Mode S) Test Screen Power and Frequency (ATCRBS) Test Screen XPDR . Top View Breakout Box. NOT RUN UF24 Test Screen X P D R E l e me n t a r y S u r v e i l l a n c e 1 T e s t X P D R E l e me n t a r y S u r v e i l l a n c e 2 T e s t Enhanced Surveillance Test Screen Altitude Encoder Test Screen.9 Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 0.B / G I C B Ma i n M e n u ADS-B MON List Screen ADS-B MON BDS 0. 1-12 GICB List Screen.S h o u t Mo n i t o r S c r e e n R e c o m me n d e d T e s t L o c a t i o n s Setup ADS-B Screen Setup Test Data Screen Confirm Screen S e t u p S t o r e N a me S c r e e n A D S . see Cover Page for details.5 Screen GICB List Screen.8 Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 0.9 Screen ADS-B MON BDS 0.8 Screen ADS-B MON BDS 0.5 Screen ADS-B GEN List Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 0.A Screen ADS-B MON BDS 6. 1-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Page 2 Nov 1/10 . Source Altitude Encoder Test Screen.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 L I ST O F ILL U ST R AT I O N S ( co n t ) Title UF11 Test Screen UF11 FAIL Test Screen UF16 Test Screen UF20 Test Screen UF21 Test Screen PASS UF21 Test Screen.6 Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 0.A Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 6.5 Screen ADS-B MON BDS 0. 13-24 Chapter/Section/Subject 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 Page 20 20 21 21 22 23 23 24 25 26 28 28 31 32 34 34 35 37 38 40 42 42 45 45 46 46 47 49 51 54 56 57 57 57 58 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 64 66 68 68 70 71 72 73 74 74 76 78 78 Screen Screen Encoder XPDR Subject to Export Control.5 Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 0.2 Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 6.1 Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 6.2 Screen ADS-B MON BDS 6.TCAS Screen TCAS Reply Parameters Screen T C A S S c r e e n ( Mo d e S ) TCAS Screen (ATCRBS) Setup Scenario Screen S e t u p S t o r e N a me S c r e e n Confirm Screen Setup TCAS Scenario Screen TCAS Surveillance Monitor Screen TCAS Broadcast Monitor Screen W h i s p e r .6 Screen ADS-B MON BDS 0.1 Screen ADS-B MON BDS 6.3/6. Source DME Screen Setup DME Screen Calibration Screen RS232 Screen TCAS Protection Volume Typical TCAS II Display Setup . 0 Screen GICB BDS 4.9 Screen GICB BDS 1.A Screen GICB BDS 1.0 Screen GICB BDS 6.7 Screen GICB BDS 1.0 Screen GICB BDS 4.2 Screen GICB BDS 6.0 Screen GICB BDS 2. see Cover Page for details.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 L I ST O F IL L U ST R AT I O N S ( co n t ) Title GICB List Screen.3 Screen GICB BDS 5.6 Screen GICB BDS 0.7 Screen GICB BDS 0.8 Screen GICB BDS 0.0 Screen GICB BDS 1.1 Screen GICB BDS 6. 1-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Page 3 Nov 1/10 . 16-27 GICB BDS 0.1 Screen GICB BDS 4.B Screen GICB BDS 1.5 Screen Setup TIS Screen TIS Operation Screen TIS Display Example TIS Operation Flow Chart Directional Antenna Mounted on Test Set Hand Held Directional Antenna T r i p o d Mo u n t e d D i r e c t i o n a l A n t e n n a Mo d e S C o v e r a g e W i t h i n 1 2 n m i S i mu l a t e R a n g e TCAS 6015 Effective Test Coverage Suggested Layout to Reduce Multipath Errors R a mp T e s t i n g IFR 6015 with Breakout Box Repacking Procedure Chapter/Section/Subject 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-4-1 Page 78 80 81 82 82 83 85 86 86 86 86 87 87 88 88 88 89 89 90 91 92 92 93 93 94 95 95 97 99 101 101 102 103 103 103 104 104 105 106 107 1 Subject to Export Control.9 Screen GICB BDS 1.0 Screen GICB BDS 6.D Screen GICB BDS 1.1 Screen GICB BDS 3.5 Screen GICB BDS 0.C Screen GICB BDS 1.E Screen GICB BDS 1.8 Screen GICB BDS 1.2 Screen GICB BDS 4.F Screen GICB BDS 2. Subject to Export Control. 1-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Page 4 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. see Cover Page for details. see Cover Page for details. 1-LIST OF TABLES Page 1 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 L I ST O F T A BL E S Title Test Identifier Symbols C o m mo n U s a g e G I C B B D S Protection Volume Parameters Versus Altitude SL: Field Valid Data CA: Field Valid Data RI: Field (Acquisition) Valid Data RI: Field (Tracking) Valid Data RAC: Field Valid Data ARA: Field Valid Data CVC: Field Display Data VRC: Field Display Data CHC: Field Display Data HRC: Field Display Data ESB: Field Display Data ARA=Field Valid Data RAC=Field Valid Data GICB Supported BDS Registers Chapter/Section/Subject 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 Page 9 25 35 40 41 41 41 41 42 48 48 48 48 49 50 51 77 Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control. 1-LIST OF TABLES Page 2 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. Place the IFR 6000 transit case and end cap packing on a suitable flat. w h i l e r e s t r a i n i n g t h e s h i p p i n g c a r t o n . r e p o r t t h e d a m a g e t o A e r o f l e x . G r a s p t h e I F R 6 0 0 0 t r a n s i t c a s e f i r ml y . R e mo v e t h e p r o t e c t i v e p l a s t i c b a g f r o m t h e I F R 6 0 0 0 t r a n s i t c a s e . 1-SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIALS Page 1 Nov 1/10 . C h e c k t h e e q u i p m e n t a g a i n s t t h e p a c k i n g s l i p t o s e e i f t h e s h i p me n t i s c o mp l e t e . Store the shipping carton for future use should the IFR 6000 need to be returned. COAXIAL CABLE 5 A FUSE TRANSIT CASE POWER CORD (US ONLY) POWER CORD (EUROPEAN) OPERATION MANUAL (CD-ROM) GETTING STARTED MANUAL (PAPER) ACCESSORIES UC-584 Universal Antenna Coupler PART NUMBER 72425 67366 64579 64580 64749 62401 62402 56080 10241 62302 64020 6670 6096 QTY 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IFR 6000 with Standard Accessories PART NUMBER 86931 QTY 1 A nt en n a C ou p le r Subject to Export Control. R e p o r t a l l discrepancies to Aeroflex. I f t h e e q u i p me n t h a s b e e n d a ma g e d .         Cut and remove the sealing tape on the carton top and open the carton. a n d l i f t t h e equipment and packing material vertically. Checking Unpacked Equipment DESCRIPTION IFR 6000 POWER SUPPLY ANTENNA BREAKOUT BOX ANTENNA SHIELD 12 IN. COAXIAL CABLE 72 IN. A v o i d d a m a g i n g t h e c a r t o n a n d p a c k i n g ma t e r i a l d u r i n g e q u i p me n t u n p a c k i n g . I n s p e c t t h e e q u i p m e n t f o r d a m a g e i n c u r r e d d u r i n g s h i p me n t .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 S ER V IC E U PO N R EC EI P T O F MAT E RI AL Unpacking S p e c i a l . clean and dry surface. P l a c e p r o t e c t i v e p l a s t i c b a g a n d e n d c a p p a c k i n g ma t e r i a l i n s i d e s h i p p i n g c a r t o n . U s e t h e following steps for unpacking the IFR 6000.d e s i g n p a c k i n g m a t e r i a l i n s i d e t h i s s h i p p i n g c a r t o n p r o v i d e s ma x i mu m p r o t e c t i o n f o r t h e I F R 6 0 0 0 . see Cover Page for details. see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control.S E R V I C E U P O N R E C E I P T O F MA T E R I A L S Page 2 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 1 . P r e d e t e r mi n e d u s e r s e l e c t a b l e X P D R config files allow different classes of A T C R B S a n d Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r t o b e tested. T C A S I a n d I I . the RF output is coupled to the airborne equipment by a lightweight directional antenna that may be mounted on the Test Set or tripod. R a n g e . C o mp a c t s i z e a n d l i g h t w e i g h t f o r o n e person operation. % Reply.1 G E N ER AL D E SC RI PT I O N AN D CA P AB ILI TI E S DESCRIPTION 1. ADS-B GEN and TIS. The Test Set contains built-in signal generators and modulators for XPDR and selected DME frequencies. d i s t a n c e m e a s u r i n g e q u i p m e n t ( D M E ) s y s t e ms . X P D R a n d D ME S e t u p s c r e e n s p r o v i d e u s e r d e f i n e d o p e r a t i o n p a r a me t e r s . For bench operation. 1. PRF P1/P2 width and Spacing are also displayed. A l t i t u d e E n c o d e r s c r e e n f o r mo n i t o r i n g e n c o d i n g a l t i me t e r g r e y c o d e . S i n g l e D ME t e s t s c r e e n p r o v i d e s c o n t r o l o v e r D ME F r e q u e n c y / C h a n n e l . For ramp operation.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 SECTION 1 . MT L .      Subject to Export Control. D M E .B MO N . UUT frequency. Squitter. coaxial cables are required between the Test Set and UUT. S e p a r a t e s c r e e n s f o r d i s p l a y o f p r i ma r y E l e me n t a r y a n d E n h a n c e d S u r v e i l l a n c e p a r a me t e r s . A D S .DESCRIPTION 1. TCAS I and II and ADS-B equipped transponders and 1090 MHz emitters. A l l n o r ma l u s e r v e r i f i e d p a r a me t e r s a r e d i s p l a y e d o n o n e screen. RF level.2 FUNCTIONAL CAPABILITIES The IFR 6000 has the following features and capabilities: F u n c t i o n a l Mo d e s : X P D R . ERP.      The IFR 6000 is a precision simulator that enables one person to functionality test airborne transponder (XPDR) modes A/C/S.  XPDR Auto Test provides a full FAR Part 4 3 A p p e n d i x F t e s t .u s e w h e n ac power is not connected. P u l s e Widths and Spacings. A u t o ma t i c p o w e r s h u t d o w n a f t e r a p p r o x i ma t e l y 1 5 mi n u t e s o f n o n . LCD Display with automatic light sensing i l l u mi n a t i o n c o n t r o l Internal Battery allowing six hours operation before recharge. Rate. Ident and Echo. P a r a me t r i c t e s t s i n c l u d e E R P . see Cover Page for details. ADS-B GICB. 1-1-1 Page 1 Nov 1/10 . A e r o f l e x h a s m e t a l l F A A r e q u i r e me n t s a n d r e c o m m e n d s t h a t t h e u s e r of this type of equipment review the appropriate FAR. T h e s e r e q u i r e me n t s i n c l u d e S e l e c t i v e Identifiers for high-density traffic areas and b e c a me ma n d a t o r y i n M a y . In preparation for the installation of new air traffic control radar facilities. FAR (Federal Aviation Regulations) Part 43. the FAA r e q u i r e d n e w me a s u r e m e n t s t o b e p e r f o r m e d on existing transponders and instituted required tests for Mode S transponders. visit www. Rebuilding and Alteration section has been mo d i f i e d t o r e f l e c t c u r r e n t t e c h n o l o g i e s a n d i mp r o v e me n t s . b o t h conventional ATCRBS and Mode S. 2 0 0 3 f o r Elementary Surveillance and March.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 1. Subject to Export Control.eurocontrol. P r e v e n t i v e M a i n t e n a n c e .int/. 1-1-1 Page 2 Nov 1/10 . Eurocontrol and the JAA have also incorporated new regulations for Mode S Elementary and Enhanced Surveillance. 1987. the Federal Aviation A d mi n i s t r a t i o n ( F A A ) h a s r e q u i r e d c e r t a i n t e s t s b e p e r f o r me d o n t r a n s p o n d e r s . Ma i n t e n a n c e .3 REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES Effective April 6. 2005 for Enhanced Surveillance. F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r ma t i o n r e g a r d i n g t h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s . The IFR 6000 has the capability to thoroughly test these new functions to comply with u p c o mi n g r e q u i r e m e n t s . see Cover Page for details. or contact the manufacturer of their particular model of transponder to ensure that proper procedures are followed. Operates when External DC Power Supply is connected. D M E : S e l e c t s D ME s c r e e n .  D A T A K E Y : Mo v e s t h e c u r s o r t o t h e l e f t i n a data field. REPLY: Indicator illuminates when Test Set is receiving replies (XPDR Mode) or replying to interrogations (DME Mode). POWER: Indicator illuminates when Test Set is operational. Q UI CK ST A RT The Quick Start is for operators who are f a mi l i a r w i t h a v i o n i c s s y s t e m s / t e s t e q u i p me n t and want to use the IFR 6000 before reading t h e c o mp l e t e O p e r a t i o n M a n u a l .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2. XPDR: Selects XPDR. SETUP: Displays the setup screens a s s o c i a t e d w i t h t h e s e l e c t e d f u n c t i o n a l mo d e . TCAS: Selects TCAS and TIS screens. see Cover Page for details. R A T E  : D e c r e a s e s D ME a n d T C A S r a t e . Subject to Export Control. SOFT KEYS: Five Application dependent k e y s p r o v i d e t e s t s p e c i f i c i n f o r ma t i o n a n d mo v e me n t b e t w e e n t e s t s c r e e n s .  DATA KEY: Selects or slews data.  D A T A K E Y : Mo v e s t h e c u r s o r t o t h e r i g h t in a data field. F R E Q : F r e q u e n c y / c h a n n e l s e l e c t i o n f o r D ME Mo d e o n l y . 2. ADS-B/GICB and ALT ENCODER screens. RATE : Increases DME and TCAS rate. Yellow Flashing Yellow Green NOTE: Charging Faulty battery Fully charged DATA KEYS  DATA KEY: Selects or slews data. R F L V L : R F l e v e l s e t t i n g f o r D M E Mo d e only.1 for detailed operation instructions. R A N G E  : I n c r e a s e s D ME r a n g e a n d T C A S start range. RANGE : Decreases DME range and TCAS start range. BKLT: Adjusts display backlight. R e f e r t o para 1-2-4. INTERR: Indicator illuminates when Test Set is interrogating (XPDR Mode) or receiving interrogations (DME Mode). 1-1-2 Page 1 Nov 1/10 . Turns Test Set ON or OFF. CHARGE: Indicator illuminates to show battery charge status.1 CONTROLS CTRS: Adjusts display contrast. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2. 5. Select PWR: Set to preferred power d o w n t i me o u t . A n t e n n a Mo u n t i n g Figure 1 2.2 STEP GENERAL SETUP PROCEDURE 2. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter. Position Test S e t ≤ 5 0 f t ( 1 5 .5 Hr PWR DOWN: 10 MINS ERP UNITS:dBm REMOTE OPERATION:RS232 UNITS:FEET PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM T H/W TOOLS INFO 3. Press POWER Key to power up the Test Set.G ENERAL BAT 2. Select UNITS: Set to preferred units.2 . 1-1-2 Page 2 Nov 1/10 . Connect short RF coaxial cable between Antenna Connector and Test Set ANT Connector. Mo u n t Directional Antenna on Test Set and position friction hinge so Directional Antenna is as shown. Figure 2. XPDR SETUP ANTENNA PROCEDURE R e f e r t o 1 . SET UP. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPGENERAL Screen. 4. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set On. Refer to 1-1-2. Subject to Export Control. 3. 2 4 m) f r o m a n d i n l i n e o f sight with top/bottom antenna. 1. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft for weight off wheels.1 .3 STEP 1. see Cover Page for details. F i g u r e 1 . 4. 2. Select ERP UNITS: Set to preferred ERP units. 0 m 50.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 R a mp T e s t i n g Figure 2 5. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter.0 m ANT CABLE LEN: 6 FT ANT CABLE LOSS: 1.1 1. see Cover Page for details. 1-1-2 Page 3 Nov 1/10 .0 m 0.03 GHz: 7.09 GHz: 6.1 PWR LIM: FAR 43 CHECK CAP: YES DIAG TEST DATA Subject to Export Control.8 dB UUT ADDRESS:AUTO MANUAL AA:123456 DIVERSITY TEST:ON PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM ANT GAIN (dBi) 1.0 m 2. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPXPDR Screen. SETUP-XPDR ANTENNA: BOTTOM TOP: BOTTOM: BAT RF PORT:ANTENNA ANT HEIGHT 10.5 Hr ANT RANGE 50.8 dB COUPLER LOSS: 0. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. Select PWR LIM: Set to FAR 43. 11. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO. Select ANT RANGE: Set to setup range from IFR 6000 antenna to UUT Antenna. 7.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2. Select ANT GAIN (dBi): set 1. 10. Set to cable 1. T T T 7. 9. T NOTE: To run diversity test set DIVERSITY to ON and install boot to bottom/top antenna. 6. M o d e S all-calls do not work when the aircraft is on the ground. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set. NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground set to MANUAL and enter in MA N U A L A D D R E S S . 8. 5. T 13. Select DIVERSITY: Set to OFF. 1-1-2 Page 4 Nov 1/10 . Select CHECK CAP: Set to YES. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO. 8. 3. Select ANT HEIGHT: Set to setup height from IFR 6000 antenna to UUT Antenna. Select RF PORT: Set to ANTENNA. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft for weight off wheels. T T Subject to Export Control. Connect long RF coaxial cable between the aircraft antenna feeder cable and Test Set RF I/O Connector. see Cover Page for details.4 STEP PROCEDURE STEP XPDR SETUP DIRECT CONNECT PROCEDURE 6. T S e l e c t P W R L I M: S e t t o F A R 4 3 . 2.09 GHz antenna gain to figures ma r k e d o n s u p p l i e d D i r e c t i o n a l A n t e n n a 12. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPXPDR Screen. Select ANT CABLE LOSS: loss found on cable.03 GHz and 1. Select ANTENNA: Set to TOP or BOTTOM depending on which aircraft antenna Test Set is pointing towards. NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground set to MANUAL and enter in MANUAL ADDRESS. Select RF PORT: Set to DIRECT CONNECT. Mode S all-calls do not work when the aircraft is on the ground. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. 4. T 15. 9. T 14. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each p a r a me t e r . Select DIR CABLE LOSS: Set to loss found on cable. Select DIVERSITY: Set to ON. Select CHECK CAP: Set to YES. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPXPDR Screen.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2. 1-1-2 Page 5 Nov 1/10 . Select RF PORT: Select DIR W/COUPLER 6. Select COUPLER LOSS: Set to loss found on coupler. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set. see Cover Page for details. 2. P r e s s X P D R Mo d e K e y t o r e t u r n t o XPDR Auto Test Screen. XPDR SETUP ANTENNA COUPLER CONNECT PROCEDURE Connect Antenna Coupler to Aircraft Antenna. Coupler will lock into place when the black rubber gasket is not completely depressed against the aircraft. S TOP ERP = 57. • Place Coupler over the antenna. Mode S all-calls do not work when the aircraft is on the ground. 4.0 dBm BOT ERP = 56. XPDR .5 Hr • • NOTE: Coupler must be tightly pressed and locked in place for Test Set to function correctly.5 Hr CONFIG:GENERIC MODE S ANTENNA: BOTTOM LEVEL =4 FREQ = 1090. Lock coupler into place by pushing white lever on the side of the coupler into a down and locked position. Select CHECK CAP: Set to YES.0 dBm MTL = -73.AUTO TEST P AS S BAT 2.6 STEP XPDR TESTING PROCEDURE 1 . NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground set to MANUAL and enter in MANUAL ADDRESS.1 dBm MTL = -74.000 ft T AIL = N12345 DF17 = DETECTED FLIG HT ID = BA23 4 AA=AC3421(53032041) FS = 3 – ALERT NO SPI ON GROUND VS = ON GND COUNTRY = USA RUN TEST TEST LIST CONFIG SELECT ANT 9. XPDR – CONF IG SCREEN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GENERIC ATCRBS ATCRBS CLASS A ATCRBS CLASS B GENERIC MODE S MODE S CLASS A MODE S CLASS B MODE S CL B OPT FREQ MODE S CL B OPT PWR BAT 2. guiding antenna into the slot on the bottom of the coupler. Push Coupler firmly against the aircraft skin until the black rubber gasket on the rim of the coupler is completely depressed tightly against the aircraft. T T Subject to Export Control. Use Data Keys to select configuration file. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft for weight off wheels. Connect long RF coaxial cable between the Antenna Coupler and Test Set RF I/O Connector. 10. select GENERIC ATCRBS or GENERIC MODE S configuration file. C. but the Test Set will not measure functions accurately. Select DIVERSITY: Set to ON. 7. Press CONFIG Soft Key to display XPDR CONFIG Screen. Select PWR LIM: Set to FAR 43. NOTE: If transponder class is not known. T INFO RETURN 2. T T 11. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter. Select CPL CABLE LOSS: Set to loss found on cable.12 MHZ REPLIES = A.000 ft S CODE = 1234 ID S ALT = 10 0. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO.1 dBmT RP A CODE = 1234 ID C ALT = 100 . Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. 3.5 STEP 1. Press RETURN Soft Key to confirm selection. 5. 8. 2. press RUN TEST Soft Key to start Auto Test. Run test and confirm that VS and FS fields indicate IN AIR. 4 . RETURN 9.5 Hr Select POS DECODE: Set to GLOBAL to use global CPR algorithm for latitude a n d l o n g i t u d e d e c o d i n g o r s i mu l a t i o n . ensure UUT is in airborne state prior to running test. mi n u t e s a n d s e c o n d s . S e l e c t A D S . FLIGHT ID: UUT must have a valid source of Flight ID (internal or external to the UUT) to display data. Select ADS-B GEN: Set DF17 or DF18 extended squitters to be generated. POS DECODE is for BDS 0. To run a complete FAR Part 43 Appendix F Test. 5. 9. Press TEST LIST Soft Key to display c o mp l e t e A u t o T e s t L i s t . Place UUT in ground state. Select GICB: Set DF20 or DF21 to be requested with GICB protocol. BAT - 2. repeat test and confirm VS and FS fields indicate ON GROUND. PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS 5. XPDR – TEST LIST 1 AC/DECDR/SLS 2 A/C F1/F2 SPACE/WIDTH 3 POWER/FREQ 4 S ALL-CALL 5 S RPLY TIMING 6 S RPLY 7 UF0 8 UF4 9 UF5 10 UF11 11 UF16 12 UF20 SELECT TEST NEXT PAGE TEST DATA PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM RETURN 4. Press RETURN Soft Key to display Auto Test Screen. a P A S S o r F A I L i n d i c a t i o n is displayed at the top of the screen.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2. T SETUP-ADSB POS DECODE:GLOBAL L AT : 38 25 35 N LONG : 126 35 35 W BAT 2. 8. VS and FS discretes: To verify status.1 ADS-B/GICB TESTING STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE 3. TAIL and COUNTRY: Displays the country decoded from the Mode S discrete address. 3.5 and BDS 0. Select LONG: Enter local longitude in d e g r e e s . Perform XPDR SETUP ANTENNA procedure or XPDR SETUP DIRECT CONNECT procedure. Press ADS-B SETUP Soft Key to display ADS-B/GICB Setup Screen. only the country is displayed. NOTE: If the country selected has not adopted an encoding scheme. 7. 6. Use NEXT s V San ey P A R A M a n d P R E V P A R A M S o f tdKF S sd ti o c r e t e s : T o v e r i f y s e l e c t e a c h p a r a me t e r . 8. Subject to Export Control. Set to LOCAL to use local CPR algorithm for latitude and longitude decoding or simulation. 2.6. When Auto Test c o mp l e t e s . see Cover Page for details. Press SELECT Soft Key to display selected test.B MO N : S e t D F 1 7 o r D F 1 8 e x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r s t o b e mo n i t o r e d . T T 1. mi n u t e s a n d s e c o n d s . Mo s t U U T p a r a m e t e r s r e q u i r i n g u s e r verification are displayed on the Auto Test Screen. Select LAT: Enter local latitude in d e g r e e s .6. 1-1-2 Page 6 Nov 1/10 .5 Hr 6. U s e D a t a Keys to select desired test. Press SETUP Key until SETUP XPDR screen is displayed. ADSB GEN :DF17 ADSB MON:DF17 GICB :DF20 7. 5 AVAIL BAT 2. Refer to ADS-B MON BDS screen example. RUN TEST BDS DATA RETURN 3.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2. Press RUN TEST soft key to start test. see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control. 2 A D S .9 6. AVAIL will be displayed to the right of the BDS name. When a specific extended squitter BDS is captured.A AIRBORNE POS SURFACE POS IDENT & CAT AIRBORNE VEL A/ C ST AT US T ARG ST AT E A/ C O P ST AT US TEST MSG AVAIL NOT CAP AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL NO SQTR AVAIL 4 .1 6.5 AIRBORNE POS TYPE=14 DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=00000000000000 PERIOD=DEFAULT L AT = 37 39 00 N LONG= 97 25 48 W PO S=GLO BAL SAF =1 T=N/UTC SURVEILL ANCE ST AT US = NO INFO BARO PRES ALT=131025 ft GNSS ALT = N/A ADSB MON ADSB GEN GICB 2. ADS-B MON BDS 0.5 0. 6. BAT 2. PROCEDURE Press XPDR Mode Key until ADSB/GICB MAIN menu is displayed. 1-1-2 Page 7 Nov 1/10 . BAT 2.B M O N STEP 1. P r e s s R e t u r n s o f t k e y t o r e t u r n t o A D SB MON list screen or press PREV TEST or NEXT TEST soft keys to select specific ADS-B MON BDS screens.5 0.8 0.6 0.5 Hr BDS=0.5 Hr STEP PROCEDURE ADS-B/GICB MAIN Use Data Keys to select specific BDS and press BDS DATA soft key to display selected BDS screen.2 6. Press the ADS-B MON Soft Key to display the ADS-B MON list screen.5 Hr RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN ADS-B MON DF17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0. 8 0. Pres ADSB GEN to display the ADSB GEN List Screen.8 1.6. GICB DF20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 0.A AIRBORNE POS SURFACE POS IDENT & CAT AIRBORNE VEL A/ C ST AT US T ARG ST AT E A/ C O P ST AT US TEST MSG DISABL ED DISABL ED DISABL ED DISABL ED DISABL ED DISABL ED DISABL ED DISABL ED #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 AVAIL NOT CAP AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL RUN TEST RUN TEST BDS DATA STORE DATA BDS ON RETURN BDS DATA PREV PAGE NEXT PAGE RETURN 3.B 1. BDS=0.2 6.4 STEP GICB PROCEDURE 1 .5 0.5 AIRBORNE POS TYPE=14 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 L AT = 37 39 00 N LONG= 97 25 48 W PO S=GLO BAL SAF =1 T=N/UTC SURVEILL ANCE ST AT US = NO INFO BARO PRES ALT=131025 ft GNSS ALT = N/A RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN Subject to Export Control.C AIRBORNE POS SURFACE POS SQT R ST AT US IDENT & CAT AIRBORNE VEL DAT A L NK CAP COM GICB CAP SPEC SERV CAP SPEC SERV CAP SPEC SERV CAP SPEC SERV CAP SPEC SERV CAP BAT 2.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2.A 1.5 Hr ADS-B MON DF17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.9 6. GICB BDS 0. 1-1-2 Page 8 Nov 1/10 . 3.6 0.5 Hr 2.0 1. Press BDS ON Soft Key to enable selected test list items. see Cover Page for details.5 Hr 4. 2.5 0. ADS-B GEN PROCEDURE Press XPDR Mode Key until ADSB / G I C B Ma i n M e n u i s d i s p l a y e d . BAT 2.5 AVAIL BAT 2. When a BDS is available.1 6. 5.9 1. Press RUN TEST soft key to start test.6 0. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start test. P r e s s X P D R Mo d e K e y u n t i l A D S B / G I C B Ma i n Me n u i s d i s p l a y e d . 2. Press GICB Soft Key to display the GICB List Screen.5 0.8 0.7 1.6. AVAIL will be displayed to the right of the BDS name.3 STEP 1. Press BDS DATA to enter selected test.7 0.9 1. 5 dB COUPLER LOSS: 0.22 GHz :2. Select ANT GAIN: Set to gains found on supplied antenna. Mount Directional Antenna on Test Set and position friction hinge so Directional Antenna is as shown.8 BAT 2. 8. 3.7 STEP DME SETUP ANTENNA PROCEDURE 2. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set On.24 m) from and in line of sight with DME antenna. DME SETUP DIRECT CONNECT PROCEDURE Connect long RF coaxial cable between t h e a i r c r a f t D ME a n t e n n a f e e d e r c a b l e and Test Set RF I/O Connector. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens.8 dB MAX RANGE: 200. 3. Figure 1. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPDME Screen.15 GHz :5.96 GHz :7. PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM DIAG 5. Subject to Export Control. 4.0 1. SETUP – DME RF PORT : DIRECT CONNECT ANT RANGE : IDENT TONE : IFR DIR CABLE LEN: 25 FT DIR CABLE LOSS: 4.03 GHz :7. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. Connect short RF coaxial cable between Antenna Connector and Test Set ANT Connector. Position Test Set at ≤50 ft (15. Refer to 1-1-2. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter. 1-1-2 Page 9 Nov 1/10 . 5. Select DIR CABLE LOSS: Set to loss found on cable.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2.09 GHz :6.1 1. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set On. Select RF PORT: Set to DIRECT CONNECT. 1. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each p a r a me t e r . Select ANT RANGE: Set to line of sight distance from IFR 6000 antenna and UUT antenna. Select RF PORT: Set to ANTENNA. 6.0 1. 7.5 1. 2. 4. see Cover Page for details. Select ANT CABLE LOSS: Set to cable found on cable.8 STEP 1. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPDME Screen.5 Hr 2.00 nm ANT GAIN (dBI) 0.15 GHz :5.1 1. Select RF PORT: Set to DIR W/COUPLER. S e l e c t R A N G E : S e t t o 0 . 3. guiding antenna into the slot on the bottom of the coupler. but the Test Set will not measure functions accurately. Select IDENT: Set to ON. 2. Select ECHO: Set to OFF. PREV PARAM STOP RATE IN/OUT 2. 5. Subject to Export Control.9 STEP 1. Coupler will lock into place when the black rubber gasket is not completely depressed against the aircraft. DME VOR : 108. A l l D ME t e s t data is displayed on this screen. 0 0 n m. 6. Select CPL CABLE LOSS: Set to loss found on cable. Push Coupler firmly against the aircraft skin until the black rubber gasket on the rim of the coupler is completely depressed tightly against the aircraft. Select VOR/FREQ/CHAN: Set to frequency of DME unit. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2. 3. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each p a r a me t e r . P r e s s D ME Mo d e S e l e c t K e y t o d i s p l a y D M E Mo d e T e s t S c r e e n . 7. Select UUT LVL: Set to desired level. 2. 9.00 MHz FREQ : 978 MHz CHAN : 17X % REPLY: 100 SQTR : ON TX FREQ P1 WIDTH P2 WIDTH P1-P2 UUTLVL RUN TEST BAT RFLVL : RATE : RANGE : -2 dBm 10 kts 0. 6.10 DME TESTING STEP PROCEDURE 1 . Press STOP TEST Soft Key to stop test. Select SQTR: Set to ON. Lock coupler into place by pushing white lever on the side of the coupler into a down and locked position. see Cover Page for details. 10. Select COUPLER LOSS: Set to loss found on coupler. 4. L a s t U U T p a r a me t e r s a r e r e t a i n e d o n display.5 Hr • OUT ECHO :OFF IDENT: ON ERP= PRF= dBm Hz • = = = = = MHZ us us us( ) -38.2 dBm NEXT PARAM NOTE: Coupler must be tightly pressed and locked in place for Test Set to function correctly. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set On. 4. Select RATE: Set to 300 kts OUT. 1-1-2 Page 10 Nov 1/10 . NOTE: U U T p a r a me t e r s a r e mo d i f i a b l e while test is running. 7. 8. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start test.00 nm 2. Connect long RF coaxial cable between the Antenna Coupler and Test Set RF I/O Connector. DME SETUP ANTENNA COUPLER CONNECT PROCEDURE Connect Antenna Coupler to Aircraft Antenna. Select % REPLY: Set to 100. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPDME Screen. • Place Coupler over the antenna. 11. 5 . 09 GHz: 6.03 GHz and 1. Figure 1.1 ALT REPORTING: ON 1. 13. Connect short RF coaxial cable between Antenna Connector and Test Set ANT Connector. Mo d e S all-calls do not work when the aircraft is on the ground. Select RF PORT: Set to ANTENNA. NOTE: T TEST SET AA needs to be different than the surrounding aircraft. 4. set to MANUAL and enter in M A N U A L A D D R E S S . Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter. 8. Select ANT RANGE: Set to setup range from antenna.11 TCAS SETUP ANTENNA STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE 1.1 dB ANT GAIN(dBi) SQUITTERS: ON 1. Subject to Export Control. Select SQUITTERS: Set to ON. RF PORT: ANTENNA ANT RANGE : 12 ft ANT HEIGHT : 1 ft UUT ADDRESS:AUTO MANUAL AA:000000 DIR CABLE LOSS:1. 12. Select ANT CABLE LOSS: Set to cable loss found on cable. ≤50 ft (15. SETUP-TCAS BAT 2.24 m) from and in line of sight with TCAS top antenna. 7. Select DISPLAYED ALT: Set to RELATIVE. 6. 2. Select TEST SET AA: Set to A92493. 1-1-2 Page 11 Nov 1/10 .03 GHz: 7.09 GHz antenna gain to figures ma r k e d o n s u p p l i e d D i r e c t i o n a l Antenna. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens.5 Hr 9. NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground. 3. 10.3 dB ANT CABLE:USER DEFINED ANT CABLE LOSS: 0. Select ALT REPORTING: Set to ON. Mount Directional Antenna on Test Set and position friction hinge so Directional Antenna is as shown. Select ANT HEIGHT: Set to setup height from antenna. see Cover Page for details. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPTCAS Screen. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2. Position Test Set at Forward Sector Test Location. Select ANT GAIN (dBi): Set 1. 11. Refer to 1-1-2.1 DISPLAYED ALT:RELATIVE TEST SET AA:A92493 REPLY PARAM PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM DIAG STORE/ RECALL 5. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set On. 11. NOTE: If testing a TCAS I system set to TCAS I. Select TCAS TYPE: Set to TCAS II. see Cover Page for details. NOTE: NOTE: 14.00 nm IN ALT= +200 ft  T CAS ST AT US= T RACKING ST AT US= NON-T HREAT ENCOUNTER= 0:00 Verify Resolution Advisory at 25 s e c u n t i l e n c o u n t e r t i me Verify TCAS bearing reads 0° (±15°). 5.000 MHz ERP= 57. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start test.12 TCAS TESTING STEP PROCEDURE STEP NOTE:   PROCEDURE Verify Traffic Advisory at 4 0 s e c u n t i l e n c o u n t e r t i me . T CAS BAT 2. an intruder should be displayed on the TCAS display. RUN TEST PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM MON STORE/ RECALL 2. When TRACKING is annunciated. Select ALT START: Set to +200 ft.0 dBm RANGE= 8. 8. 1. Subject to Export Control. Select INTRUDER TYPE: Set to ATCRBS or Mode S. Verify UUT visual and audio operation: SCENARIO: 0-CUSTOM T CAS T YPE:T CAS II %R E PLY: 100 INTRUDER TYPE:MODE S RANGE ST ART : 8.5 Hr 13. 3. I f R a d i o A l t i me t e r A l t i t u d e i s below 500 ft. Select SENARIO: Set to CUSTOM. 10. 1-1-2 Page 12 Nov 1/10 . Press STOP TEST Soft Key to stop test. 11. Select % REPLY: Set to 100. RA’s are inhibited.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2. Select ALT DETECT: Set to ON. Select RANGE START: Set to 8 nm. 6. Select CONVERGE: Set to ON. Press TCAS Mode Select Key to display TCAS Test Screen. 4. 9. Select RANGE RATE: Set to 300 kts. 7. Verify TCAS STATUS displays AQUIRING and then TRACKING. 12. T C A S I s y s t e ms d o n o t i s s u e RA’s.00 nm STOP: -RANGE RAT E : 300 kts ALT ST ART : +20 0 ft STOP: -CONVERGE : ON ALT RAT E : UUT ALT : 31200 ft AL T DET ECT : ON FREQ= 1030. Figure 1.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2. set to MANUAL and enter MANUAL ADDRESS.13 TIS SETUP ANTENNA STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE 1. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter.09 GHz antenna gain to figures ma r k e d o n s u p p l i e d D i r e c t i o n a l Antenna. 2. 4. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set On. P o s i t i o n T e s t S e t ≤ 5 0 f t ( 1 5 . Select ANT GAIN (dBi): set 1. see Cover Page for details. 9. 11. Select ANT CABLE LOSS: Set to cable loss found on cable. Press SETUP Control Key to display SETUP-TIS Screen. Connect short RF coaxial cable between Antenna Connector and Test Set ANT Connector.09 GHz: 6. Select ANT RANGE: Set to setup range from IFR 6000 antenna to UUT Antenna. SETUP-TIS RF PORT:DIRECT CONNECT ANT RANGE: 12 ft HEIGHT: 12 ft BAT 2. NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground. Subject to Export Control.03 GHz and 1. 7.5 Hr ANT GAIN (dBi) DIR CABLE LOSS:1. Refer to 1-1-2. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft for weight off wheels.1 ANT CABLE LOSS:1. 8. 6. Mode S all-calls do not work when the aircraft is on the ground.1 ANT CABLE:USER DEFINED 1. Mount Directional Antenna on Test Set and position friction hinge so Directional Antenna is as shown. 10. Select RF PORT: Set to ANTENNA. 3. 1-1-2 Page 13 Nov 1/10 .03 GHz: 7. Select ANT HEIGHT: Set to setup height from IFR 6000 antenna to UUT Antenna. 2 4 m) f r o m and in line of sight with top/bottom antenna.3 dB UUT ADDRESS:AUTO MANUAL AA:123456 PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM 5.3 dB 1. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2.14 TIS SETUP DIRECT CONNECT STEP PROCEDURE 1. Connect long RF coaxial cable between aircraft antenna feeder cable and Test Set RF I/O Connector. 2. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft for weight off wheels. 3. Power Up: Press POWER Key to power the Test Set. 4. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. Press SETUP Control Key until SETUP-TIS Screen is displayed. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each p a r a me t e r . 5. Select RF PORT: Set to DIRECT CONNECT. 6. Select DIR CABLE LOSS: Set cable loss to cable loss found on cable. 7. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO. 2. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each of the f o l l o w i n g p a r a me t e r s : TARGETS: Sets the number of s i mu l a t e d t a r g e t s 0 t o 5 . UUT HDG: Provides entry for UUT Heading in degrees. This orientates the target bearings with respect to UUT (aircraft) heading. BRG: Sets target bearing relative to UUT (aircraft) in degrees RNG: Sets targets range relative to U U T ( a i r c r a f t ) i n n a u t i c a l mi l e s . ALT: Sets target altitude relative to UUT (aircraft) in feet. ALT RATE: Sets Altitude Rate annunciation on TIS display. HDG: Sets target Heading in degrees. TRAFFIC: Sets target traffic status on TIS display. 3. Press RUN Soft Key to start test. 2.15 TIS TESTING STEP PROCEDURE 1 . P r e s s T C A S Mo d e K e y u n t i l T I S T e s t Screen is displayed. T IS T ARG ET S:5 BAT 2.5 Hr UUT HDG:180 deg 1 2 3 4 5 BRG(deg) : 120 90 234 182 23 RNG(nm) : 6.00 4.00 3.00 2.00 1.00 ALT (ft) : 3500 2000 1000 500 0 ALT RAT E:CL IMB L EVEL L EVEL CL IMB L EVEL HDG(deg) : 234 178 56 22 0 T RAFF IC : PRO X PRO X PRO X PROX TRFC ADDR=3 AC421 (16542041) N12345 TSCR= 5 TSDR= 1 ALT =126700 ft T IS ST AT US=CO NNECT ING INFO=0000 RUN TEST PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-1-2 Page 14 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP PROCEDURE 4. TIS display shows the selected target parameters in accordance with the selections: TIS STATUS field indicates TIS connection status. ADDR indicates UUT Aircraft Address. ALT UUT field displays UUT aircraft altitude. TSCR field indicates number of TIS connects requested from UUT. TSDR field indicates number of TIS 0disconnects requested from UUT. Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-1-2 Page 15 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 T HI S P AG E INT E NTI O NA L L Y L EF T BL A N K. Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-1-2 Page 16 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 SECTION 2 - OPERATION 1. 1.1 IN ST AL L AT I O N GENERAL 1.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS T h e f o l l o w i n g s a f e t y p r e c a u t i o n s mu s t b e observed during installation and operation. A e r o f l e x a s s u me s n o l i a b i l i t y f o r f a i l u r e t o c o mp l y w i t h a n y s a f e t y p r e c a u t i o n o u t l i n e d i n t h i s ma n u a l . 1.4.1 Complying with Instructions Installation/operating personnel should not a t t e mp t t o i n s t a l l o r o p e r a t e t h e I F R 6 0 0 0 without reading and complying with i n s t r u c t i o n s c o n t a i n e d i n t h i s ma n u a l . A l l p r o c e d u r e s c o n t a i n e d i n t h i s ma n u a l mu s t b e p e r f o r me d i n e x a c t s e q u e n c e a n d ma n n e r described. 1.4.2 Grounding Power Cord DO NOT USE A THREE-PRONG TO TWO-PRONG ADAPTER PLUG. DOING SO CREATES A SHOCK HAZARD BETWEEN THE CHASSIS AND ELECTRICAL GROUND. WARNING: The IFR 6000 is powered by an internal Lithium Ion battery pack. The Test Set is supplied with an external DC Power Supply that enables the operator to recharge the battery when connected to AC power. NOTE: The IFR 6000 can operate continuously on AC power via the DC Power Supply, for servicing and/or bench tests. Refer to 1-2-2, Figure 2 for location of controls, connectors or indicators. 1.2 BATTERY OPERATION The internal battery is equipped to power the IFR 6000 for six hours of continuous use, after w h i c h t i me , t h e I F R 6 0 0 0 b a t t e r y n e e d s r e c h a r g i n g . B a t t e r y O p e r a t i o n T i m e R e ma i n i n g (in Hours) is displayed on all screens. T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 c o n t a i n s a n a u t o m a t i c t i me - o u t to conserve power. If a key is not pressed within a 5 to 20 minute time period, the Test Set shuts Off (only when using battery power). The Power Down Time may be set in the Setup Screen. 1.3 BATTERY CHARGING The battery charger operates whenever DC power (11 to 32 Vdc) is applied to the Test Set with the supplied DC Power Supply or a suitable DC power source. When charging, the battery reaches a 100% charge in a p p r o x i ma t e l y f o u r h o u r s . T h e i n t e r n a l b a t t e r y charger allows the battery to charge between a t e mp e r a t u r e r a n g e o f 5 ° t o 4 0 ° C . T h e I F R 6000 can operate, connected to an external DC source, outside the battery charging t e mp e r a t u r e r a n g e ( 5 ° t o 4 0 ° C ) . The battery should be charged every three mo n t h s ( m i n i m u m ) o r d i s c o n n e c t e d f o r l o n g term inactive storage periods of more than s i x mo n t h s . T h e B a t t e r y m u s t b e r e m o v e d w h e n c o n d i t i o n s s u r r o u n d i n g t h e Te s t S e t a r e <-20°C or >60°C. For AC operation, the AC Line Cable, connected to the DC Power Supply, is equipped with standard three-prong plug and mu s t b e c o n n e c t e d t o a p r o p e r l y g r o u n d e d three-prong receptacle that is easily a c c e s s i b l e . I t i s t h e c u s t o me r ' s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y to:   Have a qualified electrician check receptacle(s) for proper grounding. Replace any standard two-prong receptacle(s) with properly grounded threeprong receptacle(s). Operating Safety 1.4.3 Due to potential for electrical shock within the T e s t S e t , t h e C a s e A s s e mb l y mu s t b e c l o s e d when the Test Set is connected to an external power source. B a t t e r y r e p l a c e me n t , f u s e r e p l a c e me n t a n d i n t e r n a l a d j u s t me n t s mu s t o n l y b e p e r f o r me d by qualified service technicians. Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-1 Page 1 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 1.5 AC POWER REQUIREMENTS 1.6 STEP 1.   2. 3. 4. BATTERY RECHARGING PROCEDURE Connect AC Line Cable to either: AC PWR Connector on the DC Power Supply and an appropriate AC power source Suitable DC power source The DC Power Supply, supplied with the IFR 6000, operates over a voltage range of 100 to 250 VAC at 47 to 63 Hz. The battery charger operates whenever DC power (11 to 32 Vdc) is applied to the Test Set with the supplied DC Power Supply or a suitable DC power source. When charging, the battery reaches an 100% charge in a p p r o x i ma t e l y f o u r h o u r s . T h e B a t t e r y C h a r g i n g t e mp e r a t u r e r a n g e i s 5 ° t o 4 0 ° C , controlled by an internal battery charger. Refer to 1-2-1, Figure 1. Connect the DC Power Supply to the DC POWER Connector on the IFR 6000. V e r i f y t h e C H A R G E I n d i c a t o r i l l u mi n a t e s yellow. Allow four hours for battery charge or u n t i l t h e C H A R G E I n d i c a t o r i l l u mi n a t e s green. NOTE: If the CHARGE Indicator flashes yellow and/or the battery fails to accept a charge and the IFR 6000 does not operate on battery power, the battery, serviceable only by a qualified technician, requires r e p l a c e me n t . R e f e r t o Battery/Voltage Instructions. Battery Recharging Figure 1 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-1 Page 2 Nov 1/10 5. CAUTION: DISCONNECT POWER FROM TEST SET TO AVOID POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS. Cover connectors. 4. 1-2-1 Page 3 Nov 1/10 . 2. 6. Clean cables with soft lint-free cloth. not in use. Subject to Export Control. Remove grease.7 EXTERNAL CLEANING The following procedure contains routine instructions for cleaning the outside of the Test Set. STEP 1. 3. dampen cloth with water and a mild liquid detergent. PROCEDURE Clean front panel buttons and display face with soft lint-free cloth. Remove dust and dirt from connectors with soft-bristled brush.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 1. fungus and ground-in dirt from surfaces with soft lint-free cloth dampened (not soaked) with isopropyl alcohol. with suitable dust cover to prevent tarnishing of connector contacts. Paint exposed metal surface to avoid corrosion. see Cover Page for details. If dirt is difficult to remove. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control. 1-2-1 Page 4 Nov 1/10 . OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2. CO NT RO L S . see Cover Page for details. CO N N EC T O R S AN D IN DI CA TO RS IFR 6000 Front Panel Figure 1 Subject to Export Control. 1-2-2 Page 1 Nov 1/10 . 25. 30. 28. 40. 15. 32. SYNC Connector VIDEO Connector DC POWER Connector RF I/O Connector Test Set ANT Connector R E MO T E C o n n e c t o r Display Mu l t i . 13. 4. 34.F u n c t i o n S o f t K e y s X P D R Mo d e S e l e c t K e y T C A S Mo d e S e l e c t K e y D M E Mo d e S e l e c t K e y SETUP Select Key FREQ Select Key RF LVL Key RATE INCREMENT Key RANGE INCREMENT Key RATE DECREMENT Key R A N G E D E C R E ME N T K e y BACKLIGHT Key POWER Key CHARGE Indicator POWER Indicator INTERR Indicator REPLY Indicator CONTRAST Key DECREMENT/SELECT Data Key SELECT DATA UNIT MSB Key SELECT DATA UNIT LSB Key I N C R E ME N T / S E L E C T D a t a K e y ANT Connector AUX OUT Connector 1 AUX OUT Connector 2 AUX OUT Connector 3 AUX OUT Connector 4 USB HOST Connector USB DEVICE Connector Altitude Encoder Connector AUX IN Connector RS-232 Connector REMOTE Connector A L P H A B E T I C A L L O C A T I ON L I S T ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector ANT Connector AUX IN Connector AUX OUT Connector 1 AUX OUT Connector 2 AUX OUT Connector 3 AUX OUT Connector 4 BACKLIGHT Key CHARGE Indicator CONTRAST Key DC POWER Connector D E C R E ME N T / S E L E C T D a t a K e y RF LEVEL Key Display D M E Mo d e S e l e c t K e y FREQ Select Key I N C R E ME N T / S E L E C T D a t a K e y INTERR Indicator Mu l t i . 19. 39. 2. 16.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 N U ME R I C A L L O C A T I O N L I S T 1.F u n c t i o n S o f t K e y s POWER Indicator POWER Key R A N G E D E C R E ME N T K e y RANGE INCREMENT Key R A T E D E C R E ME N T K e y RATE INCREMENT Key R E MO T E C o n n e c t o r R E MO T E C o n n e c t o r REPLY Indicator RF I/O Connector RS-232 Connector SETUP Select Key SELECT DATA UNIT MSB Key SELECT DATA UNIT LSB Key SYNC Connector T C A S Mo d e S e l e c t K e y Test Set ANT Connector USB DEVICE Connector USB HOST Connector VIDEO Connector X P D R Mo d e K e y 37 30 38 31 32 33 34 19 21 25 3 26 14 7 11 13 29 23 8 22 20 18 16 17 15 6 40 24 4 39 12 27 28 1 10 5 36 35 2 9 Subject to Export Control. 11. 37. 17. 23. 26. 35. 22. 3. 10. 36. 27. 14. 6. 7. 20. see Cover Page for details. 8. 5. 9. 21. 12. 29. 38. 1-2-2 Page 2 Nov 1/10 . 33. 31. 18. 24. Display (LCD) 3 8 c h a r a c t e r s b y 1 6 l i n e s f o r ma i n screen display with Soft Key boxes at the bottom of the screen.5 mm center. RF LVL Key D M E mo d e f u n c t i o n o n l y . 4. R A T E D E C R E ME N T K e y D e c r e me n t s D M E o r T C A S r a n g e r a t e . The IFR 6000 powers up with the Backlight set to the setting of the previous session. 9. S e l e c t s D M E range reply and squitter RF level.5 mm outer diameter.5 Hr Subject to Export Control. 1-2-2 Page 3 Nov 1/10 . 15. Test Set ANT Connector TNC Type Connector used for connection to the IFR 6000 directional antenna for over the air testing. center positive) used for battery charging or operation of Test Set. DME MODE Select Key 12.F u n c t i o n S o f t K e y s Legends for the five soft keys are displayed in boxes at the bottom of the Display (LCD) screen. I N C R E ME N T / S E L E C T D a t a K e y o r D E C R E ME N T / S E L E C T D a t a K e y ma y be used to adjust the Backlight Intensity. RF I/O Connector CAUTION: MAXIMUM INPUT TO THE RF I/O CONNECTOR MUST NOT EXCEED 5 KW PEAK OR 30 W AVERAGE. R A N G E D E C R E ME N T K e y D e c r e me n t s D M E o r T C A S r a n g e . TACAN Channel or MHz. 19. XPDR MODE Select Key Selects Transponder Auto Test Screen. 8. SETUP Key D i s p l a y s t h e S E T U P Me n u . Mu l t i . 11. 16. 5. RATE INCREMENT Key I n c r e me n t s D ME o r T C A S r a n g e r a t e . 10. 14. HIT BKLT TO EXIT ITEM DESCRIPTION S e l e c t s D ME T e s t S c r e e n . TNC Type connector used for direct connection to UUT antenna connector. 3. BACKLIGHT Key Displays/exits the Backlight Adjust Field. DESCRIPTION SYNC Connector BNC type connector provides oscilloscope SYNC pulse for each interrogation. 13. RANGE INCREMENT Key I n c r e me n t s D ME o r T C A S r a n g e . FREQ Select Key S e l e c t s D ME F r e q u e n c y a s V O R Paired. 2. see Cover Page for details.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ITEM 1. 5. Contains RS-232. BACKLIGHT = 73. DC POWER Connector Circular Type Connector (2. BAT 2. 7. REMOTE Connector Type HD DB44 Connector used for r e mo t e o p e r a t i o n a n d s o f t w a r e upgrades. 1 8 . USB Host and USB Peripheral connections (altitude encoder inputs and SYNC outputs). 6. TCAS MODE Select Key Selects TCAS Auto Test Screen. VIDEO Connector BNC type connector provides interrogation and reply pulses. 1 7 . AUX OUT Connector 1 ATCRBS interrogation trigger used for calibration. This Key also selects data in fields that have fixed functions. I N C R E ME N T / S E L E C T D a t a K e y I n c r e me n t s d a t a i n s l e w a b l e f i e l d s . flashing yellow when the battery needs replacing and green when the battery is fully charged. AUX OUT Connector 3 Not Used CONTRAST = 31. 2 6 . HIT CTRS TO EXIT 34. the slew cursor c a n b e mo v e d f r o m t h e 1. the slew cursor c a n b e mo v e d f r o m t h e 1.1 nm or 0. 28. 0. INTERR Indicator I l l u mi n a t e d w h e n T e s t S e t i s g e n e r a t i n g an interrogation signal (XPDR Mode) or receives an Interrogation (TCAS Mode) signal. 32. 30. CHARGE Indicator I l l u mi n a t e d w h e n e x t e r n a l D C p o w e r i s applied for Bench Operation or Battery charging.01 nm unit.0 nm unit to the 10 nm.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ITEM 20. 0.5 Hr DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION D e c r e me n t s d a t a i n s l e w a b l e f i e l d s . AUX OUT Connector 2 ATCRBS interrogation trigger used for calibration.0 nm unit to the 10 nm. SELECT DATA UNIT LSB Key T h i s K e y mo v e s t h e s l e w c u r s o r t o w a r d the LSB (Least Significant Bit) of the data field.01 nm unit. 24. ANT Connector TNC Type Connector used for connection to the IFR 6000 for over the air testing. Example: W h e n D ME o r T C A S r a n g e is selected. such as ECHO and SQUITTER. such as ECHO and SQUITTER. POWER Indicator I l l u mi n a t e d w h e n t h e I F R 6 0 0 0 i s operational. 25. see Cover Page for details. 22. This Key also selects data in fields that have fixed functions. CONTRAST Key Displays/exits the Contrast Adjust Field. 1-2-2 Page 4 Nov 1/10 . REPLY Indicator I l l u mi n a t e d w h e n t h e T e s t S e t r e c e i v e s a valid reply signal (XPDR Mode) or generates a reply (TCAS Mode) signal. D E C R E ME N T / S E L E C T D a t a K e y 27. 23. BAT 2. AUX OUT Connector 4 Not Used Subject to Export Control. such as RF LVL. 2 9 .1 nm or 0. POWER Key Powers the IFR 6000 ON and OFF. 33. 31. 21. Example: W h e n D ME o r T C A S r a n g e is selected. SELECT DATA UNIT MSB Key Mo v e s t h e s l e w c u r s o r t o w a r d t h e MS B ( Mo s t S i g n i f i c a n t B i t ) o f t h e d a t a f i e l d . such as RF LVL. CHARGE Indicator is yellow when the battery is charging. The INCREMENT/SELECT Data Key or the DECREMENT/SELECT Data Key ma y b e u s e d t o a d j u s t t h e C o n t r a s t . see Cover Page for details. 37. 36. USB HOST Connector Subject to Export Control. 1-2-2 Page 5 Nov 1/10 . ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector Interface for external encoding altimeter. R E MO T E C o n n e c t o r Used to interface with the IFR 6000. RS-232 Connector Used for remote control interface. 38. AUX IN Connector Not Used 39. s o f t w a r e u p d a t e a n d t e s t d a t a d u mp . 4 0 . 35. USB DEVICE Connector Remote Control Interface.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ITEM DESCRIPTION USB Jump Drive interface for software update and test data dump (not active in first release). OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Directional Antenna Figure 2 Breakout Box . 1-2-2 Page 6 Nov 1/10 .Front View Figure 3 Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. see Cover Page for details.Top View Figure 4 Breakout Box .Bottom View Figure 5 1-2-2 Page 7 Nov 1/10 Subject to Export Control. .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Breakout Box . 1-2-2 Page 8 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control. START-UP SELF TEST PROCEDURE Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set On.5 Hr SETUP – SELF TEST CF RAM CF FL CF CPLD NVR BAT USB FPGA CFPPC FL RTC EEPROM _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS FAIL 0006 PASS PASS DISCONNECT ALL CABLES BEFORE RUNNING CONT Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. S TOP ERP =57.1 dBm C ALT =35000 ft A CODE =1234 S ALT =3500 0 ft S CODE =1234 T AIL =N12345 DF17 DETECTED=NO AA=AC3421(53032041) FLT ID =AA-50 FS=5–NO AL ERT SPI IN AIR VS=IN AIR COUNTRY=United States RUN TEST TEST LIST CONFIG SELECT ANT PERFORMING POWER ON SELF TEST PLEASE WAIT . Refer to 1-2-2. the SETUP SELF TEST Screen automatically appears.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 3 . 1-2-3 Page 1 Nov 1/10 .1 dBm MTL =-74. XPDR-AUTO TEST P AS S BAT 2.1 GENERAL The IFR 6000 is equipped with a Self Test for quick performance evaluation. PROCEDURE If the self test does not detect any failed functions in the test set. followed by the POWER-UP SELF TEST Screen. P ER FO R M AN C E E VA LUA TIO N 3. the XPDR AUTO TEST Screen will appear. The Aeroflex Logo Screen will appear.5 Hr CONFIG:GENERIC MODE S ANTENNA: BOTTOM LEVEL=4 POWER-UP SELF TEST FREQ =1090.12 MHZ REPL IES =A.0 dBm BOT ERP =56. C. Figure 1 for location of controls. .0 dBm MTL =-73. 3. BAT PPC COM PPC RAM PPC FL PPC RMT KEYPAD BAT RF LO RF LOOP RF VIDEO _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2.2 STEP 1. An abbreviated Self Test is run at Power-Up. connectors and indicators. The full Self Test is initiated manually. The SETUP SELF TEST Screen will indicate which functions have failed or passed the test. . If the self test fails. STEP 3. [ ******** ] 2. School Close C h a n d l e r s F o r d . 1-2-3 Page 2 Nov 1/10 . Phone: (800) 835-2350 FAX: (316) 524-2623 EMAIL: service@aeroflex. BAT 2. KS 67215 U. contact Aeroflex for a d d i t i o n a l i n f o r ma t i o n : AEROFLEX 10200 West York Wichita.com AEROFLEX INTL LTD U n i t s 1 4 / 1 5 Mo n k s B r o o k I n d u s t r i a l Park. If the Self Test indicates a failure. 5. BAT 2.5 Hr SETUP – GENERAL PWR ERP DOWN : 10 mins UNITS : dBm SETUP – SELF TEST CF RAM CF FL CF CPLD NVR BAT USB FPGA CFPPC FL RTC EEPROM _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ UNITS : FEET REMOTE OPERATION : RS232 DISCONNECT ALL CABLES BEFORE RUNNING RUN TEST DUMP INFO PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM H/W TOOLS INFO RETURN 2.5 Hr STEP 3.S.2 73 7 22 FA X : 44. PROCEDURE Press SELF TEST Soft Key to display the Self Test Screen. BAT PPC COM _ PPC RAM _ PPC FL _ PPC RMT _ KEYPAD _ BAT _ RF I/F _ RF MOD _ 2. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to initiate the Self Test. MA N U A L S E L F T E S T PROCEDURE Press SETUP Key until the SetupGeneral Screen is displayed.A.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 3.2 3 80.3 STEP 1. H a mp s h i r e England A053 4RA SETUP – HARDWARE TOOLS S/N 103009999 MULTI-FUNCTION BOARD REV 0 RF BOARD REV 0 CPU BOARD REV 0 RS232 SELF TEST CAL RETURN P ho n e: 44. Press H/W TOOLS Soft Key to display the Hardware Tools Screen.2 3 80. V e r i f y t h a t a l l t h e mo d u l e s / a s s e mb l i e s pass the Self Test.2 54 0 15 Subject to Export Control.5 Hr 4. see Cover Page for details. Mo d e S T r a n s p o n d e r l e v e l i s a u t o m a t i c a l l y d e t e r mi n e d . If the class of transponder is unknown. E u r o p e a n E n h a n c e d Surveillance test capability allows decode and display of GICB derived BDS register contents (primary parameters only). connectors. The IFR 6000 replaces the IFR ATC-600A.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. ADS-B. TIS-B is not provided in the second release of the TCAS option. d e c o d i n g a n d d i s p l a y i n g f u l l D O2 6 0 / A D F 1 7 e x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r t r a n s mi s s i o n s f r o m Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r s o r D F 1 8 e x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r s f r o m 1 0 9 0 M H z e mi t t e r s . Software options available are:   TCAS I. TCAS Interrogator p a r a me t r i c me a s u r e me n t s a r e d i s p l a y e d . All data normally required to verify transponder operation in accordance with FAR 91. A l l p a r a m e t e r s n o r ma l l y r e q u i r e d f o r D ME t e s t i n g a r e d i s p l a y e d o n o n e ma i n s c r e e n .413. For specific Unit Under Test (UUT) Procedures. D ME . NOTE: NOTE: TIS and TIS-B operate as TCAS sub mo d e s . TCAS. Appendix F. refer to the UUT Manual.1 GENERAL This section contains operating instructions for the IFR 6000. TIS Provides a five aircraft static flight s i mu l a t i o n . D M E MO D E D M E Mo d e p r o v i d e s f l i g h t l i n e t e s t c a p a b i l i t y f o r D i s t a n c e Me a s u r i n g E q u i p me n t I n t e r r o g a t o r s . a series of tests displayed over several screens. A G I C B mo d e d e c o d e s and displays all Enhanced Surveillance BDS register contents. SETUP MODE S E T U P Mo d e f u n c t i o n s e t s v a r i o u s p a r a me t e r s u s e d i n t e s t i n g . see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control. T C A S MO D E T C A S Mo d e p r o v i d e s f l i g h t l i n e t e s t c a p a b i l i t y f o r T C A S I a n d I I . O P E RAT ING PR O C ED UR E S 4.2 6 0 / A D F 1 7 / 1 8 e x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r t r a n s mi s s i o n s f o r t e s t i n g A D S . u s i n g D F 1 8 e x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r broadcasts. II. ADS-B provides flight line test capability for r e c e i v i n g . The IFR 6000 tests A T C R B S / M O D E S T r a n s p o n d e r s . Refer to 1-2-2. connectors and indicators.B r e c e i v e r s i s p r o v i d e d . T A a n d R A f l i g h t deck annunciations. is displayed on one ma i n A u t o T e s t S c r e e n . NOTE: NOTE: ADS-B operates as an XPDR s u b mo d e . t o t e s t t h e T I S ( T r a f f i c I n f o r ma t i o n S e r v i c e ) . Different classes of transponders are tested to built-in test limits by selection of configuration files. c o n f i g u r a t i o n a n d me mo r y s t o r a g e f o r e a c h f u n c t i o n a l mo d e . NUCp (DO-260) is not supported. ATC-601 and TCAS-201. U U T i n t e r r o g a t i o n p a r a me t e r s a r e c l e a r l y d i s p l a y e d i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h T e s t S e t r e p l y p a r a me t e r s . TIS-B provides a five aircraft static flight s i mu l a t i o n . A T C R B S a n d Mo d e S i n t r u d e r s a r e s i mu l a t e d . NIC/NAC/SIL (DO-260/A) is supported. TIS (Traffic Information S e r v i c e ) a n d T I S . a l l o w i n g t h e g e n e r a t i o n o f p r o x i mi t y . Figure 2 for location of controls. General procedures identify the controls. u s i n g t h e C o m m A p r o t o c o l .B ( T r a f f i c I n f o r ma t i o n Service Broadcast). T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 u s e s f o u r f u n c t i o n a l mo d e s : XPDR MODE X P D R Mo d e p r o v i d e s f l i g h t l i n e t e s t capability for ATCRBS and Mode S transponders using an Auto Test. 1-2-4 Page 1 Nov 1/10 . Part 43. The IFR 6000 Test Set provides ATCRBS/Mode S Transponder and DME Test capability as standard modes. C a p a b i l i t y t o g e n e r a t e f u l l D O. indicators and display screens used in individual test modes. generic configuration files are provided for ATCRBS a n d Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r s t h a t a p p l y t h e widest system limits. TIS and TIS-B. ADS-B (DO-260/A) and GICB extracted D A P ’ s ( D o w n l i n k e d A i r c r a f t P a r a me t e r s ) . for testing TIS-B (Traffic I n f o r ma t i o n S e r v i c e B r o a d c a s t ) s y s t e ms . X P D R A u t o T e s t S c r e e n i s displayed XPDR-AUTO TEST 4. XPDR-Auto Test Screen with blank data fields always displays on Power-up. T h e n u m b e r o f additional screens displayed by the Test List feature depends on the configuration selected. Use DATA Keys to select the desired configuration.12 MHZ TOP ERP =57. XPDR . one for ATCRBS transponders and o n e f o r Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r s . MODE S CL B OPT PWR: Tests Mode S 2. 4. Subject to Export Control. C o n f i g u r a t i o n s a r e n a me d b y c l a s s a n d option. MODE S CLASS A: Tests Mode S Class A transponders. Start-Up Screen appears on the DISPLAY. S FREQ =1090.1 CONFIGURATIONS Press CONFIG Soft Key to display CONFIG List.5 Hr P AS S BAT 2. 4. see Cover Page for details. GENERIC ATCRBS: Tests ATCRBS transponders. MO D E S C L B O P T F R E Q : T e s t s Mo d e S Class B transponders equipped with Class A frequency tolerance option. specifically when the class of the transponder is unknown.2 START-UP Press POWER Key. ATCRBS CLASS A: Tests ATCRBS Class A transponders. specifically when the class of the transponder is unknown. F r e q u e n c y a n d MT L me a s u r e me n t s . 1-2-4 Page 2 Nov 1/10 .CONF IG 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GENERIC ATCRBS ATCRBS CLASS A ATCRBS CLASS B GENERIC MODE S MODE S CLASS A MODE S CLASS B MODE S CL B OPT FREQ MODE S CL B OPT PWR BAT 2.0 dBm BOT ERP =56. Refer to Appendix F for predefined Configuration details NOTE: Transponder class and option identification are found on the transponder’s TSO label.5 Hr CONFIG:GENERIC MODE S ANTENNA: BOTTOM LEVEL=4 REPL IES =A. 1. 3.1 dBm MTL =-74. MODE S CLASS B: Tests Mode S Class B transponders. CONFIG SELECT ANT XPDR Auto Test Screen Figure 1 There are two versions of the Auto Test Screen. GENERIC MODE S: Tests Mode S transponders.3. 5.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. C. 8.1 dBm A CODE =1234 C ALT =35000 ft S CODE =1234 S ALT =3500 0 ft T AIL =N12345 DF17 DETECTED=NO FLT ID =AA-50 AA=AC3421(53032041) SPI IN AIR FS=5–NO AL ERT VS=IN AIR COUNTRY=United States RUN TEST TEST LIST INFO RETURN Configurations List Screen Figure 2 Eight predefined Configurations are provided t o d e t e r mi n e t h e P A S S / F A I L l i mi t s a p p l i e d t o E R P . ATCRBS CLASS B: Tests ATCRBS Class B transponders. Press RETURN Soft Key to display XPDR Auto Test Screen.3 XPDR (TRANSPONDER) P r e s s X P D R Mo d e K e y t o s e l e c t X P D R F u n c t i o n a l Mo d e . 7. 6.0 dBm MTL =-73. Class B transponders equipped with Class A power option. Figure 1).0 m RETURN XPDR Information Screen Figure 3 ANT CABLE LEN: 6 FT ANT CABLE LOSS: 1.1 1.09 GHz: 6.  C A B L E L O S S f i e l d i s a u t o ma t i c a l l y calculated. SETUP SETUP XPDR S e t u p X P D R S c r e e n c o n t a i n s p a r a me t e r s w h i c h d e t e r mi n e o p e r a t i o n a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f t h e X P D R F u n c t i o n a l Mo d e .03 GHz: 7. 2.0 m 50.2 NOTE: Level detection is automatic when running a test. 1-2-4 Page 3 Nov 1/10 .3 MHz BAT 2.5 Hr ANT RANGE 50.3 dBm 1090 +/. last used values are retained on Power-up. ANT CABLE LOSS or DIR CABLE LOSS or CPL CABLE LOSS: Displays cable loss in dB (at 1090 MH Z ) . Press PREV PARAM to select the field.57. see Cover Page for details.8 dB UUT ADDRESS:AUTO MANUAL AA:123456 DIVERSITY TEST:ON PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM Setup XPDR Screen Figure 4 STEP 1. U n l e s s otherwise stated. Cable loss may be ma n u a l l y e n t e r e d b y t h e u s e r .  ANT CABLE LEN or DIR CABLE LEN or CPL CABLE LEN: Selections: 1 to 75 FT.5 . XPDR INFO Screen displays the PASS/FAIL limits for selected Configuration.3.5 Hr LEVEL = ? SETUP-XPDR ANTENNA: BOTTOM TOP: BOTTOM: 2. Set the parameters by pressing NEXT PARAM. P a r a me t e r s a r e :   ANTENNA: TOP or BOTTOM RF PORT: Selects ANTENNA (ANT CONNECTOR) or DIRECT CONNECT via RF I/O Connector or DIR W/COUPLER.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. PROCEDURE Press SETUP Soft Key to display SETUP-XPDR Screen (1-2-4. BAT RF PORT:ANTENNA ANT HEIGHT 10.0 m 0.0 m ANT GAIN (dBi) 1.1 PWR LIM: FAR 43 CHECK CAP: YES DIAG TEST DATA Press INFO Soft Key to display XPDR INFO Screen.0 dBm -74 +/. XPDR – INFO CONFIG = GENERIC MODE S T EST PARAMET RICS T RANSMIT T ER PO WER RECEIVER MTL Tx FREQ 48. F i g u r e ma r k e d o n s u p p l i e d RF coaxial cable  Subject to Export Control. Use DATA Keys to slew the d a t a . NOTE: E n t e r S e t u p S c r e e n i n f o r ma t i o n before conducting test operations.8 dB COUPLER LOSS: 0. 2 4.0 6. If BDS 1. Figure 11). NOTE:  Coupler loss range 0.0 4.9 is not verified and the Test Set will extract the BDS and display content.F 2. BDS 1.9 1.9 is verified to confirm availability of: BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS 0. ANT GAIN: Entered in dBi.7/1.7/1. Cable Len will automatically calculate cable loss in dB. or GICB screens.68/V) L = physical length of cable V = Velocity factor of cable Where Lentered = the length value entered into ANT/DIR/CPL CABLE LEN field. Subject to Export Control.E 1.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP NOTE: PROCEDURE Cable loss range 0.  ANT RANGE: Test Set Antenna to transponder antenna horizontal range. NOTE: Based on Aeroflex supplied cables.8/1.2 6.6 0.3 5. Figure marked on supplied coupler.0 to 9.3  NOTE: NOTE: To calculate cable length to enter.413.9 reports a particular BDS is not available.8/1.5 0. Appendix F . (25 and 50 foot cables optional) 25 and 50 foot cable selection compensates for delay of Aeroflex optional cables. NOTE: S o me t r a n s p o n d e r s r e p l y t o BDS requests even though BDS 1. NOTE: Antenna gain range 0. F A R 4 3 u s e s l i mi t s i n a c c o r d a n c e with FAR 91.7/1.0 to 20.D 1. Lentered = L * (0.. If YES (default) is selected.7/1.1 4. for non Aeroflex supplied cables. If NO is selected. the data is blanked alongside the respective BDS in the Enhanced Surveillance Screen. Cable loss is automatically displayed.9 dB.0 to 9. see Cover Page for details.0 2. Part 43. use the following formula. BDS 1.0 6.7 0. 1-2-4 Page 4 Nov 1/10 .1 6. M O D 4 3 r e mo v e s u p p e r E R P l i mi t s a n d l o w e r MT L l i m i t s . NOTE: Antenna Range is 6 to 250 ft or 2.0 m.1 3.9 reports they are not available.8/1.8/1. Enter p a r a me t e r s f o r B O T T O M a n d T O P antenna if installation has diversity capability. CHECK CAP: YES or NO. STEP  PROCEDURE P W R L I M: F A R 4 3 O R MO D 4 3 .9 dB.9 dB.  COUPLER LOSS: Displays coupler loss in dB (at 1090 MHZ).0 4.8 0.0 to 75. gain figures for 1030 and 1090 MHz marked on supplied Directional Antenna. UNITS parameter on SETUP-GENERAL Screen determines feet or meters (1-2-4. I n s e r t F l a s h Me mo r y s t i c k i n USB port and Press Power key to power unit. NOTE: If Diversity Isolation Test is enabled. s e l e c t OFF. 3. ensure Antenna Shield is fitted to top or bottom UUT antenna prior to running test. If testing transponders w i t h s i n g l e a n t e n n a s y s t e ms .  DIVERSITY TEST: ON or OFF.aeroflex. Press XPDR Mode Key to return to XPDR Auto Test Screen. S o f t w a r e u p d a t e s ma y b e d o w n l o a d e d f r o m product data section on the www. AUTO selection Mode S address is obtained via ATCRBS/Mode S All Call (FAR Part 43. AUTO uses manually entered address if no reply is received. r e mo v e F l a s h Me mo r y s t i c k . 2. Subject to Export Control. Connect IFR 6000 breakout box to IFR 6 0 0 0 . Software load process is a u t o ma t i c . NOTE: ICAO amendment 77 transponders only replies to Mode S discrete interrogations when installation is in ground state.com website. On loss of ATCRBS/Mode S All Call reply (i. STEP PROCEDURE Software Update Procedure Via USB: 1. 1-2-4 Page 5 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP  PROCEDURE UUT ADDRESS: MANUAL or AUTO (defaults to AUTO on power-up). W h e n s o f t w a r e l o a d i s c o mp l e t e . S o f t w a r e mu s t b e l o a d e d o n t o a F A T 1 6 U S B F l a s h M e mo r y s t i c k . see Cover Page for details. UUT placed in ground state) tests already running continue to use last ATCRBS/ Mode S All Call obtained address. 3.. Note: only one version of software may reside on the root directory of the Flash Me mo r y s t i c k .e. Appendix F approved method).  MANUAL ADDRESS: A six digit HEX address is entered if UUT ADDRESS: MANUAL is selected. Refer to Appendix J for Antenna Shield mounting procedure.  UNITS: Selects Setup XPDR Screen distance units in feet or meters. 1-2-4 Page 6 Nov 1/10 . D a t e & T i m e a r e a u t o ma t i c a l l y e n t e r e d o n s t o r a g e . T h e f i r s t s t o r a g e me mo r y r e t a i n s t h e l a s t p o w e r down data and cannot be overwritten. i. r a n g i n g f r o m 5 t o 2 0 mi n o r O F F . USB or OFF.  ERP UNITS: Selects ERP units in dBm. T h e r e a r e s i x s t o r a g e me mo r i e s . i n c l u d i n g me a s u r e me n t d a t a ( 1 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 SETUP GENERAL The Setup General Screen contains p a r a me t e r s t h a t d e t e r m i n e t h e c o m m o n operational characteristics of each functional mo d e o f t h e T e s t S e t .e. F i g u r e 3 ) . Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details.  PWR DWN: Selects battery saving power down t i me i n m i n u t e s . Figure 2). dBW or WATTS (peak).5 Hr Overwrite existing store? YES NO Confirm Screen Figure 7 3. Setup Test Data Screen Figure 6 CONFIRM BAT 2. SETUP – GENERAL PWR ERP DOWN : 10 mins UNITS : dBm UNITS : METERS BAT 2. SET UP – T EST DAT A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Last power-down ATC 10/5/05 12:45:13 400D5F 10/10/05 13:43:16 BAT 2. 400D5F 10/10/05 13:43:16. Set following parameters by pressing NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to select the field. The l a s t f i v e ma y b e d e f i n e d b y t h e T e s t S e t operator.2 . STORE RECALL DUMP STORE DUMP LIVE RETURN 2.5 Hr SETUP TEST DATA The Setup Test Data Screen allows storage and recall of all transponder test screens. Use DATA Keys to slew data. PROCEDURE Press SETUP Select Key until SETUPGENERAL Screen is displayed (1-2-4.  R E MO T E O P E R A T I O N : Selects Remote Operation type of RS-232. If the operator does not enter a n a me t h e Mo d e S T r a n s p o n d e r A d d r e s s .4 . Press XPDR Mode Key to return to XPDR Auto Test Screen.5 Hr REMOTE OPERATION : RS232 PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM H/W TOOLS INFO Setup General Screen Figure 5 STEP 1. Press XPDR Mode Key to return to XPDR-Auto Test Screen. 7. 3. 3. see Cover Page for details. Press SETUP Select Key to display SETUP . Press DUMP STORE Soft Key to send selected stored test data to the printer or PC via the RS-232 interface. P r e s s X P D R Mo d e K e y t o r e t u r n t o XPDR Auto Test Screen. 3. A confirm Screen is displayed (1-2-4. D e c r e me n t / S e l e c t ) . 4. Figure 3). Use DATA Keys (Increment/Select. . Figure 3). 5. Figure 4). ? @ _ 2. SETUP STORE NAME Screen is displayed (1-2-4. Press YES Soft Key to confirm overwrite. Use DATA Keys to select the character line. 4. t o s e l e c t a n d s l e w data. press ENTER Soft Key to store name and display SETUP TEST DATA Screen. Ensure that RS-232 interface p a r a me t e r s a r e s e t c o r r e c t l y f o r c o m mu n i c a t i o n w i t h p r i n t e r o r P C (1-2-4. Use DATA Keys to select desired character. Figure 1). Subject to Export Control. 6. When name is complete. Press CHAR SELECT Soft Key to add s e l e c t e d c h a r a c t e r t o t h e e n d o f n a me string..5 Hr STEP PROCEDURE Data Recall Procedure: 1. Figure 5) Software always prompts for overwrite.XPDR Screen (1-2-4. 6. Press TEST DATA Soft Key to display SETUP TEST DATA Screen (1-2-4. Store name can be blank. Figure 10). 2. 5. Figure 1). Press SETUP Select Key until SETUP XPDR Screen is displayed (1-2-4. Press TEST DATA Soft Key to display SETUP TEST DATA Screen (1-2-4. Press DUMP LIVE Soft Key to send current or live test data to the printer or PC via the RS-232 interface. Press TEST DATA Soft Key to display SETUP TEST DATA Screen (1-2-4. Use DATA Keys to select the required store. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 0234567889 ! ‘ “ ( ) * . Press STORE Soft Key.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP SETUP – STORE PROCEDURE NAME BAT 2. Use DATA Keys to select required store. 4. 400D5F 10/10/05 13:43:06 Please enter store name ENTER CHAR SELECT BACK SPACE CANCEL RS232 Data Dump Procedure: 1. Press SETUP Select Key until SETUP XPDR Screen is displayed (1-2-4. / : . Press BACK SPACE Soft Key to delete the selected character. Figure 2). 2. P r e s s X P D R Mo d e K e y t o r e t u r n t o XPDR Auto Test Screen. Figure 1). 1-2-4 Page 7 Nov 1/10 . Press RECALL Soft Key to recall test data. Setup Store Name Screen Figure 8 Data Storage Procedure: 1. down.20.4.3. Mo d e C a n d A T C R B S ( M o d e C)/Mode S All-Call modes are tested during Auto Test sequence.21 Level 2: UF0.16.3 AUTO TEST STEP 1.11.20.16. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start Auto Test (1-2-4. For detailed test explanations. Transponder Level Transponder Level is automatically d e t e r mi n e d b y r e q u e s t i n g a B D S 1 . Press SELECT ANTENNA Soft Key to select TOP or BOTTOM antenna to be tested.20.5. TEST RUNNING is displayed at top of screen. NOTE: Internal to software.0 dBm BOT ERP =56.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. C. The last test results are displayed while Test Set remains powered on.11.11. Figure 6). Mo d e S U F T e s t s R u n . When first powered-up the Test Set displays blank data fields. Auto Test only displays items needed to visually confirm a FAR Part 43 Test. providing decode and display of Elementary and Enhanced surveillance GICB extracted DAP’s (Downlinked Aircraft Parameters). M o d e C a n d A T C R B S ( Mo d e C ) / M o d e S A l l . refer to TEST DETAILS for individual test list screens.21.5 Hr Introduction: XPDR Auto Test contains one main screen (the Auto Test Screen) and up to 17 additional test screens.1 dBm A CODE =1234 ID C ALT =35000 ft S CODE =1234 S ALT =3500 0 ft T AIL =N12345 DF17 DETECTED=NO FLT ID =AAA50 AA=AC3421(53032041) FS=5–NO AL ERT SPI IN AIR VS=IN AIR COUNTRY=United States RUN TEST TEST LIST CONFIG SELECT ANT Auto Test Screen PASS Figure 10 Subject to Export Control.5 Hr CONFIG:GENERIC MODE S ANTENNA: BOTTOM LEVEL=4 REPL IES = A.4.(24 UELM) Level 4: UF0.4.1 dBm MTL =-74.20. 1-2-4 Page 8 Nov 1/10 .16. The last test results are stored upon power. b a s e d o n X P D R L e v e l : Level 1: UF0. No screen is displayed. PROCEDURE Follow CONFIG selection procedure (1-2-4.21. 2.0 dBm MTL =-73.5.12 MHZ TOP ERP =57.5.4.16. Antenna selected in XPDR Setup Screen is displayed by default. Auto Test completes a full FAR Part 43. Transponder level is displayed on Auto Test Screen. Mo d e T e s t i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h M o d e A . General Description: Mo d e T e s t Mo d e T e s t I d e n t i f i e s m o d e s o f o p e r a t i o n . 0 D a t a Link Capability Report.21 Level 3: UF0.(24 UELM) XPDR-AUTO TEST P AS S BAT 2. BAT 2. Appendix F Test. S FREQ =1090.1).3. Mo d e A .11.C a l l t o d e t e r mi n e r e p l y m o d e s o f t h e t r a n s p o n d e r . see Cover Page for details.5. XPDR-AUTO TEST CONFIG:MODE S CL B OPT POW ANTENNA: TOP REPLIES = TOP ERP = BOT ERP = A CODE = S CODE = T AIL = FLT ID = FS= VS= TSET 1/17 STOP TEST LEVEL= FREQ = MHZ MTL = dBm MTL = dBm C ALT = ft S ALT = ft DF17 DETECTED= AA= COUNTRY= *TESTING* Auto Test Screen Test Running Figure 9 3. NOTE: ADS-B option is required to decode and display DF17 squitter content.3. NO SPI. ON GROUND (obtained from DF0). Presence of Ident (SPI) pulse indicated by display of ‘ID’ after the squawk code (obtained from DF5) NOTE: The Mode A code is compared with Mode S code. If not supported only the country is displayed.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP 4. 1-2-4 Page 9 Nov 1/10 . Appendix F Other Civil Aviation Authority Requirement Eurocontrol/JAA (Proposed Test Identifier Symbols Table 1 Auto Test Details: ♦REPLIES: Transponder Modes replied to A. C O U N T R Y : D e c o d e d f r o m t h e Mo d e S d i s c r e t e a d d r e s s ( o b t a i n e d f r o m Mo d e S A l l Call DF11). Part 43. Warnings/Errors are identified by an arrow symbol to left of the item. SPI. I n d i c a t i o n s a r e : ALERT. ♣VS: Vertical Status either ON GND or IN AIR (obtained from DF0) Testing FS (Flight Status) and VS (Vertical Status): I C A O A me n d me n t 7 7 t r a n s p o n d e r s o n l y r e p l y t o Mo d e S d i s c r e t e i n t e r r o g a t i o n s w h e n installation is in ground state. ♦BOTTOM MTL: Bottom transponder antenna Minimum Trigger Level ♦A CODE: Mode A 4096 squawk code. ♣FLT ID: Eight Character ICAO Flight ID ♦ A A : A i r c r a f t A d d r e s s ( Mo d e S d i s c r e t e address) displayed in HEX and (OCTAL) ♣ F S : F l i g h t S t a t u s . DF17 DETECTED: Indicates the presence of DF17 extended squitter.413. T h e n u mb e r p r e c e d i n g the text identifies the RTCA DO-181C FS c o d e a s s i g n me n t .C. ♦ T O P MT L : T o p t r a n s p o n d e r a n t e n n a Minimum Trigger Level ♦BOT ERP: Bottom transponder antenna Effective Radiated Power in dBm. dBW or peak. NO ALERT.S ♦FREQ: Transponder TX frequency in MHz ♦TOP ERP: Top transponder antenna Effective Radiated Power in dBm. Mo d e s C a n d S a l t i t u d e s P a s s w h e n i n a g r e e me n t o f 100 ft. Modes A and S c o d e s P a s s w h e n i n a g r e e me n t . STEP PROCEDURE ♦ C A L T : Mo d e C a l t i t u d e d i s p l a y e d ( 1 0 0 f t resolution) ♦ S A L T : Mo d e S a l t i t u d e d i s p l a y e d ( 2 5 o r 100 feet resolution. PROCEDURE Auto Test completes and displays Parameters tested (1-2-4. The Parameters displayed are: Regulatory Test Requirements T E S T S I D E N T I F I E R S Y MB O L S ♦ • ♣ FAA FAR 91. Subject to Export Control. NOTE: Units selected in SETUP-GENERAL Screen. Refer to Setup for UUT ADDRESS settings (para 1-24. Refer to Appendix G for list of countries supported. AIRBORNE. see Cover Page for details. ♦TAIL: Aircraft tail number decoded from Mo d e S d i s c r e t e a d d r e s s ( o b t a i n e d f r o m Mo d e S A l l C a l l D F 1 1 ) NOTE: S o me c o u n t r i e s h a v e e n c o d e d t h e a i r c r a f t t a i l n u mb e r i n t o t h e Mo d e S discrete address. ♦S CODE: Mode S 4096 Identity Code. dBW or peak NOTE: Units selected in SETUP-GENERAL Screen.2). Presence of Ident (SPI) pulse indicated by display of ‘ID’ after the squawk code. Figure 7). obtained from DF4) NOTE: Mo d e C a l t i t u d e i s c o mp a r e d t o Mo d e S a l t i t u d e . 7. STEP 1. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start test.3.5 Hr CONFIG:GENERIC ATCRBS REPLIES = BOT ERP = A CODE = dBm FREQ = MTL = C ALT = LEVEL=N/A MHZ dBm RUN TEST TEST LIST CONFIG Generic ATCRBS Auto Test Screen Figure 12 Subject to Export Control.5 Hr CONFIG:ATCRBS CLASS B REPLIES =A BOT ERP =56. Press RETURN Soft Key to display XPDR Auto Test Screen. PROCEDURE Press TEST LIST Soft Key to display T e s t L i s t . Figure 8). The Test Set displays blank data fields when f i r s t p o w e r e d . NOTE: The test runs until stopped. 4. 8. see Cover Page for details. T h e c o mp l e t e A u t o T e s t c o n t a i n s u p t o 1 7 additional test screens. XPDR-AUTO TEST F AI L BAT 2. Press RETURN Soft Key to display the test list and choose desired test. 1-2-4 Page 10 Nov 1/10 . W h i l e t h e T e s t S e t r e ma i n s powered the last test results are displayed. Press NEXT TEST Soft Key to display the next test. RUN TEST TEST LIST CONFIG 3. 6. When an ATCRBS configuration is selected the test list is displayed on one screen (1-2-4. XPDR-AUTO TEST NO REPLY BAT 2.u p . Use DATA Keys to select desired test. Figure 9).OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4.1 dBm C ALT =30500 ft 2.12 MHZ MTL =-73. Each pass through the test sequence updates the PASS/FAIL indication. W h e n a Mo d e S configuration is selected the test list is displayed over two screens (1-2-4. Press SELECT TEST Soft Key to display selected test. Auto Test Screen examples: ATCRBS CLASS B configuration selected with FAIL indication (Only ATCRBS p a r a me t e r s d i s p l a y e d ) . Press PREV TEST Soft Key to display the previous test. ATCRBS Class B Auto Test Screen Figure 11 GENERIC ATCRBS configuration selected with NO REPLY indication (No Reply From Transponder).0 dBm A CODE =1234 ID LEVEL=N/A FREQ =1090. 5.4 STEP PROCEDURE TEST LIST Introduction: A u t o T e s t S c r e e n i s t h e p r i ma r y t e s t s c r e e n . Press STOP TEST Soft Key to stop test. T h e t e s t d e v i a t e s t h e pulse spacings as follows: Sets P1 to P3 pulse spacing to inner high " mu s t r e p l y " v a l u e s ( 8 .PASS A/C F1/F2 SPACE/WIDTH .PASS SELECT TEST NEXT PAGE RETURN XPDR Test List ATCRBS Figure 14 Sets P1 to P3 pulse spacing to inner low " mu s t r e p l y " v a l u e s ( 7 . 8 µs f o r Mo d e A a n d 2 1 µs f o r Mo d e C . I d e n t ( S P I ) and code binary bits. PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS RETURN XPDR Test List Mode S Figure 13 XPDR – TEST LIST 1 2 3 BAT 2. T h e t e s t indicates PASS if percent replies are ≥90% or FAIL if percent replies are <90%. F i g u r e 1 0 ) p e r f o r ms t h e s e f u n c t i o n s : ♦ V e r i f i e s i n n e r a n d o u t e r w i n d o w s f o r Mo d e A and C interrogations ♦ V e r i f i e s t h e S L S p e r f o r ma n c e f o r M o d e A and C interrogations ♦ D i s p l a y s Mo d e A S q u a w k C o d e . 8 µs f o r Mo d e C ) .5 Hr PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS C=PASS C=PASS C=PASS C=PASS C=PASS C=PASS A CODE = 2620 IDENT A4 A2 A1 B4 B2 B1 C4 C ALT = 100000 ft A4 A2 A1 B4 B2 RUN TEST C2 C1 D4 D2 D1 B1 C4 PREV TEST C2 C1 NEXT TEST D4 D2 RETURN RETURN XPDR A/C Decoder/SLS Test Screen Figure 15 XPDR – TEST LIST 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 S REPLY UF0 UF4 UF5 UF11 UF16 UF20 UF21 UF24 ELEMENTARY SURV 1 ELEMENTARY SURV 2 ENHANCED SURV SELECT TEST NEXT PAGE BAT - 2.PASS POWER/FREQ . 1-2-4 Page 11 Nov 1/10 . An arrow identifies FAIL. see Cover Page for details. ♦ D e c o d e s a n d d i s p l a y s t h e Mo d e C a l t i t u d e in feet and code binary bits. + 6 d B a b o v e MT L . NOTE: Decoder Binary bits verify if specific control lines are correct. Subject to Export Control. A/C DECDR/SLS . P 1 t o P 3 . An arrow identifies FAIL.5 Hr XPDR–A/C DECDR/SLS DECODER INNER LOW DECODER INNER HIGH DECODER OUTER LOW DECODER OUTER HIGH SLS 0 dB SLS -9 dB P AS S A=PASS A=PASS A=PASS A=PASS A=PASS A=PASS BAT 2. 8 µs f o r Mo d e A a n d 2 0 . 2 µs f o r Mo d e C ) .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 XPDR – TEST LIST 1 A/C DECDR/SLS 2 A/C F1/F2 SPACE/WIDTH 3 POWER/FREQ 4 S ALL-CALL 5 S REPLY TIMING 6 S REPLY 7 UF0 8 UF4 9 UF5 10 UF11 11 UF16 12 UF20 SELECT TEST NEXT PAGE BAT - 2.5 Hr T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h v a l i d Mo d e A a n d C i n t e r r o g a t i o n s . T h e t e s t indicates PASS if percent replies are ≥90% or FAIL if percent replies are <90%. 2 µs f o r Mo d e A a n d 2 1 . N o mi n a l s p a c i n g .5 Hr XPDR A/C Decoder/SLS Test XPDR A/C Decoder/SLS Test (1-2-4. F1 width and F2 w i d t h v a l u e s o n t h e D I S P L A Y f o r Mo d e A a n d C r e p l i e s .600 us C=20. A2.450 us C= 0.300 us REPLY DELAY A=3. F 1 / F 2 p u l s e w i d t h s a r e 0 . B2. Receiving an invalid input (no C bit or C1 and C4 are on at the same time) blanks out the altitude field. NOTE: Because interrogation with SLS at -9 dB is sent at MTL + 12 dB. F1/F2 Pulse Width and Spacing T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e A a n d C i n t e r r o g a t i o n s . + 6 d B a b o v e MT L . Sets P1 to P3 pulse spacing to outer low " mu s t n o t r e p l y " v a l u e s ( 7 . Figure 1 1 ) p e r f o r ms t h e s e f u n c t i o n s : ♦Verifies and displays F1/F2 pulse width and s p a c i n g f o r Mo d e A a n d C r e p l i e s .5 Hr A= 0. D4.400 us A=20.05 us C=3.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Sets P1 to P3 pulse spacing to outer high " mu s t n o t r e p l y " v a l u e s ( 9 . When P2 level is set at -9 dB and replies are ≥90%. 1 0 µs ) . C2.000 us REPLY RATIO A=100% C=100% -81dBm REPLY RATIO A=0% C=0% ATCRBS ALL-CALL A=PASS C=PASS PULSE AMP VAR A=0. C. Replies a r e mo n i t o r e d a n d t r a n s p o n d e r S q u a w k c o d e is displayed in four digit octal and binary. the test indicates PASS. An arrow identifies FAIL. ♦ V e r i f i e s a n d d i s p l a y s r e p l y d e l a y f o r Mo d e A and C replies.300 us C= 0. The test indicates PASS if percent replies are <10% or FAIL if percent replies are ≥10%. A Code The Test Set interrogates with Mode A interrogations. If replies are <90%. the test indicates PASS. T h e t e s t indicates F1 to F2 spacing. When P2 level is set at 0 dB and replies are ≥1%.0 dB C=0. SLS The Test Set interrogates with Mode A and C interrogations including the P2 SLS pulse. ♦ V e r i f i e s a n d d i s p l a y s r e p l y j i t t e r f o r Mo d e A and C replies.55 us REPLY JITTER A=0. ♣ V e r i f i e s r e p l y r a t i o f o r Mo d e A a n d C interrogations. A. C4. The r e p l i e s a r e mo n i t o r e d a n d t r a n s p o n d e r altitude code is displayed in feet to a resolution of 100 ft. 1-2-4 Page 12 Nov 1/10 . C1.300 us A= 0. see Cover Page for details. ♦Verifies replies to ATCRBS all call Mode A and C interrogations.0 dB RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN XPDR A/C Spacing Width Test Screen Figure 16 XPDR A/C Spacing Width Test XPDR A/C Spacing Width Test (1-2-4. Subject to Export Control. +6 dB above MTL. Regardless of validity. the test indicates FAIL. F 1 t o F 2 s p a c i n g i s 2 0 . +6 dB above MTL. If replies are <1%. A1. t h e Mo d e C i n f o r m a t i o n i s s h o w n i n b i n a r y f o r ma t ( MS D t o L S D ) : A4.B. 1 0 µ s ) . the test indicates FAIL.250 us C=0. B1. If Ident (SPI) is present in the reply. D2. 3 0 µs ( ± 0 . 0 µs f o r M o d e A and 20 µs for Mode C). An arrow identifies FAIL. B4. 4 5 µs ( ± 0 . the t e s t mu s t b e r u n w i t h i n 9 5 f t (28. IDENT is displayed after the octal code. C Altitude The Test Set interrogates with Mode C interrogations. The test indicates PASS if percent replies are <10% or FAIL if percent replies are ≥10%. ♣ V e r i f i e s Mo d e A a n d C r e p l y p u l s e d r o o p . 0 µs f o r M o d e A and 22 µs for Mode C).96 m) of UUT antenna being tested. XPDR–A/C SPAC/WDTH F1WIDTH  F2WIDTH F1-F2 F AI L BAT 2. Me a s u r e m e n t s o u t s i d e t h e following tolerances result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. Replies outside this tolerance results in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. Subject to Export Control.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Reply Delay T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s U U T w i t h Mo d e s A a n d C . 1-2-4 Page 13 Nov 1/10 .12 MEASURED VIA MTL (dBm) ATCRBS A-C DIFF ALL CALL ERP (dBm) NOTE:Transponder occupancy in ‘over the air testing’ prevents reliable Reply Ratio measurements.0 RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN P o w e r a n d F r e q u e n c y ( Mo d e S ) T e s t S c r e e n Figure 17 XPDR – POWER/FREQ TX FREQ = 1090.2 -73. d B W o r W . P AS S BAT 2.0 -73.1 -73. Figure 12.2 0.2 -73.F A I L i f r e p l y A T C R B S . A FAIL is identified by an arrow.0 -73. Reply Ratio T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s U U T w i t h Mo d e s A and C.2 57. P A S S / F A I L t e s t l i mi t s a r e not applied.0 -73. XPDR – POWER/FREQ TX FREQ = 1090.1 0. When Antenna is selected. 5 0 µs ) . The test verifies reply jitter values (difference between shortest and longest r e p l y d e l a y ) u s i n g t h e b e s t t h a t a r e ≤0 .1 -73. The XPDR Power a n d F r e q u e n c y T e s t p e r f o r ms t h e s e functions: ♦ Me a s u r e s . see Cover Page for details.2 57. Reply Jitter T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s U U T w i t h Mo d e s A and C.5 Hr MHz ANTENNA:TOP TOP BOTTOM INSTANT DIRECT ANTENNA DIRECT -73.2 0.1 -0.C a l l i n t e r r o g a t i o n s .2 57.2 -72. 6 dB above MTL. Reply Ratio Mode A and C Test displays percent replies h o w e v e r .12 MEASURED VIA MTL (dBm) ATCRBS A-C DIFF ALL CALL MODE S ERP (dBm) Pulse Amplitude Variation T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e A a n d C i n t e r r o g a t i o n s . Test verifies the following: ATCRBS transponder must reply.1 -73. No Reply criteria is <10%. P AS S MHz BAT 2.0 RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN Power and Frequency (ATCRBS) Test Screen Figure 18 XPDR Power and Frequency Test Refer to 1-2-4. T h e t e s t v e r i f i e s a l l p u l s e s i n t h e Mo d e A a n d C r e p l i e s a r e w i t h i n a 2 d B a mp l i t u d e w i n d o w ( mi n i mu m t o ma x i mu m) . The test verifies replies are ≥90% b e t we e n M T L + 6 d B m a n d n o t m o r e t h a n ≤10% for -81 dBm.2 0.2 57. NOTE: Above paragraph only applicable to direct connect testing. 0 0 µ s ( ± 0 . ♦ Me a s u r e s . T h e t e s t v e r i f i e s r e p l y d e l a y mi n u s r a n g e d e l a y i s 3 . v e r i f i e s a n d d i s p l a y s T X F r e q u e n c y i n MH z . Me a s u r e m e n t s o u t s i d e t h e a b o v e t o l e r a n c e result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow.9 57. ATCRBS All Call The Test Set interrogates with ATCRBS ( Mo d e A a n d C ) o n l y A l l . + 6 d B a b o v e MT L . Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r .F A I L i f r e p l y Mo d e S . NOTE: The selected configuration file d e t e r m i n e s i f a n A T C R B S o r Mo d e S transponder is being tested.5 Hr TOP BOTTOM INSTANT DIRECT ANTENNA DIRECT N/A N/A N/A N/A -73.0 -73. 1 µ s . Me a s u r e m e n t s o u t s i d e t h e a b o v e t o l e r a n c e result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. Reply criteria is ≥90%.0 -73. R e p l i e s o u t s i d e t h e 2 dB window result in a FAIL indication and are identified by an arrow. v e r i f i e s a n d d i s p l a y s T X E R P f o r t o p a n d b o t t o m a n t e n n a s i n d B m. Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r . E R P a n d MT L U p p e r l i mi t s a r e o n l y a p p l i e d w h e n directly connected to UUT or end of f e e d e r c a b l e . T o d e t e r mi n e MT L t h e t e s t a d j u s t s R F interrogation level for 90% replies.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ♦ Me a s u r e s . INSTANT values are obtained from the a v e r a g e p o w e r me a s u r e m e n t o v e r f i v e r e p l i e s and updated every five replies. the Test Set interrogates with UF4. Top or Bottom antenna measurement is selected with DATA Keys. two values for each measurement are displayed. 1-2-4 Page 14 Nov 1/10 . v e r i f y i n g a D F 4 r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d . Figure 13). The c o n f i g u r a t i o n f i l e u p p e r l i mi t s a r e i n accordance with RTCA-DO181C. TOP and BOTTOM values are obtained from the average power measurement over 40 replies. PASS/FAIL limits are applied. v e r i f y i n g MT L f o r e a c h i n t e r r o g a t i o n t y p e . Mo d e A ( o r Mo d e C i f n o r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d t o a Mo d e A ) a n d a n A T C R B S / Mo d e S A l l . When an ATCRBS configuration is selected. NOTE: When an ATCRBS configuration is selected (non diversity transponder) only the Bottom antenna me a s u r e m e n t f i e l d s a r e u s e d . The 90% reply point is calculated from the 50% reply point.C a l l . When the (peak) ERP is measured. Top and Bottom me a s u r e me n t s a r e a v e r a g e d a n d v a l u e s a r e displayed (1-2-4. When an ATCRBS configuration is selected t h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e A ( o r Mo d e C i f n o r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d t o a Mo d e A ) a n d a n A T C R B S / Mo d e S A l l . (or Mode C if no reply is received to a Mode A). P A S S / F A I L l i mi t s a r e a p p l i e d . +6 dB above MT L . P A S S i s d i s p l a y e d when difference is <1 dB. +6 dB a b o v e MT L . v e r i f y i n g MT L f o r e a c h i n t e r r o g a t i o n t y p e . the Test Set interrogates with UF4. ERP (Effective Radiated Power) When a Mode S configuration is selected. v e r i f i e s a n d d i s p l a y s MT L f o r t o p and bottom antennas. ATCRBS A l l . the Test Set interrogates with Mode A (or Mo d e C i f n o r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d t o a M o d e A ) + 6 d B a b o v e MT L .C a l l . v e r i f y i n g MT L f o r e a c h i n t e r r o g a t i o n t y p e . I n p r a c t i c e . ma n y installations have feeder losses of 1 d B ( mi n i mu m f e e d e r l o s s ) a n d antennas that exhibit gain.C a l l a n d Mo d e S ( P 6 ) i n t e r r o g a t i o n t y p e s in dBm. T h e t e s t c o mp a r e s MT L me a s u r e me n t s b e t w e e n Mo d e A a n d C . T h e 5 0 % r e p l y p o i n t i s d e t e r mi n e d by sending 100 interrogations. NOTE: MT L P A S S / F A I L l i mi t s a r e d e t e r mi n e d b y t h e s e l e c t e d configuration. I N S T A N T v a l u e s a r e o b t a i n e d f r o m t h e MT L r e a d i n g s . +6 dB above MT L . NOTE: ERP PASS/FAIL limits are d e t e r mi n e d b y s e l e c t e d configuration. the Test Set interrogates with Mode A. NOTE: E R P a n d MT L U p p e r l i mi t s s p e c i f i e d in selected configuration file are not applied during radiated test. TOP and BOTTOM values are obtained from t h e a v e r a g e MT L r e a d i n g s o f a l l r e p l i e s r e c e i v e d d u r i n g t h e MT L T e s t s e q u e n c e . Refer to Appendix F. v e r i f y i n g a D F 4 r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d . A-C Difference T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e A ( o r Mo d e C i f n o r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d t o a Mo d e A ) . see Cover Page for details. for ATCRBS. FAIL is displayed when difference is >1 dB. PASS/FAIL limits are applied and updated every 40 replies. Refer to Appendix F. NOTE: Frequency PASS/FAIL limits are d e t e r mi n e d b y s e l e c t e d configuration. Subject to Export Control. Two v a l u e s f o r e a c h me a s u r e me n t a r e d i s p l a y e d . Refer to Appendix F. Frequency When a Mode S configuration is selected. The value is updated every 40 replies. Test averages Frequency measurement over 40 replies. With an ATCRBS configuration selected. MT L ( M i n i m u m T r i g g e r L e v e l ) When a Mode S configuration is selected the Test Set interrogates in sequence with UF4. w h i c h a r e b a s e d o n m a x i mu m f e e d e r c a b l e l o s s o f 3 d B a n d m e a s u r e me n t a t t h e a n t e n n a p o r t . verifying DF11 replies are received.510 us C=2AC421 C=100% C=0% MODE S ALL-CALL = PASS ADDRESS = 2AC421 TAIL= N12345 COUNTRY= United States RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST ITM Reply Ratio RETURN XPDR . Subject to Export Control. T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s U U T w i t h a Mo d e S All-Call. A FAIL is identified by an arrow. Mo d e S A l l . Figure 14. The test verifies that I T M Mo d e A a n d C r e p l i e s a r e ≥ 9 0 % b e t we e n MT L + 6 d B a n d < 1 0 % f o r . verifying DF11 replies are received.S All Call Test Screen Figure 19 XPDR . +6 dB above MTL. ITM REPLY DELAY JITTER ADDRESS RATIO -81dBm A=128. The XPDR . The test verifies reply jitter values (difference between shortest and longest reply delay). verifying DF11 replies are received.07 us C=0. AA=FFFFFF. 1-2-4 Page 15 Nov 1/10 . The test interrogates with a UF4 using the discrete address obtained in the DF11 reply a n d c o n f i r ms t h e D F 4 r e p l y c o n t a i n s t h e s a me a d d r e s s a n d d i s p l a y s a P A S S . 0 8 µs f o r I T M Mo d e A a n d C Me a s u r e me n t s o u t s i d e t h i s t o l e r a n c e r e s u l t i n a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. W h e n A n t e n n a i s s e l e c t e d . NOTE: NOTE: Above paragraph only applicable to direct connect testing.67 ns/m).C a l l T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s U U T w i t h a Mo d e S All-Call UF11. R e p l i e s outside these tolerances result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. +6 dB above MTL. R e p l y R a t i o I T M Mo d e A and C Test displays percent replies h o w e v e r .8 1 d B m . 0 0 µs ( ± 0 . Transponder occupancy in ‘over the air testing’ prevents reliable Reply R a t i o me a s u r e me n t s .08 us A=0. ITM Address T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s U U T w i t h a Mo d e S All-Call. verifying DF11 replies are received. + 6 d B a b o v e MT L .C a l l .03 ns/ft (6.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 XPDR–S ALL-CALL P AS S BAT 2. The test decodes and displays the discrete address reported in the DF11 replies.S All Call Test performs these functions: • V e r i f i e s a n d d i s p l a y s I T M R e p l y D e l a y Mo d e A and C ♣ V e r i f i e s a n d d i s p l a y s I T M R e p l y J i t t e r Mo d e A and C ♣Verifies ITM Reply Ratio Mode A and C ♦Verifies ITM All Call Address ♦Verifies Mode S All Call. P A S S / F A I L t e s t l i mi t s a r e not applied. The test verifies reply delay minus range delay is:  1 2 8 .510 us A=2AC421 A=100% A=0% C=128. +6 dB above MTL. 5 0 µ s ) f o r I T M Mo d e A and C. Me a s u r e m e n t s o u t s i d e t h i s t o l e r a n c e r e s u l t i n a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. calculated from the r a n g e v a l u e s i n t h e S e t u p Me n u .5 Hr ITM Reply Jitter T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s U U T w i t h a Mo d e S All-Call. see Cover Page for details. Reply jitter (changes in reply delay) is: ≤ 0 .S All Call Test Refer to 1-2-4. +6 dB above MT L . NOTE: Range delay is 2. v e r i f y i n g D F 1 1 r e p l i e s a r e r e c e i v e d . ♦Verifies and displays Mode S All Call Address •Verifies Country and Tail Number ITM Reply Delay The Test Set interrogates UUT with an A T C R B S / M o d e S A l l . I f a n incorrect address is received the address and FAIL are displayed. country a n d t a i l n u mb e r . V e r i f y i n g r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d w i t h t h e s a me a d d r e s s a n d c o r r e c t f o r ma t . XPDR . 6 7 n s / m) .950 us WIDTH=PASS SPACING =F AIL RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN Pulse Width The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4.S Reply Timing Test: Refer to 1-2-4.05 us JIT T ER=0. T h e t e s t v e r i f i e s i f r e p l y d e l a y mi n u s r a n g e delay is:   1 2 8 . 0 8 µs Me a s u r e me n t s o u t s i d e t h i s t o l e r a n c e r e s u l t i n a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. v e r i f y i n g D F 1 1 r e p l i e s a r e r e c e i v e d . see Cover Page for details.S Reply Timing Test Screen Figure 20 XPDR . v e r i f y i n g r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d w i t h t h e s a me a d d r e s s a n d c o r r e c t f o r ma t . Tail and Country The Test Set interrogates UUT with a Mode S All-Call UF11. Reply Delay The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4. 5 µs ( ± 0 . Test verifies that the widths are: 0 .5 Hr Reply Jitter The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4.03 ns/ft ( 6 . Refer to Appendix G for list of countries supported. The test verifies reply jitter values (difference between shortest and longest reply delay). NOTE: P u l s e w i d t h s p a c i n g me a s u r e d o n p r e a mb l e o n l y ( f i r s t r e l e a s e ) . Figure 15. 0 5 µs o f n o mi n a l v a l u e s . 0 0 µs ( ± 0 . 6 d B a b o v e MT L . 0 5 µs ) Pulse Spacing The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4. v e r i f y i n g r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d w i t h t h e s a me a d d r e s s a n d c o r r e c t f o r ma t . The test decodes and displays discrete address reported in the DF11 replies. 1-2-4 Page 16 Nov 1/10 . + 6 d B a b o v e MT L . If not supported only the country is displayed. XPDR . 0 5 µ s ) o r 1 . 6 d B a b o v e MT L . Range delay is 2. v e r i f y i n g r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d w i t h t h e s a me a d d r e s s a n d c o r r e c t f o r ma t . AA=FFFFFF. 0 µs ( ± 0 . c a l c u l a t e d f r o m t h e v a l u e s i n t h e S e t u p Me n u . 2 5 µ s ) f o r Mo d e S Me a s u r e me n t s o u t s i d e t h i s tolerance result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. 6 d B a b o v e MT L . +6 dB above MT L .S Reply Timing Test performs these functions: ♦ V e r i f i e s Mo d e S R e p l y D e l a y ♣ V e r i f i e s Mo d e S R e p l y J i t t e r ♣ V e r i f i e s Mo d e S R e p l y P u l s e W i d t h ( a l l pulses) ♣ V e r i f i e s Mo d e S R e p l y P u l s e S p a c i n g ( a l l pulses) Subject to Export Control. NOTE: XPDR–S RPLY TIMING F AI L BAT 2. REPLY REPLY PULSE PULSE DELAY =148. NOTE: S o me c o u n t r i e s h a v e e n c o d e d t h e aircraft tail number into the Mode S discrete address. Reply jitter (changes in reply delay) is: ≤ 0 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Address. The test verifies that the pulse spacing are w i t h i n ± 0 . P A S S / F A I L t e s t l i mi t s a r e n o t applied. For Direct Connect. NOTE: Because interrogation with SLS at . When P5 level is set at +3 dB and replies are >90%. The measured variation is displayed. Replies outside the 2 dB window result in a FAIL indication and are identified by an arrow. the test indicates PASS. when P5 level is set at 12 dB and replies are ≥99%. Transponder occupancy in ‘over the air testing’ prevents reliable Reply R a t i o me a s u r e me n t s . DF17 Detected T h e T e s t S e t mo n i t o r s t h e U U T D F 1 7 e x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r s a n d c o n f i r ms d e t e c t i o n b y displaying YES. 1-2-4 Page 17 Nov 1/10 . The XPDR .8 1 d B m . +6 dB above MT L .S Reply Test Screen Figure 21 XPDR . The measured variation is displayed. Invalid AA The Test Set interrogates with UF4 i n t e r r o g a t i o n s . when PS level is set at -12 dB and replies are >90%. R e p l y R a t i o Mo d e S T e s t displays percent replies however. Test displays PASS if no replies are received and FAIL if replies are received. T h e t e s t v e r i f i e s a l l p u l s e s i n t h e D F 4 replies are within a 2 dB amplitude window.1 dB BAT 2. the test indicates PASS. T h e t e s t v e r i f i e s a l l p u l s e s i n t h e D F 2 0 replies are within a 2 dB amplitude window.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 XPDR–S REPLY P AS S SHRT=0. Replies outside the 2 dB window result in a FAIL indication and are identified by an arrow.S REPLY Test: Refer to 1-2-4. the test indicates a PASS.6 to 2. A Squitter period outside this tolerance results in a fail and is identified by an arrow. NOTE: NOTE: Above paragraph only applicable to direct connect testing. W h e n A n t e n n a i s s e l e c t e d . Pulse Amplitude Variation Long The Test Set interrogates with UF4 (reply length long) interrogations. The test verifies that replies are ≥99% b e t we e n MT L + 6 d B a n d ≤ 1 0 % f o r . Reply Ratio The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4.4 s. Test displays NO if DF17’s are not detected. S L S T e s t mu s t b e r u n w i t h i n 9 5 f e e t ( 2 8 . For Antenna Connect. Squitter Period T h e T e s t S e t mo n i t o r s t h e U U T D F 1 1 acquisition squitters and verifies that the period is 0.00s DF17 DETECTED=YES REPL Y RAT IO =100 % REPL Y RAT IO 8 1dBm =0 % INVAL ID AA =PASS DIVERSIT Y ISOL AT IO N=G REAT ER T HAN 25dB RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN XPDR . PULSE AMP VAR SLS SQTR LNG=0. + 6 d B a b o v e MT L .1 dB ON=NO REPLY OFF=REPLY DF11 PERIOD=1.1 2 d B i s s e n t a t MT L + 1 2 d B .S Reply Test performs these functions: ♣Verifies Mode S Pulse Amplitude Variation Short Reply ♣Verifies Mode S Pulse Amplitude Variation Long Reply ♣Verifies Mode S SLS Level ♣Verifies Mode S Reply Ratio ♦Verifies and displays Mode S DF11 Squitter Period ♣Verifies Mode S DF11 Squitter Distribution.5 Hr SLS Level The Test Set interrogates with UF4 interrogations including the P5 SLS pulse. T e s t u s e s default addresses that are 1 and 256 greater than the correct address. ♦Verifies Mode S Invalid AA •V e r i f i e s S D F 1 7 D e t e c t ♦Verifies and displays Mode S Diversity Isolation Pulse Amplitude Variation Short The Test Set interrogates with UF4 (reply length short) interrogations. Replies outside this tolerance result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. Figure 16. 9 6 me t e r s ) o f U U T a n t e n n a being tested. see Cover Page for details. +6 dB above MT L . Subject to Export Control. If test fails due to wrong address. DISPLAY i n d i c a t e s t h e D o w n l i n k F o r ma t F i e l d s . The test verifies UUT diversity isolation (difference between "On" antenna squitters and "Off" antenna squitters) is ≥20 dB. RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN XPDR . v e r i f y i n g a U F 0 r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d . The Test Set interrogates with UF0. A l t i t u d e r e p o r t e d i n D F 0 i s c o mp a r e d w i t h a l t i t u d e r e p o r t e d d u r i n g Mo d e T e s t i n v a l i d A T C R B S Mo d e C r e p l y . test must be run within 50 ft (15. Value in dB. Refer to Appendix J for Antenna Shield mounting procedure. >25 dB. +6 dB a b o v e MT L . Mode C altitude is displayed. 1-2-4 Page 18 Nov 1/10 . A l t i t u d e s mu s t a g r e e within 100 ft. NOTE: AC field blanks out if invalid data is received for that field. DF11 address is displayed.UFO P AS S BAT 2. I f t e s t fails due to incorrect altitude. Figure 17. It is i mp o r t a n t t h a t o n l y o n e U U T a n t e n n a is seen during the Diversity Test. NOTE: NOTE: Subject to Export Control.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Diversity Isolation T h e T e s t S e t mo n i t o r s t h e U U T D F 1 1 acquisition squitters. Indications:    NOTE: OFF is displayed if diversity isolation is not selected in Setup Screen.24 m) of UUT antenna being tested. A d d r e s s i s c o mp a r e d w i t h a d d r e s s r e p o r t e d during Mode Test in DF11 reply. Values <20 dB result in a FAIL and are identified with an arrow. UF0 AQ bit is "1" for requesting airspeed i n f o r ma t i o n i n D F 0 R I f i e l d .5 Hr DF = VS = CC = SL = RI = 0 0 0 0 12 – – – – IN AIR NOT SUPPORTED NO TCAS SENS LEVEL REPORTED AIRSPEED 301 T O 600 KNOT S AC = 03A0(01640) 10700 FT MO DE C ALT CO MPARE = PASS AA = AC3421(53032041) DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE = PASS UF0 Test Screen Figure 22 UF0 Test Refer to 1-2-4. Ma k e s u r e T e s t S e t D i r e c t i o n a l Antenna is pointed at unshielded antenna. For >20 dB dynamic range. When Diversity Isolation Test is enabled. ♦Decodes and displays DF0 data fields. make sure Antenna Shield is fitted to top or bottom UUT antenna prior to running test. This test must be enabled on the XPDR Setup Screen to display diversity isolation parameter. The UF0 (Short A i r t o A i r S u r v e i l l a n c e ) T e s t p e r f o r ms t h e s e functions: ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF0 i n t e r r o g a t i o n s a n d c o mp a r e s d i s c r e t e a d d r e s s with DF11. ♦ C o mp a r e s M o d e S a l t i t u d e t o Mo d e C altitude. see Cover Page for details. Refer to para 1-2-4. +6 dB a b o v e MT L . ♦ C o mp a r e s M o d e S a l t i t u d e t o M o d e C altitude. The Test Set interrogates with UF5.3. see Cover Page for details. Figure 19. NOTE: AC field blanks out if invalid data is received for that field. v e r i f y i n g a D F 4 r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d . 1-2-4 Page 19 Nov 1/10 .ALERT 0 – NO DOWNL INK REQUEST 0 (IDS = 0) (IIS = 0) DF=5 NO SPI IN AIR FS=0. v e r i f y i n g a D F 5 r e p l y i s r e c e i v e d . XPDR – UF4 Testing FS (Flight Status) I C A O a me n d me n t 7 7 t r a n s p o n d e r s o n l y r e p l y t o Mo d e S d i s c r e t e i n t e r r o g a t i o n s w h e n installation is in ground state. ♦ C o mp a r e s M o d e S I d e n t i t y C o d e t o Mo d e A Squawk Code. The UF5 Test ( S h o r t S u r v e i l l a n c e I d e n t i t y ) p e r f o r ms t h e s e functions: ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF5 i n t e r r o g a t i o n s a n d c o mp a r e s d i s c r e t e a d d r e s s with DF11. The Test Set interrogates with UF4. Altitudes must agree within 100 ft. ♦Decodes and displays DF5 data fields. Refer to para 1-2-4.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Testing VS (Vertical Status) I C A O a me n d m e n t 7 7 t r a n s p o n d e r s o n l y replies to Mode S discrete interrogations when installation is in ground state. Address is compared with address reported during Mode Test.5 Hr P AS S BAT 2. I D c o d e r e p o r t e d i n D F 5 i s c o mp a r e d w i t h I D c o d e r e p o r t e d d u r i n g Mo d e T e s t i n v a l i d A T C R B S Mo d e A r e p l y . Figure 18.2 for UUT ADDRESS and MA N U A L A A s e t t i n g s . ♦Decodes and displays DF4 data fields. XPDR–UF5 P AS S BAT 2. Altitude reported in DF4 is compared with altitude reported during Mode Test in valid ATCRBS Mode C reply. Subject to Export Control.5 Hr DF FS DR UM = = = = 4 NO SPI ON GROUND 3 . UF4 (Short Surveillance Altitude) Test performs these functions: ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF4 interrogations and compares discrete address with DF11.2 for UUT ADDRESS and MA N U A L A A s e t t i n g s . +6 dB a b o v e MT L .NO AL ERT DR=0-NO DOWNL INK REQUEST UM=0 . A d d r e s s i s c o mp a r e d w i t h a d d r e s s r e p o r t e d d u r i n g Mo d e T e s t . UF5 Test UF5 Test Screen Figure 24 Refer to 1-2-4.3.( IDS = 0) (IIS = 0) AC = 03A0(01640) 10700 FT MO DE C ALT CO MPARE = PASS AA = AC3421(53032041) DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE = PASS RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST ID=02 0 A(01 012) OCT AL ID 26 00 MODE A ID COMPARE=PASS AA=AC3421(53032041) DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE=PASS RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN RETURN UF4 Test Screen Figure 23 UF4 Test Refer to 1-2-4. 46-47. The test interrogates during the lockout period with a different SI code to confirm interrogation acceptance. Refer to para 1-2-4. AP set FFFFFF. 12-13. v e r i f y i n g a D F 1 1 r e p l y i s received. P AS S BAT 2. 28-29.61-62 RUN TEST MORE INFO PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN UF11 FAIL Test Screen Figure 26 Subject to Export Control. When all codes are correct PASS is displayed. Figure 20).4-5. When more than one code fails.22-23. The Test Set interrogates with UF11.55-56.0 is verified to determine SI support.7-8 .10-11 . If the transponder supports SI (Surveillance Identifier) each of the 63 SI codes from 1 to 63 are tested. NOTE: D u e t o l o n g t e s t t i me r e q u i r e d .58-59. I f l o c k o u t t i me i s 1 8 s e c ( ± 1 s e c ) . see Cover Page for details. A d d r e s s i s c o mp a r e d w i t h a d d r e s s r e p o r t e d during Mode Test in DF11 reply (1-2-4. BDS 1. 16-17.13-14. the range of codes are displayed. 40-41. 9-10. 3-4. in sequence from 1 to 15.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Testing FS (Flight Status) I C A O a me n d me n t 7 7 t r a n s p o n d e r s o n l y r e p l y t o Mo d e S d i s c r e t e i n t e r r o g a t i o n s w h e n installation is in ground state.37-38. Test interrogates with a UF11.5 Hr DF=11 CA=0-LEVEL 2 CA MODE PI =02F08D AA=AC3421(53032041) II LOCKOUT TIMER=18S II MAT CH=PASS SI LOCKOUT T IMER=18S SI MAT CH=PASS RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN UF11 Test Screen Figure 25 UF11 Test Refer to 1-2-4.43-44.3.49-50.LEVEL 2 CA MODE PI = 02F08D AA = AC3421(53032041) II LOCKOUT TIMER=18S  II MAT CH = 0-1. l o c k o u t t i me r t e s t i s n o t r u n a s p a r t of Auto Test. Test is run only if U F 1 1 T e s t i s p e r f o r me d s e p a r a t e l y . F A I L i s d i s p l a y e d i f l o c k o u t t i me is outside this window.s i t e l o c k o u t p r o t o c o l i s u t i l i z e d i n conjunction with an SI code to verify lockout ( n o t a c c e p t a n y Mo d e S o n l y A l l . P A S S i s d i s p l a y e d .s i t e l o c k o u t p r o t o c o l i s u t i l i z e d i n conjunction with an II code to verify lockout ( n o t a c c e p t a n y Mo d e S o n l y A l l . NOTE: When a single code fails the code is displayed. 1-2-4 Page 20 Nov 1/10 . XPDR – UF11 F AI L BAT 2.6-7. Figure 20. An arrow identifies a FAIL (1-2-4.25-26.5 Hr DF = 11 CA = 0 . T h e mu l t i . I f l o c k o u t t i me i s 1 8 s e c ( ± 1 s e c ) .19-20.2 for UUT ADDRESS and MA N U A L A A s e t t i n g s . Decodes and displays DF11 replies. If all codes are correct PASS is displayed.C a l l ) t i me . F A I L i s d i s p l a y e d i f l o c k o u t t i me is outside this window.15 SI LOCKOUT T IMER = 18S  SI MAT CH = 1-2 . P A S S i s d i s p l a y e d .34-35. ♣ P e r f o r ms c o mp r e h e n s i v e I I a n d S I M a t c h Test.C a l l ) t i me . •P e r f o r ms I I a n d S I l o c k o u t T i m e r T e s t . +6 dB a b o v e MT L . using the 15 II codes. Figure 21).31-32. 52-53. XPDR–UF11 T h e mu l t i . UF11 Test p e r f o r ms t h e s e f u n c t i o n s : ♦Interrogates with Mode S UF11. DF11 address is displayed. Figure 23. ♦Decodes and displays DF16 data fields. requesting a BDS 1. Refer to para 1-2-4. ♦Decodes and displays DF20 data fields. Altitude reported in DF16 is compared with altitude reported during Mode Test in valid ATCRBS Mode C reply. A l t i t u d e r e p o r t e d i n D F 2 0 i s c o mp a r e d w i t h a l t i t u d e r e p o r t e d d u r i n g Mo d e T e s t i n v a l i d A T C R B S Mo d e C r e p l y . + 6 d B a b o v e MT L .5 Hr AC=03 A0(0 1640) 10700 ft MO DE C ALT CO MPARE=PASS AA=AC3421(53032041) DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE=PASS RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN DF=20 FS=3-ALERT NO SPI ON GROUND DR=0-NO DOWNL INK REQUEST UM=0 (IDS=0) (IIS = 0) MB=30010000000000 UF16 Test Screen Figure 27 UF16 Test Refer to 1-2-4. D i s p l a y s MB me s s a g e f i e l d i n H E X . The DISPLAY indicates the Downlink Format Fields. Subject to Export Control.3. Altitudes must agree within 100 ft. T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h U F 2 0 ( C o mm A. UF20 (Long S u r v e i l l a n c e A l t i t u d e ) T e s t p e r f o r ms t h e s e functions: ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF20 i n t e r r o g a t i o n s a n d c o mp a r e s d i s c r e t e a d d r e s s with DF11. v e r i f y i n g a D F 1 6 r e p l y i s received. N o r e p l y t o U F 1 6 r e s u l t s i n Mo d e S pass in Auto Test.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 XPDR–UF16 P AS S BAT 2. Replies to UF16 are received only if an active TCAS II system is installed. ♦ C o mp a r e s M o d e S a l t i t u d e t o Mo d e C altitude. see Cover Page for details. XPDR–UF20 DF=16 VS=0 – IN AIR SL=0 RI =0–NO ON – BOARD TCAS MV=30010000000000 P AS S BAT 2. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: AC field blanks out if invalid data is received for that field. Address is compared with address reported during Mode Test in DF11 reply. ♦ C o mp a r e s M o d e S A l t i t u d e t o M o d e C Altitude. If test fails due to wrong address. If test fails because of incorrect altitude. +6 dB a b o v e MT L .0 data link c a p a b i l i t y r e p o r t . Mode C altitude is displayed. UF16 Test (Long Air to Air Surveillance) performs these functions: ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF16 interrogations and compares discrete address with DF11. 1-2-4 Page 21 Nov 1/10 . the test interrogates for BDS 3 . 0 T C A S s e n s i t i v i t y s t a t u s me s s a g e . RRS=0. A d d r e s s i s c o mp a r e d w i t h a d d r e s s r e p o r t e d during Mode Test in DF11 reply.2 for UUT ADDRESS and MA N U A L A A s e t t i n g s . AC=03 A0(0 1640) 10700 ft MO DE C ALT CO MPARE=PASS AA=AC3421(53032041) DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE=PASS RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN F20 Test Screen Figure 28 UF20 Test Refer to 1-2-4. If reply is not received. verifying a DF20 reply is received. DI=7. Figure 22. RR=17 (long reply). A l t i t u d e s mu s t a g r e e within 100 ft.5 Hr Testing VS (Vertical Status) I C A O a me n d me n t 7 7 t r a n s p o n d e r s o n l y r e p l i e s t o Mo d e S d i s c r e t e i n t e r r o g a t i o n s when installation is in ground state. The Test Set interrogates with UF16. altitude request). UF21 (Long S u r v e i l l a n c e I d e n t i t y ) T e s t p e r f o r ms t h e s e functions: ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF21 i n t e r r o g a t i o n s a n d c o mp a r e s d i s c r e t e a d d r e s s with DF11.5 Hr NOTE: NOTE: DF=21 FS=3-ALERT NO SPI ON GROUND DR=0-NO DOWNL INK REQUEST UM=0 (IDS=0) (IIS = 0) MB=30010000000000 NOTE: NOTE: ID=03A0(01640) OCT AL ID 61 40 MODE A ID COMPARE=PASS AA=AC3421(53032041) DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE=PASS RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN UF21 Test Screen PASS Figure 29 UF21 Test Refer to 1-2-4. Data displayed in MB message field is not decoded. Testing FS (Flight Status) I C A O a me n d me n t 7 7 t r a n s p o n d e r s o n l y r e p l y t o Mo d e S d i s c r e t e i n t e r r o g a t i o n s w h e n installation is in ground state.0 T C A S s e n s i t i v i t y s t a t u s me s s a g e . RR=19 (long reply). ♦ C o mp a r e s M o d e S I d e n t i t y C o d e t o Mo d e A Squawk Code. ♦Decodes and displays DF21 data fields. I D c o d e r e p o r t e d i n D F 2 1 i s c o mp a r e d w i t h I D c o d e r e p o r t e d d u r i n g Mo d e T e s t i n v a l i d A T C R B S Mo d e A r e p l y .2 for UUT ADDRESS and MA N U A L A A s e t t i n g s .0 data link c a p a b i l i t y r e p o r t . RR=17 (long reply). 1-2-4 Page 22 Nov 1/10 . DI=7. AC field blanks out if invalid data is received for that field. altitude request). D i s p l a y s MB me s s a g e f i e l d i n H E X . Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details.0 TCAS sensitivity status me s s a g e i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h M o d e S UF20 (Comm A. RRS=0. DI=7. XPDR–UF21 P AS S BAT 2. v e r i f y i n g DF20 reply received has correct altitude (compared with Mode C altitude). altitude request). If reply is not received test interrogates for BDS 3. verifying a DF21 reply is received.3. RRS=0. A d d r e s s i s c o mp a r e d w i t h a d d r e s s r e p o r t e d during Mode Test in DF11 reply. Transponders without active subsystems capable of accepting Comm A data do not reply to UF20 interrogations. Refer to para 1-2-4. The Datalink Capability Report d e t e r mi n e s t h e l e v e l o f t r a n s p o n d e r under test. MA = 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 . requesting a BDS 1. address (compared with Mo d e T e s t a d d r e s s ) a n d f o r m a t . T h e T e s t S e t i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h U F 2 1 ( C o mm A. Figure 24. + 6 d B a b o v e MT L .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 NOTE: The BDS 3. Data displayed in MB message field is not decoded. d i s p l a y e d as four hex digits. Refer to para 1-2-4. verifying DF20 reply received has correct altitude (compared with Mode C altitude).4 . ID= ( ) OCT AL ID MODE A ID COMPARE= AA= ( ) DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE= RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN UF21 Test Screen NOT RUN Figure 30 NOTE: Transponders without active subsystems capable of accepting C o m m A d a t a d o e s n o t r e p l y t o UF 2 1 interrogations. verifying reply received is a D F 2 0 U E L M R e s e r v a t i o n ( C o m m.C ) U E L M s e g me n t s .o u t i s c o mp l e t e d t h e I I S displayed equals the IIS displayed in the reservation. If level <3 is reported. 1-2-4 Page 23 Nov 1/10 . T A S d a t a c o n s i s t s o f 1 6 b i t s . test is not run and NOT CAPABLE is displayed. 1 4 i n t e r me d i a t e and one final interrogation. BAT 2. U E L M c l o s e . Subject to Export Control. T A S F i e l d d i s p l a y s t h e n u mb e r o f t r a n s f e r r e d s e g me n t s . RRS=0.o u t a n d v e r i f i e s r e p l y r e c e i v e d i s a D F 2 0 U E L M c l o s e .0 TCAS sensitivity status m e s s a g e i n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e S UF20 (Comm A.0 Datalink Capability Report determines the level of transponder under test. RR=19 (long reply). + 6 d B a b o v e MT L . I n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e S U F 4 U E L M reservation.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 NOTE: The BDS 3.D ) a c k n o w l e d g me n t . NOTE: BDS 1. o n e i n i t i a l .o u t ( C o m mB). altitude request). Verifies reply r e c e i v e d i s a Mo d e S D F 2 4 ( C o m m.B ) .2 . MA=05000000000000. F i g u r e 2 6 ) c o mp l e t e s the 16 segment data transfer (UELM protocol) verifying UF24. DI=7. I n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e S U F 2 4 ( C o m m.5 Hr RESERVAT IO N UF 4 DF=20 IIS=15 IDS=2 AA=AC3421 SEGMENTS DF=24 UF24 KE=1 ND=0 TAS=FFFF AA=AC3421 NOTE: NOTE: CLOSEOUT DF=20 UF 4 IIS=15 IDS=2 AA=AC3421 RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN XPDR–UF21 UF24 Test Screen Figure 31 UF24 Test DF= FS= DR= UM= MB= (IDS= ) (IIS= ) T h e U F 2 4 T e s t ( 1 . W h e n t h e c l o s e . e a c h b i t r e p r e s e n t i n g a s e g me n t .5 Hr XPDR–UF24 P AS S BAT 2. see Cover Page for details.0 Datalink Capability Report d e t e r mi n e s t h e l e v e l o f t r a n s p o n d e r under test. No reply to the UELM Test sequence does n o t f a i l Mo d e S i n A u t o T e s t . Testing FS (Flight Status) I C A O a me n d m e n t 7 7 t r a n s p o n d e r s o n l y r e p l y t o Mo d e S d i s c r e t e i n t e r r o g a t i o n s w h e n installation is in ground state.2 for UUT ADDRESS and MA N U A L A A s e t t i n g s . address (compared with M o d e T e s t a d d r e s s ) a n d f o r ma t .3. I n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h Mo d e S U F 4 . BDS 1. NOTE: Only the primary data fields are displayed. 1 6 / 2 5 0 mS . XPDR Elementary Surveillance Test performs these functions: ♣Verifies. 16/60 mS or 16/30 mS ( E x : 1 6 s e g me n t s t r a n s f e r r e d i n 5 0 0 ms . Figure 27. ) Subject to Export Control.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 XPDR – ELEMENT SURV1 BDS=1. see Cover Page for details. 1 6 / 1 S . 8 / 1 S .7 content changes. 1-2-4 Page 24 Nov 1/10 . c a p a b i l i t y o f t e s t i s d e t e r mi n e d f r o m B D S 1 . 6 w h i c h a r e n o t i mp l e me n t e d i n t h i s revision) NO SQUITTER CAP: (Capability Subfield) YES (Surveillance code identifier capability).0 The Test Set Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 RRS=0. 16/125 mS. DTE: ( D a t a T e r mi n a l E q u i p me n t ) YES or NO CONT FLAG: (Continuation Flag).0 Data Link Capability Report. 0 RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN X P D R E l e me n t a r y S u r v e i l l a n c e 1 T e s t S c r e e n Figure 32 XPDR Elementary Surveillance 1 Test Refer to 1-2-4. Data Link Capability Report BDS 1.0 P AS S BAT 2. decodes DF20 reply and displays data link capability report comprising the following fields: SUBNETWORK VER: (Mode S Subnetwork Version Number) 0 to127 ENH PROT IND: (Enhanced Protocol Indicator) 2-4 (Transponder Level 2-4) or 5 (Transponder Level 5 Enhanced Protocol) SPEC SER CAP: (Mode S Specific Services Capability Report): YES or NO UELM SEG CAP: (Uplink Extended Length Message Segment Capability) N O U E L M. 1 6 / 5 0 0 m S . For full decode and display of GICB extracted BDS registers. 1 6 / 1 S . the ADS-B option is required.5 Hr SUBNETWORK VER =1 ENH PROT IND =LVL 2-4 =YES SPEC SERV CAP UELM CAPABILITY =16/1 s =16/500 ms DELM CAPABILITY AIRCRAFT ID CAP =YES =YES SURV IDENT CAP COMM USE GICB REP=1 DTE =YES CONT FLAG =YES =YES SQUITTER CAP DELM SEG CAP: ( D o w n l i n k E x t e n d e d L e n g t h Me s s a g e S e g me n t C a p a b i l i t y ) N O D E L M. 1 6 / 5 0 0 m S . decodes and displays BDS 1. 4 / 1 S . NO (No surveillance code identifier capability) NOTE: If CHECK CAP is enabled in Setup Me n u . Y E S ( Y e s me a n s t h a t a c o n t i n u a t i o n r e p o r t ma y b e f o u n d i n r e g i s t e r s B D S 1 . 16/250 mS. 1 6 / 1 2 5 m S o r 7 to 15 (unassigned) ( E x : E i g h t s e g me n t s t r a n s f e r r e d i n 1 s e c . 1 u p t o B D S 1 . ) AIRCRAFT ID CAP: (Aircraft Identification Capability) YES or NO SURV IDENT CAP: (Surveillance Identifier Code Capability) YES or NO COMM/USE GICB CAP REP: ( C o mm o n U s a g e [ G r o u n d I n i t i a t e d C o m m B ] Capability Report) 1 or 0 T h i s b i t c h a n g e s w h e n t h e c o m mo n u s a g e GICB capability report BDS 1. 2 5.8 to BDS 1.5 Hr BDS 0. Light shaded BDS are supported by ADS-B option. The Screen displays BDS Numbers for the c o m mo n u s a g e G I C B s e r v i c e s c u r r e n t l y supported by the transponder and decodable by the Test Set.1 :5. decodes and displays BDS 1.3 5.0 5. NOTE: Only primary data fields are displayed.6 0.0 FLIGHT ID=UA661 BDS=3.5 0. ♣Verifies.5 :5.8=00000000000000 BDS 1. Subject to Export Control.A 1.3 :4. decodes and displays BDS 1.1 to 3. DF20 reply BDS register content displayed as 14 HEX digits.7 0.3 :5. Specific Services GICB Capability Report BDS 1.4 :4.0 1.0 Aircraft Identification (Flight ID).7 2. ♣Verifies.2 .F :6. ♣Verifies.F 6.4 . see Cover Page for details.8 0.0 4. d e c o d e s D F 2 0 r e p l y a n d d i s p l a y s c o m mo n usage GICB capability report. Each bit set indicates capability supported for BDS 0.2 4.0 ACAS Resolution Advisory.B=00000000000000 BDS 1. Table 2.0 DESCRIPTION Ext Squitter Airborne Position Ext Squitter Surface Position Ext Squitter Status Ext Squitter Type and Identification Ext Squitter Airborne Velocity Information Ext Squitter Event Driven Information Data Link Capability Report Common Usage GICB Capability Report Aircraft Identification (Flight ID) Aircraft Regis tration Number ACAS Resolution Advisory Aircraft Vertical Intention Next Way Point Identifier Next Way Point Position Next Way Point Information Meteorological Routine Report Meteorological Hazard Report VHF Channel Report Track and Turn Report Position Coarse Position Fine Air Referenced State Vector Way Point 1 Way Point 2 Way Point 3 Quasi-Static Parameter Monitoring Heading and Speed Report C o m mo n U s a g e G I C B B D S Table 2 :0.4 5. X P D R E l e me n t a r y Surveillance Test performs these functions: ♣Verifies.2 :5.9 0.0 BDS 1.9 BDS=1. For full decode and display of GICB extracted BDS registers.7 :0.6 5. F i g u r e 2 8 .5 :4.1 3.6 :5.0 ARA=11101010000000 RAC=1010 RAT=0 RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN XPDR Elementary Surveillance 2 Test Screen Figure 33 XPDR Elementary Surveillance 2 Test R e f e r t o 1 .0 2.A :2.1 5.9=00000000000000 BDS 1.A=00000000000000 BDS 1.7 :0.0 :2.0 4.4 :5. GICB Common Usage Capabilities Report: Interrogates with UF4 RR=16 DI=7 RRS=7. the ADS-B option is required.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 XPDR–ELEMENT SURV2 P AS S BAT 2. decodes and displays BDS 3. decodes and displays BDS 2.0 :4.8 BDS 1.4 4.2 :4.8 5. 1-2-4 Page 25 Nov 1/10 .8 Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 and RRS=8.1 4.5 4.1 :4.8 :0.5 5.7 C o m mo n U s a g e G I C B C a p a b i l i t y R e p o r t .8 :5.5 :0. Dark Shaded BDS are not supported by current IFR 6000 software.C Specific Services Capability Report.C=00000000000000 BDS=2.8.3 4.1 :4. NOTE: Refer to 1-2-4.0 :5.6 :0. A Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 and RRS=10.0 =65520 ft MCP/FCU SEL ALT = BARO PRES SET ROLL ANGLE = 40.3 deg GROUND SPEED = 512 kts TRACK ANGLE RATE= 4. NOTE: If Flight ID is not entered into transponder or linked subsystem.A BDS 1.1 deg TRUE TRACK ANGLE= 90.0 BDS5. Each bit set indicates capability supported for BDS A.0. decodes and displays BDS 5.00 deg/s TRUE AIR SPEED = 512 kts MAGNETIC HEADING= 164. RA may be stimulated by Test Set or a TCAS-201 Test Set running a collision scenario Subject to Export Control.1 to A.9 Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 and RRS=9. Each bit set indicates capability supported for BDS E. Specific Services GICB Capability Report BDS 1.0. decodes and displays BDS 6.0 Aircraft Vertical Intention. ♣Verifies. R R = 1 9 D I = 7 R R S = 0 . DF20 reply BDS register content displayed as 14 HEX digits. R R = 1 8 ( l o n g reply) to request DF20 with AIS reply. NOTE: XPDR–ENHANCED SURV BDS4.9 BDS 1.0 NOTE: ACAS Resolution Advisory BDS 3.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Specific Services GICB Capability Report BDS 1. BDS 1. NOTE: TCAS II must be installed and a resolution advisory must be in progress for data to be displayed on this Screen.2 deg IND AIR SPEED = 512 kts MACH NO = 0. 1-2-4 Page 26 Nov 1/10 .0 P AS S BAT 2. Each bit set indicates capability supported for BDS 7.7 is verified to confirm availability of: BDS 4.0 Heading and Speed Report.9 to 7.F.5 Hr BDS6. If Check Cap is enabled. DF20 reply BDS register content displayed as 14 HEX digits.8.0 The Test Set Interrogates with Mode S UF4 ( C o mm A I d e n t i t y r e q u e s t ) . XPDR Enhanced S u r v e i l l a n c e T e s t p e r f o r ms t h e s e f u n c t i o n s : ♣Verifies. For full decode and display of GICB extracted BDS registers. d e c o d e s D F 2 0 reply and displays active resolution advisory data. see Cover Page for details. the ADS-B option is required. B D S D a t a I t e ms n o t a v a i l a b l e a r e identified by displaying N/A in the data field.0 Test Set Interrogates with UF4.C Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 and RRS=12. AIS is zero (0). DF20 reply BDS register content displayed as 14 HEX digits. NOTE: O n l y p r i ma r y d a t a f i e l d s a r e displayed.300 INERT VERT VEL =-1400 ft/min BARO ALT RATE =-1400 ft/min PREV TEST NEXT TEST RUN TEST RETURN Enhanced Surveillance Test Screen Figure 34 XPDR Enhanced Surveillance Test Refer to 1-2-4. Aircraft Identification (Flight ID) BDS 2.9 to E. Specific Services GICB Capability Report BDS 1. V e r i f i e s r e p l y r e c e i v e d i s a D F 2 0 ( C o m m. including RAT (Resolution Advisory T e r mi n a t e d ) b i t . DF20 reply BDS register content displayed as 14 HEX digits. Each bit set indicates capability supported for BDS 3. Specific Services GICB Capability Report BDS 1.B ) with an AIS field containing valid characters.0 Track and Turn Report.0 BDS 6. decodes and displays BDS 4. ♣Verifies.B Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 and RRS=11.0 BDS 5.C BDS 1.1 to F. +6 dB above MT L .B BDS 1. Figure 29. 0 T h e T e s t S e t I n t e r r o g a t e s w i t h U F 4 R R= 2 0 DI=7 RRS=0. see Cover Page for details.0 The Test Set Interrogates with UF4 RR=21 DI=7 RRS=0. NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem (in this case the FMS [Flight Management System]).1 6 3 8 4 t o + 1 6 3 5 2 f t / mi n ( 3 2 f t / mi n resolution) MCP/FCU SEL ALT: ( Mo d e C o n t r o l P a n e l / F l i g h t C o n t r o l U n i t Selected Altitude) displayed in feet. 0 9 6 ( Ma c h N u mb e r ) INERT VERT VEL: (Inertial Vertical Velocity) . decodes DF20 reply and displays vertical intent report data. ROLL ANGLE: ±90. 0 The Test Set Interrogates with UF4 RR=22 DI=7 RRS=0.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Aircraft Vertical Intention BDS 4.1 6 3 8 4 t o + 1 6 3 5 2 f t / mi n ( 3 2 f t / mi n r e s o l u t i o n ) BARO ALT RATE: ( B a r o me t r i c A l t i t u d e R a t e ) . decodes DF20 reply and displays Track and Turn Report data. Track and Turn Report BDS 5. Heading and Speed Report BDS 6. NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem (in this case the FMS [Flight Management System]).0 deg TRUE TRACK ANGLE: (True Track Angle) -180 to 180 deg GROUND SPEED: (Ground Speed) 0 to 2048 kts (2 kt resolution) TRUE TRACK ANGLE RATE: (True Track Angle Rate) ±16. MAG HDG: ( Ma g n e t i c H e a d i n g ) -180 to 180 deg IND AIR SPEED: (Indicated Air Speed) 0 to 1023 kts (1 kt resolution) MA C H N O : ( Ma c h N u mb e r ) 0 t o 4 .0 deg/sec TRUE AIR SPEED: (True Air Speed) 0 to 2046 kts (2 kt resolution) Subject to Export Control. decodes DF20 reply and displays Heading and Speed Report data. 1-2-4 Page 27 Nov 1/10 . D2.5 Hr XPDR–ALT ENCODER SOURCE: ENCODER SOURCE: XPDR ALTITUDE = 100000 ft A4 A2 A1 B4 B2 B1 C4 C2 C1 D4 D2 ALTITUDE = 100000 ft A4 A2 A1 B4 B2 B1 C4 C2 C1 D4 D2 ID = 6677 A4 A2 A1 B4 B2 B1 C4 C2 C1 D4 D2 D1 RUN TEST SELECT SOURCE RUN TEST SELECT SOURCE Altitude Encoder Test Screen Source Encoder Figure 35 Altitude Encoder Refer to 1-2-4. Remote Connector. Altitude is decoded and displayed in feet and binary lines are monitored and displayed as A4. 2. 3. PROCEDURE Press XPDR Mode Key until the XPDR ENCODER Screen is displayed (1-2-4. Refer to Appendix A for remote connector pinouts. 4. 1-2-4 Page 28 Nov 1/10 . Altitude Encoder inputs to UUT Encoding Altimeter via user provided cable. A logic 0 is displayed by a strike through (A4). Figure 31). Figure 30.3. 4. Figure 30). 3. B1 C4. Subject to Export Control. B4. D4. Refer to 1-1-2. Press RUN TEST Soft Key. 5. A1.5 Altitude ENCODER BAT 2. Use DATA Keys or SELECT SOURCE Soft Key to select ENCODER.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. U s e B a r o me t r i c T e s t S e t t o p u m p u p UUT Encoding Altimeter to desired test altitudes and confirm altitude on display. see Cover Page for details. Altitude Encoder Test Screen Source XPDR Figure 36 PROCEDURE P r e s s X P D R Mo d e K e y u n t i l t h e X P D R ENCODER Screen is displayed (1-2-4. for Antenna Setup. Press RUN TEST Soft Key. STEP 1. STEP 1. Connect Test Set. C1. Refer to 1-1-2. Altitude Encoder p e r f o r ms t h e s e f u n c t i o n s : Decodes and displays altitude in feet and binary code (grey code) from encoding altimeters. 2.5 Hr XPDR–ALT ENCODER BAT 2. Altitude E n c o d i n g a l t i me t e r i s c o n n e c t e d v i a u s e r ma n u f a c t u r e d c a b l e t o R e m o t e C o n n e c t o r . B2. C2. A2. Connect Test Set. Use DATA Keys or SELECT SOURCE Soft Key to select XPDR. for Direct Connect Setup. Select CHECK CAP: Set to YES. S e l e c t P W R L I M: S e t t o F A R 4 3 . T 4. Select RF PORT: Set to DIRECT CONNECT.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. 4. P u s h C o u p l e r f i r ml y a g a i n s t t h e aircraft skin until the black rubber gasket on the rim of the c o u p l e r i s c o mp l e t e l y d e p r e s s e d tightly against the aircraft. Select COUPLER LOSS: Set to loss found on coupler. see Cover Page for details. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set. Select DIR CABLE LOSS: Set to loss found on cable. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set. T T 1 1 . • Place Coupler over the antenna. XPDR SETUP DIRECT CONNECT PROCEDURE Connect long RF coaxial cable between the aircraft antenna feeder cable and Test Set RF I/O Connector. NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground set to MANUAL and enter in MANUAL ADDRESS. T Select DIVERSITY: Set to ON. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft for weight off wheels. 7. Select CHECK CAP: Set to YES. 8. 6. Mode S all-calls do not work when the aircraft is on the ground. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. 3.6 STEP 1. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO. 2. 8. XPDR SETUP ANTENNA COUPLER CONNECT PROCEDURE Connect Antenna Coupler to Aircraft Antenna. 6. guiding antenna into the slot on the bottom of the coupler. Coupler will lock into place when the black rubber gasket i s n o t c o mp l e t e l y d e p r e s s e d against the aircraft. Select DIVERSITY: Set to ON. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPXPDR Screen. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each p a r a me t e r . T 9. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO.3. 9. but the T e s t S e t w i l l n o t me a s u r e functions accurately. • • N O T E : C o u p l e r mu s t b e t i g h t l y p r e s s e d and locked in place for Test Set to function correctly. 1-2-4 Page 29 Nov 1/10 . Mode S all-calls do not work when the aircraft is on the ground. 10.3. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPXPDR Screen. 3. T T Subject to Export Control. Connect long RF coaxial cable between the Antenna Coupler and Test Set RF I/O Connector. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. 5. Select RF PORT: Select DIR W/COUPLER Select CPL CABLE LOSS: Set to loss found on cable. 5. 7. T Select PWR LIM: Set to FAR 43.7 STEP 1. NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground set to MANUAL and enter in MANUAL ADDRESS. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft for weight off wheels. Lock coupler into place by pushing white lever on the side of the coupler into a down and locked position. 4. 2. r e s u ma b l e ) . 8. Position Test Set Antenna facing UUT antenna at XPDR Setup Screen ANT RANGE. 2 4 m) f r o m t h e T e s t S e t antenna. V e r i f y s q u a w k c o d e s . TESTING in the line above the soft keys indicates test is running. setting RF I/O Connector to ANTENNA (para 1-2-4.5). XPDR Auto Test will indicate a FAIL on DISPLAY. Test Set displays results of last XPDR Auto Test if run since last Power-up. 7. Perform Directional Antenna Use procedure (para 1-2-4. see Cover Page for details.5). Mode S address. ensuring airborne TCAS equipped aircraft do not detect UUT at altitude. 9. TESTING in the line above the soft keys indicates test is running.1). country and t a i l n u mb e r .3.2) setting RF Port to ANTENNA. a l t i t u d e s . country and t a i l n u mb e r . 7. Mode S address. Perform XPDR Setup Screen procedure. Perform XPDR Setup Screen procedure (para 1-2-4. Verify squawk codes.2). VS and FS status. Set ANT RANGE to ≤20 ft (6. Press RUN/STOP Soft Key to run XPDR Auto Test. Mo d e S address. causing false RA’s and TA’s. 8. Press RUN/STOP Key to run XPDR Auto Test. Perform CONFIG selection procedure (para 1-2-4. Deactivate other area transponders or position transponders > 5 0 f t ( 1 5 .1 m).OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. altitudes.3. Perform CONFIG selection procedure (para 1-2-4. altitudes. 2. Position Test Set Antenna facing UUT antenna at XPDR Setup Screen ANT RANGE. 5. 4. Perform Directional Antenna procedure (para 1-2-4. 2. STEP 1. country and tail number.1).3.3. 3. 4. STEP 1. 1-2-4 Page 30 Nov 1/10 . 3. Press RUN/STOP Soft Key at any time to stop test (non-resumable). Shield both UUT antenna’s with Antenna Shields or disconnect and t e r mi n a t e U U T A n t e n n a n o t b e i n g tested. The Test Set shows displays the results of the last XPDR Auto Test if run since last Power-up. 6. Refer to Appendix J. 4.8 "OVER THE AIR" GROUND TEST PROCEDURE (UUT Aircraft Altitude Reporting System ≤Airfield Altitude) PROCEDURE Press XPDR Mode Key to display XPDR Auto Test Screen. VS and FS status. which is normal.3. NOTE: NOTE: Subject to Export Control. P r e s s R U N / S T O P K e y a t a n y t i me t o s t o p t e s t ( n o n . 9. 6. Shield with Antenna Shield or disconnect and terminate UUT antenna not being tested. w h i c h i s n o r ma l . 5.3. causing false RA’s and TA’s. VS and FS status.9 " O V E R T H E A I R " S I MU L A T E D ALTITUDE TEST PROCEDURE (UUT Aircraft Altitude Reporting System >Airfield Altitude ["Pumped Up"]) PROCEDURE P r e s s X P D R Mo d e K e y t o d i s p l a y X P D R Auto Test Screen. Deactivate other area transponders or position transponders at least three t i me s t h e X P D R S e t u p S c r e e n A N T RANGE from the Test Set Antenna. O t h e r w i s e . The Antenna Shield provides at least 20 dB of isolation. Auto Test runs until all tests are c o mp l e t e . The Antenna Shield provides at least 20 dB of isolation. Verify squawk codes. The 20 dB isolation of the antenna shield may cause various tests to fail. ensuring airborne TCAS equipped aircraft do not detect UUT at altitude. The 20 dB isolation o f t h e a n t e n n a s h i e l d ma y c a u s e v a r i o u s t e s t s t o f a i l . Verify XPDR Auto Test indicates PASS or FAIL on DISPLAY. Range is 0% to 100%. Includes selection of fields that have dedicated Keys.500 us P1-P2 = 36.0 dBm RATE: 650 kts RANGE: 450. RF LVL Key: Selects RF LVL field. TEST RUNNING is displayed at the top of Screen. DME Test Screen is displayed (1-2-4. Figure 43). Subject to Export Control.500 us P2 WIDTH= 3. see Cover Page for details. SQTR: S e l e c t a b l e O N o r O F F . IN ERP=55.00 us(Y) UUTLVL = -38. 1-2-4 Page 31 Nov 1/10 . RATE Key: Selects Rate field.5 Hr BAT RFLVL: -2. Includes selection of fields that have dedicated Keys. Figure 32). RANGE Key: Selects Range field.0 dBm PRF=150 Hz STOP RATE IN/OUT DME Screen Figure 37 DME functional mode has a single test screen that provides all required control functions and measurement display. DME VOR: 108. A Setup DME Screen allows user parameters to be entered. Mu l t i . IDENT: Selectable ON or OFF. V O R ( p a i r e d f r e q u e n c y MH z ) F R E Q ( g r o u n d t o a i r f r e q u e n c y MH z ) C H A N ( D ME c h a n n e l n u mb e r ) Press Frequency Key to select each unit in sequence. Press DATA Key to select X or Y channel. S q u i t t e r mu s t b e o n f o r D ME t o s e a r c h a n d a c q u i r e t r a c k .1 1 d B r e l a t i v e t o R F L V L s e l e c t e d ( Ma i n Reply). IN/OUT: Reverses simulated direction of aircraft.4 DME P r e s s D ME M o d e K e y t o s e l e c t D M E functional mode. PREV PARAM: Selects previous control field.00 MHZ P1 WIDTH= 3. Calculated from RF LVL – Path Loss + Antenna Gain – Cable Loss.p a t h R e p l y E c h o s i mu l a t i o n a t F i x e d 3 0 n m. Sends 1350 Hz tone with three letter station Identification. RF LVL d e f a u l t s t o ma x i m u m v a l u e appropriate to attenuation range for selected port.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. Note: When switching RF ports.2 dBm RUN TEST PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM Dedicated Keys and Control Fields: FREQ Key: 2. NEXT PARAM: Selects next control field. STOP(START) RATE: Stops or starts Range Rate. User Controls: Soft Keys: RUN TEST: Starts the DME Test. Defined in Setup DME Screen (1-2-4.00 nm ECHO :OFF IDENT: OFF Test Set reply Frequency is displayed in three linked units. UUT LVL field displays RF level at UUT antenna. ECHO: S e l e c t a b l e O N o r O F F .00 MHz FREQ: 978 MHz CHAN: 17X % REPLY: 100 SQTR : ON TX FREQ = 1041. R F l e v e l . Control Fields Selected with NEXT/PREV PARAM Soft Keys: % REPLY: Selectable in 1% steps. P2 WIDTH: Me a s u r e s a n d d i s p l a y s I n t e r r o g a t o r P 2 w i d t h in us.22 GHz :2. Control Field Power Up Defaults: FREQ: 978 MHz. ERP: Me a s u r e s a n d d i s p l a y s I n t e r r o g a t o r E R P (Effective Radiated Power) in dBm. Figure 33).  RF I/O CONNECTOR: Selects ANTENNA (ANT CONNECTOR) or DIRECT CONNECT via RF I/O Connector or DIR W/COUPLER. S e t f o l l o w i n g p a r a me t e r s b y p r e s s i n g NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to select field. P1/P2: Measures and displays interrogator P1 to P2 spacing and displays Mode X or Y.1 1.8 Setup DME Screen Figure 38 2. S e t u p D M E S c r e e n c o n t a i n s p a r a me t e r s w h i c h d e t e r mi n e t h e o p e r a t i o n a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f e a c h f u n c t i o n a l mo d e o f t h e Test Set.09 GHz :6.8 and 1-1-2. RF LVL (UUT LVL): Maximum R F L V L : Ma x i mu m RATE: 0 kts IN RANGE: 0 nm % REPLY: 100 ECHO: OFF SQTR: ON IDENT: ON STEP 1.5 Hr ANT GAIN (dBI) 0.15 GHz :5.96 GHz :7. Subject to Export Control.8 dB MAX RANGE: 200.15 GHz :5. Units are selected in SETUPGENERAL Screen (1-2-4.00 nm BAT 2. P1 WIDTH: Me a s u r e s a n d d i s p l a y s I n t e r r o g a t o r P 1 w i d t h in us.9 for Antenna Connect procedures. depending on spacing.0 1.1 Me a s u r e m e n t P a r a m e t e r s : TX FREQ: Me a s u r e s a n d d i s p l a y s I n t e r r o g a t i o n F r e q u e n c y i n MH z .0 1.5 1. PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM DIAG SETUP S e t u p D ME Refer to 1-1-2. Figure 2). see Cover Page for details.03 GHz :7. NOTE: S e t u p S c r e e n i n f o r ma t i o n i s e n t e r e d before conducting test operations.4. SETUP – DME RF PORT : DIRECT CONNECT ANT RANGE : IDENT TONE : IFR DIR CABLE LEN: 25 FT DIR CABLE LOSS: 4. Use DATA Keys to slew the data. dBW or W peak. PROCEDURE Press SETUP Select Key to display SETUP-DME Control Screen (1-2-4.1 1.5 dB COUPLER LOSS: 0. 1-2-4 Page 32 Nov 1/10 . PRF: Me a s u r e s a n d d i s p l a y s i n t e r r o g a t o r P u l s e Repetition Frequency.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. 6.96 GHz 1. Default is IFR.00 nm RATE: STOP IN/OUT: OUT ECHO: OFF SQTR: OFF % REPLY: 70 IDENT: ON DME Test Guidelines: 1.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP  PROCEDURE ANT CABLE LEN or DIR CABLE LEN or CPL CABLE LEN: Selections: 1 to 75 FT. Figure marked on supplied coupler. 1 MH z o f a s s i g n e d c h a n n e l . use the following formula. NOTE: Coupler loss range 0. P r e s s D ME Mo d e K e y t o d i s p l a y D M E Test Screen (1-2-4. ANT CABLE LOSS or DIR CABLE LOSS or CPL CABLE LOSS: Displays cable loss in dB (at 1090 MHZ). Set Test Set controls as follows: R F L V L ( U U T L V L ) : Ma x i mu m O u t p u t U U T L V L : Ma x i mu m O u t p u t RF FREQ: To desired channel RANGE: 0. Lentered = L * (0. Cable loss may be manually entered by the user. 8. IDENT TONE: Sets the three letter IDENT tone. Cable Len will automatically calculate cable loss in dB.. 5 n m) .00 to 450.21 GHz  G a i n f i g u r e s a r e a l s o ma r k e d o n the Directional Antenna. V e r i f y R a n g e d i s p l a y e d o n U U T D ME d i s t a n c e i n d i c a t o r i s 0 n m ( ± 0 .0 to 9.09 GHz 1. NOTE: Based on Aeroflex supplied cables.68/V) L = physical length of cable V = Velocity factor of cable Where Lentered = the length value entered into ANT/DIR/CPL CABLE LEN field. NOTE: NOTE: To calculate cable length to enter.9 dB. 3.  CABLE LOSS field is automatically calculated. Verify TX Frequency is within ± 0 . 0 u s ( ± 0 .9 dB. 4. 5 µs ) Subject to Export Control.03 GHz 1.  COUPLER LOSS: Displays coupler loss in dB (at 1090 MHZ). 0 u s ( ± 0 . for non Aeroflex supplied cables.00) Default i s 4 0 0 n m. Verify Track PRF is ≤30 Hz. 2.5 sec.0 to 9. 3. Verify P1 to P2 Pulse Spacing is: X c h a n n e l 1 2 . Figure 32). the five gain figures (0. S e t S Q T R t o O N a n d v e r i f y U U T D ME searches and locks on within 1. (25 and 50 foot cables optional) 25 and 50 foot cable selection compensates for delay of Aeroflex optional cables.9) for frequencies are: 0. see Cover Page for details. 7.15 GHz 1. Verify P1 to P2 Pulse Widths are 3. 5. Figure marked on supplied RF coaxial cable NOTE: Cable loss range 0.  STEP  PROCEDURE ANT GAIN: Entered in dBi and normally set once.5 µs). 1-2-4 Page 33 Nov 1/10 . Cable loss is automatically displayed.  MAX RANGE: L i mi t s t h e ma x i mu m s i m u l a t e d range (10. P r e s s D ME Mo d e K e y t o r e t u r n t o D ME Test Screen.0 to 20. 5 µs ) Y C h a n n e l 3 6 .5 µs (±0. 1 2 3 4 5 13. PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM RETURN RS232 Screen Figure 40 Subject to Export Control. Verify UUT LVL is ≥ . Verify Search PRF is ≤150 Hz. C o n s u l t ma i n t e n a n c e ma n u a l f o r r e q u i r e d p a s s w o r d . Set IDENT tone to ON. Set RANGE to 40 nm. Set UUT LVL to -79 dBm and %REPLY to 70. Verify distance continues to be displayed and flag r e ma i n s o u t o f v i e w f o r 8 s ( ± 4 s e c ) .5 Hr PROCEDURE CALIBRATION 11. A f t e r me mo r y t i m e s o u t . Set %REPLY to 0. Ma x i m u m U U T L V L s e t t a b l e depends on distance of Test Set from UUT and Setup DME Screen settings. BAT 2. Calibration Screen Figure 39 2. without breaking lock. v e r i f y U U T D M E l o c k s o n .8 3 d B m. 1-2-4 Page 34 Nov 1/10 . Verify UUT DME is locked on. see Cover Page for details. Enter Password ---- 12. allowing 15 sec between steps until UUT DME breaks lock. without breaking lock. Set RATE to 600 kts and verify UUT DME distance indicator displays an outbound track. Set ECHO to OFF. STEP Calibration: 1. v e r i f y o n U U T DME distance indicator that distance is not displayed and flag is in view. Set IN/OUT to IN and verify UUT DME distance indicator displays an inbound track. Verify 1350 Hz Ident morse is present on UUT DME audio.5 Hr 14. Press CAL Soft Key to display the C a l i b r a t i o n S c r e e n . 15. Set IDENT to OFF. Set ECHO to ON. Press RS232 Soft Key to display the RS-232 Screen. Set %REPLY to 70 and RF LVL to . PROCEDURE Verify ERP is for: T S O ’ d D ME > 1 8 .5 nm). 0 0 0 f t ≥ 2 5 0 W ( + 5 4 d B m) T S O ’ d D ME < 1 8 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP 9. Set RATE to 0 kts. For Radiated Testing. NOTE: NOTE: OEM Test procedures should be followed. Verify UUT DME does not break lock and range displayed on UUT DME indicator is 40 nm (±0. 0 0 0 f t ≥ 5 0 W (+47 dBm) 10. SETUP – RS232 BAUD RATE: 115200 FLOW CONTROL: X0NXOFF PARITY=NONE DATA BITS=8 STOP BITS=1 BAT 2. Adjust UUT LVL in -1 dB steps.7 9 d B m. Refer to 1-2-4.5 TCAS T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 f u l l y t e s t s A T C R B S a n d Mo d e S. see Cover Page for details. B y ma n u a l l y d e f i n i n g a s c e n a r i o o r u t i l i z i n g the factory default scenarios in test set memory. T C A S P r o t e c t i o n V o l u me E x a mp l e 5. The test set simulates an Intruder Aircraft converging on the position of the TCAS UUT. a l l o w i n g t h e u s e r t o mo v e the test set to different locations and headings from the Aircraft UUT. 1-2-4 Page 35 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4.000 ft Figure 41 Subject to Export Control.000 ft to 10. ACAS. 4.1 TCAS OPERATION CONCEPT TCAS is a system which provides situational awareness of the surrounding airspace of an aircraft to the pilot and crew. the Test Set operator can verify the correct TA’s (Traffic Advisory) and RA’s (Resolution Advisory) have occurred on the TCAS display.5. speed and altitude. Figure 33. Refer to 1-2-4. TCAS I and II (Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System). T C A S c a n d e t e r mi n e the relative threat of an aircraft and issue visual and audible advisories to assist the crew in taking action that prevents a collision. The IFR 6000 is used with the directional a n t e n n a a t t a c h e d . TCAS e s t a b l i s h e s a v o l u me o f a i r s p a c e a r o u n d t h e aircraft based upon range. Table 3. By working in-conjunction with the aircraft T r a n s p o n d e r s y s t e m. see Cover Page for details.33 0.55 0.80 1. 1-2-4 Page 36 Nov 1/10 .30 0.000 10.75 1.30 DMOD (nmi) RA N/A 0.10.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Your Altitude (ft) SL TA <1000 1000 .48 0.000 .000 .20 0.10 1.5000 5000 .000 >42.20.000 20.10 Altitude Threshold (ft) TA 850 850 850 850 850 850 1200 RA ( A L I M) N/A 300 300 350 400 600 700 P r o t e c t i o n V o l u m e P a r a me t e r s V e r s u s A l t i t u d e Table 3 Subject to Export Control.000 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 20 25 30 40 45 48 48 Tau (sec) RA N/A 15 20 25 30 35 35 TA 0.42.00 1.2350 2350 .30 1.35 0. Resolution Advisory: A solid red square indicates that the intruding aircraft is projected to be a collision threat. Traffic Advisory: A symbol change to a filled yellow circle indicates that the intruding aircraft is considered to be potentially hazardous. . Proximity Intruder Traffic: A filled white diamond indicates that the intruding aircraft is ±1200 ft vertically and within 6 nm range. TCAS II calculates that the intruder has reached the point where a Resolution Advisory is necessary. Arrows: Indicate if the intruder aircraft is ascending or descending from relative position. and still not considered a threat. T h e t i me t o c l o s e s t a p p r o a c h w i t h t h e intruder is now between 15 and 35 sec depending on altitude.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Typical TCAS II Display Figure 42 Non-Threat Traffic: An open white diamond indicates that an intruder’s relative altitude is ±1200 ft vertically or distance is beyond 6 nm range and not yet considered a threat.05 Numbers: Represents the intruder aircraft relative altitude ±100 ft levels from aircraft. The s y mb o l a p p e a r s t o g e t h e r w i t h a n appropriate audio warning and a v e r t i c a l ma n e u v e r i n d i c a t i o n o n t h e RA/VSI. see Cover Page for details.  Subject to Export Control. 1-2-4 Page 37 Nov 1/10 . Depending on altitude TCAS II displays a TA when the time to CPA is between 20 and 48 sec. 09 GHz: 6.T C A S S c r e e n c o n t a i n s p a r a me t e r s w h i c h d e t e r mi n e o p e r a t i o n a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f t h e T C A S F u n c t i o n a l Mo d e . Displays RA broadcast interrogations UF16 field content. Use DATA Keys to slew the data. antenna gain parameters simulated and t r a n s p o n d e r Mo d e S a d d r e s s . Figure 35). 2.5 dB ANT GAIN(dBi) SQUITTERS: ON 1. last used values are retained on Power-Up. U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e stated.5 Hr SETUP-TCAS RF PORT: ANTENNA ANT RANGE : 12 ft ANT HEIGHT : 1 ft UUT ADDRESS:AUTO MANUAL AA:000000 ANT CABLE:25 FT ANT CABLE LOSS:4.  RF PORT: Selects ANTENNA or DIRECT CONNECT via RF I/O Connector. Subject to Export Control.5. P2 or both S1 and P2. Interrogation spacing is also displayed.5. R e p l y P a r a me t e r s S c r e e n a l l o w s c o n t r o l o v e r Mo d e S D F 0 .03 GHz: 7. Mo n i t o r S c r e e n s S u r v e i l l a n c e Mo n i t o r : Displays surveillance interrogations UF0 and UF16 field content. 1-2-4 Page 38 Nov 1/10 . broadcast interval and count. SETUP-TCAS SCREEN: S E T U P . TCAS Screen P r o v i d e s s i mu l a t e d e n c o u n t e r s w i t h i n t r u d i n g Mo d e S o r Mo d e C a i r c r a f t . B r o a d c a s t Mo n i t o r : Displays TCAS broadcast interrogations UF16 field content. broadcast interval and count.S h o u t Mo n i t o r : Displays whisper-shout sequence interval.1 DISPLAYED ALT:RELATIVE TEST SET AA:A92493 REPLY PARAM NEXT PARAM STORE/ RECALL PREV PARAM DIAG SETUP-TCAS Screen Figure 43 STEP 1. NOTE: E n t e r S e t u p S c r e e n i n f o r ma t i o n b e f o r e conducting test operations. D F 1 1 a n d D F 1 6 f i e l d c o n t e n t . PROCEDURE Press SETUP Select Key to display SETUP TCAS Screen (1-2-4. cable loss. see Cover Page for details. surveillance interval and count. count of interrogations with no suppression.1 ALT REPORTING: ON 1. M e a s u r e s P e a k Pulse Power or ERP (Effective Radiated Power) and TX Frequency of the interrogator. . BAT 2. S1. W h i s p e r .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. S e t f o l l o w i n g p a r a me t e r s b y p r e s s i n g NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to select field.2 TCAS TESTING 4.3 SETUP The IFR 6000 provides three basic TCAS test functions. Setup Screens Sets operational range and height from test set antenna to UUT antenna. (25 and 50 foot cables optional) 25 and 50 foot cable selection compensates for delay of Aeroflex optional cables.0 to 75. s i mu l a t e d altitude displayed in ALT field of TCAS screen is actual altitude.    ANT GAIN: Entered in dBi. MANUAL AA: User entered Transponder address for TCAS UUT Transponder. 0 3 a n d 1 . NOTE:  Coupler loss range 0.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP  PROCEDURE ANT CABLE LEN or DIR CABLE LEN or CPL CABLE LEN: Selections: 1 to 75 FT. 9 ) f o r 1 . use the following formula. gain figures (0. Cable Len will automatically calculate cable loss in dB.e.9 dB. ANT CABLE LOSS or DIR CABLE LOSS or CPL CABLE LOSS: Displays cable loss in dB (at 1090 MHZ).  COUPLER LOSS: Displays coupler loss in dB (at 1090 MHZ).5 to 30.  ANT RANGE: Test Set Antenna to TCAS antenna horizontal range (6 to 250 ft or 2.0 to 9. which is used in subsequent Transponder interrogations to obtain the TCAS UUT altitude. t o o b t a i n t h e Mo d e S a d d r e s s . STEP  PROCEDURE ANT HEIGHT: Test Set Antenna to TCAS antenna height difference (1 to 99 ft or 0. Figure marked on supplied coupler. ± UUT altitude). SQUITTERS: U s e d t o t u r n O N o r O F F S i mu l a t e d Mo d e S T r a n s p o n d e r D F 1 1 s q u i t t e r s containing address specified in TEST SET AA: field.   C A B L E L O S S f i e l d i s a u t o ma t i c a l l y calculated. for non Aeroflex supplied cables.9 dB.0 to 2 0 . see Cover Page for details.. 1-2-4 Page 39 Nov 1/10 . Subject to Export Control. 3.. NOTE: Based on Aeroflex supplied cables. Figure marked on supplied RF coaxial cable NOTE: Cable loss range 0.0 to 9. Lentered = L * (0. Cable loss is automatically displayed. TEST SET AA: E n t e r t e s t s e t s i mu l a t e d Mo d e S Transponder address in HEX. If MANUAL is selected. DISPLAYED ALT: W i t h R E L A T I V E s e l e c t e d .0 m). ALT REPORTING: U s e d t o t u r n O N o r O F F S i mu l a t e d Transponder ATCRBS Mode C or Mo d e S a l t i t u d e i n f o r ma t i o n .68/V) L = physical length of cable V = Velocity factor of cable Where Lentered = the length value entered into ANT/DIR/CPL CABLE LEN field. NOTE:  U N I T S p a r a me t e r d e t e r mi n e s f e e t o r me t e r s . 0 9 6 G H z ma r k e d on supplied Directional Antenna. Cable loss may be manually entered by the user. Squitters are t r a n s mi t t e d o n c e p e r s e c o n d a n d s h o u l d b e s e t t o O N f o r n o r ma l interrogation/reply operation.  NOTE:  NOTE: To calculate cable length to enter. the UUT address is obtained from the MA N U A L A A f i e l d .0 m). P r e s s T C A S Mo d e K e y t o r e t u r n t o T C A S Test Screen. NOTE: UNITS parameter d e t e r m i n e s f e e t o r me t e r s . UUT ADDRESS: If AUTO is selected the test set interrogates the TCAS UUT Transponder with an ATCRBS All C a l l . s i mu l a t e d altitude displayed in ALT field of TCAS screen is relative to UUT Altitude (i. With A B S O L U T E s e l e c t e d . Press REPLY PARAM Soft Key to display TCAS Reply Param Screen (1-2-4. NOTE: Refer to Appendix I for detailed descriptions of the following displayed Downlink Format (DF) fields and subfields.5 Hr USER CONTROL SOFT KEYS NEXT PARAM: Selects next control field. including selection of fields that have dedicated keys. INPUT DATA 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DEFINITION No Sens itivity Lev el reported Operates at Sensitivity Level Operates at Sensitivity Level Operates at Sensitivity Level Operates at Sensitivity Level Operates at Sensitivity Level Operates at Sensitivity Level Operates at Sensitivity Level SL: Field Valid Data Table 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. including selection of fields that have dedicated keys. T h e V S : f i e l d i s t r a n s mi t t e d in DF0 and DF16. Unless otherwise specified. RETURN: Displays the SETUP-TCAS screen.REPL Y PARAM DF0 VS :0 SL :0 BAT 2. SL: E n t e r s i mu l a t e d I F R 6 0 0 0 S e n s i t i v i t y L e v e l (1-2-4. Table 4) N O T E : T h e S L : f i e l d c o n t a i n s s i mu l a t e d sensitivity level information and does not actually set the IFR 6000 to a particular Sensitivity Level. PREV PARAM: Selects previous control field. D F 1 1 a n d DF16 used in the TCAS test.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TCAS REPLY PARAMETERS SCREEN: Press SETUP SELECT Key until TCAS-SETUP screen is displayed. CONTROL FIELD SOFT KEYS VS: Enter vertical status. T CAS. Figure 36). All fields are displayed in hexadecimal. 1-2-4 Page 40 Nov 1/10 . DF11 DF16 CA :0 VS :0 ARA:0 000 SL :0 RAC:0 RIa:8 VDS:30 RIt:3 PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM RESET PARAMS RETURN TCAS Reply Parameters Screen Figure 44 T h e r e p l y p a r a me t e r s s c r e e n c o n t r o l s t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e Mo d e S R e p l i e s D F 0 . The message fields allow the user to program capability i n f o r ma t i o n a n d v a r i o u s a d v i s o r i e s t o t h e TCAS interrogator. VS: field indicates intruding aircraft is airborne when ‘0’ or on the g r o u n d w h e n ‘ 1 ’ . both single and continuous SLEW key depressions change values by 1. RESET PARAMS: R e s e t s a l l p a r a me t e r s t o f a c t o r y d e f a u l t . a i r R e p l y I n f o r ma t i o n f o r a tracking report. 1-2-4 Page 41 Nov 1/10 . RAC: Field Valid Data Table 8 RI: Field (Acquisition) Valid Data Table 6 Subject to Export Control. On-board TCAS has vertical and horizontal resolution ability.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 CA: Enter transponder Capability (1-2-4. The Test Set transmits the CA: field in DF11 (squitter transmissions). Don't descend. The Test Set transmits the RIa: field in DF0 and DF16 when interrogator requests an acquisition report. Rlt: E n t e r a i r . Don't climb. The test set t r a n s mi t s t h e R A C : f i e l d i n D F 1 6 ( p a r t o f M V field). CA: Field Valid Data Table 5 RIt: FIELD INPUT DATA 0 3 DEFINITION (TCAS CAPABILITY) No on-board TCAS On-board TCAS has vertical-only resolution ability. Don't turn left. T h e R A C : f i e l d i n d i c a t e s current active Resolution Advisory C o mp l e me n t s b e i n g r e c e i v e d f r o m a l l o t h e r TCAS aircraft with on-board resolution capability (1-2-4.t o . or FS equals 2. DR is not equal to 0. Table 8). Table 5). Hav e Comm-A and Comm-B c apability (ground or airborne). The field can be set from ‘0’ to ‘F’ but only ‘8’ to ‘E’ is valid (1-2-4. see Cover Page for details. 4 RI: Field (Tracking) Valid Data Table 7 RAC: E n t e r s i mu l a t e d T C A S R e s o l u t i o n A d v i s o r y C o mp l e me n t s . RIa: Enter air-to-air Reply Information for an acquisition report. Table 7).4 or 5 (ground or airborne). The RIa: field contains airspeed data. RIa: FIELD INPUT DATA 8 9 A B C D E DEFINITION (AIRSPEED) No data av ailable ≤75 k ts >75 kts and ≤150 kts >150 k ts and ≤300 kts >300 k ts and ≤600 kts >600 k ts and ≤1200 kts >1200 kts NOTE: The sum of the Input Data c o d e s i n d i c a t e s mu l t i p l e a c t i v e resolution advisories are being received. The field can be set from ‘0’ to ‘F’ but only ‘0’ ‘3’ and ‘4’ are valid (1-2-4.3. Hav e Comm-A and Comm-B c apability (airborne). INPUT DATA 0 1 2 4 8 DEFINITION No resolution advisory complements Don't turn right. INPUT DATA 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DEFINITION No communications capability (surveillanc e only ) Not used Not used Not used Hav e Comm-A and Comm-B c apability (ground). The RIt: field contains TCAS capability data. Table 6). T CAS BAT 2. Don't descend fas ter than 500 fpm.000 MHz ERP= 57. Don't descend fas ter than 2000 fpm.00 MHz RANGE= 21.00 nm IN ST AT US= NON-T HREAT BAT %R E PLY: STOP: 2.00 nm RANGE RAT E : 350 kts ALT ST ART : +1000 ft ALT RAT E : 600 fpm UUT ALT : 31200 ft FREQ= 1030. Des cend. Don't climb.5. Don't climb faster than 2000 fpm.0 dBm RANGE= 21. T CAS SCENARIO: 0-CUSTOM T CAS T YPE:T CAS II INT RUDER T YPE: AT CRBS RANGE ST ART : 10. 4. Set the VDS: field to ‘30’ for coordination reply me s s a g e s ( d e f a u l t v a l u e ) .4 TCAS SCREEN P r e s s T C A S Mo d e K e y u n t i l T C A S T e s t S c r e e n is displayed (1-2-4.00 nm STOP: 0 ft CONVERGE :OFF AL T DET ECT : ON ERP= 57. Figure 37).5 Hr INPUT DATA 0001 0002 0004 0008 0010 0020 0040 0080 0100 0200 0400 0800 1000 2000 DEFINITION Don't turn right. The Test Set transmits the ARA: field in DF16 (part of MV field). CLI: Enter Coordination Lock Indicator (‘0’ is Off. SCENARIO: 0-CUSTOM T CAS T YPE:T CAS II %R E PLY: 100 INTRUDER TYPE:MODE S RANGE ST ART : 10. Turn left. Turn right.5 Hr 100 NOTE: Data codes are added together to indicate multiple active resolution advisories are being transmitted. Don't climb faster than 500 fpm. The test set transmits the CLI: field in DF16 (part of MV field). ARA: Field Valid Data Table 9 VDS: E n t e r MV me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t e n t d e f i n i t i o n . Don't turn left. ‘1’ is On). The TCAS screen is used to verify audio and visual TCAS operation (Traffic and Resolution Advisories). Table 9). Don't descend fas ter than 1000 fpm. T h e t e s t s e t t r a n s mi t s t h e V D S : f i e l d i n D F 1 6 ( p a r t o f M V field). mo d i f i e d a n d stored under a user named scenario. see Cover Page for details.00 nm IN ALT= +1000 ft  T CAS ST AT US= T RACKING ST AT US= NON-T HREAT ENCOUNTER= 0:00 RUN TEST PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM MON STORE/ RECALL T C A S S c r e e n ( Mo d e S ) Figure 45 T h e T C A S s c r e e n p r o v i d e s s i mu l a t e d p l a n n e d e n c o u n t e r s w i t h A T C R B S Mo d e C o r Mo d e S intruders. The ARA: field indicates all current Active Resolution Advisories being transmitted by the intruding aircraft (IFR 6000) (1-2-4. Don't descend.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ARA: E n t e r s i mu l a t e d T C A S r e s o l u t i o n a d v i s o r y report. 1-2-4 Page 42 Nov 1/10 .00 nm STOP: 0. Climb. Intruding flight p a t t e r n s a r e p r o g r a m me d f r o m t h e T C A S screen and stored in one of sixteen user n a me d s c e n a r i o d a t a s t o r a g e l o c a t i o n s .0 dBm ALT= +1000 ft  ENCOUNTER= 0:00 RUN TEST PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM MON STORE/ RECALL TCAS Screen (ATCRBS) Figure 46 Subject to Export Control. Eight factory pre-defined scenarios are p r o v i d e d w h i c h ma y b e r e c a l l e d . Don't climb faster than 1000 fpm. 0.00 nm RANGE RAT E : 350 kts ALT ST ART : +1000 ft STOP: 0 ft ALT RAT E : 600 fpm CONVERGE :OFF UUT ALT : 31200 ft AL T DET ECT : ON FREQ= 1030. STORE/RECALL: Selects the Setup-Scenario Data Screen. PREV PARAM: Selects previous control field.000 ft Select CONVERGE: ON. Press TCAS Mode Key to display TCAS Test Screen (1-2-4. P r e d e f i n e d o r U s e r defined scenarios. RATE: RATE Keys change RATE in 1kt steps (0 to 1200 kts). Selectable in 1% steps. NEXT PARAM: Selects next control field. ALT RATE= ALT START x RANGE RATE START RANGE x 60 ALT RATE= 10. STOP RANGE= 0 nm. 2. DEDICATED KEYS AND CONTROL FIELDS RANGE: RANGE Keys change RANGE. 3. allowing easy programming of random but converging scenarios. S e t f o l l o w i n g p a r a me t e r s b y p r e s s i n g NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to select field. Figure 37). Includes selection of fields that have dedicated Keys. CONTROL FIELDS SOFT KEYS STORE/RECALL: S e l e c t s C u s t o m. % REPLY: S e l e c t s s i mu l a t e d t r a n s p o n d e r % r e p l y . STEP 1. see Cover Page for details. STOP (Range) and STOP (Alt) fields is cleared. USER CONTROLS SOFT KEYS RUN TEST: Starts the TCAS Test.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Calculation of Scenarios: Ex: Assume intruder at 10. PROCEDURE Refer to para 1-2-4.000 ft above UUT altitude. Use DATA Keys to slew the data.000 x 600 20 x 60 ALT RATE = 5000 fpm Auto calculation of altitude rate to ensure convergence: Set the following: RANGE START: 20 nm RANGE RATE: 600 kts ALT START: +10. Altitude rate is a u t o ma t i c a l l y d e t e r m i n e d t o a c h i e v e c o l l i s i o n . MO N : Selects the Surveillance or Broadcast Mo n i t o r S c r e e n s . Range is 0 to 100%. 1-2-4 Page 43 Nov 1/10 . Intruder velocity is 600 kts and intruder distance is 20 nm. Subject to Export Control.7 for Directional Antenna use and setup procedure. Ma n u a l c a l c u l a t i o n o f a l t i t u d e r a t e t o e n s u r e convergence: Select CONVERGE: OFF STOP ALT= 0 ft. TCAS TYPE: Selections are TCAS I or TCAS II. Includes selection of fields that have dedicated Keys. altitude rate is a u t o ma t i c a l l y c a l c u l a t e d t o a c h i e v e collision at 0 nm and 0 ft (relative to UUT). D e p e n d i n g o n s e t u p T C A S me n u D I S P L A Y E D A L T setting.700 ft.35 to 260. see Cover Page for details. ALT START: Selects start altitude of scenario in ft. UUT altitude is obtained a u t o ma t i c a l l y f r o m T C A S U U T transponder. When TRACKING is annunciated. RANGE STOP: Selects stop range of scenario in nm. 0 0 t o 2 6 0 .00. Range is +127. RANGE RATE: Selects range rate of scenario (0 to 1200 kts). 0 0 n m o r ATCRBS. enabling scenarios to be used at any altitude without r e p r o g r a m mi n g . R a n g e i s Mo d e S . NOTE: In all IFR 6000 TCAS scenarios. 0 0 n m o r ATCRBS. PROCEDURE ALT STOP: Selects stop altitude of scenario in ft. ALT RATE: S e l e c t s a l t i t u d e r a t e o f s c e n a r i o i n f p m. altitude START and STOP parameters are Relative to UUT altitude. FREQ: D i s p l a y s T C A S U U T t r a n s mi t t e r f r e q u e n c y i n MH z . ERP: D i s p l a y s T C A S U U T t r a n s mi t t e r E R P ( E f f e c t i v e R a d i a t e d P o w e r ) i n d B m. Range is +127. RANGE START: Selects start range of scenario in nm. 1-2-4 Page 44 Nov 1/10 .00. 0. Subject to Export Control. 0 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP PROCEDURE INTRUDER TYPE: Selects intruder type MODE S or ATCRBS.35 to 260. altitude START and STOP p a r a me t e r s a r e r e l a t i v e t o U U T altitude. STEP UUT ALT: D i s p l a y s s i mu l a t e d i n t r u d e r a l t i t u d e i n f t . enabling scenarios to be used at any altitude without reprogramming. NOTE: In all IFR 6000 TCAS scenarios. an intruder should be d i s p l a y e d o n t h e T C A S d i s p l a y ( Mo d e S feature). R a n g e i s Mo d e S . TCAS STATUS: Displays TCAS status either ACQUIRING or TRACKING. This is either entered via the TCAS S c r e e n o r i s o b t a i n e d a u t o ma t i c a l l y f r o m the TCAS UUT transponder when ALT DETECT is set to ON. CONVERGE: When converge is ON. Range STOP and Alt STOP fields are blanked when converge is ON. d B W or W peak. RANGE: D i s p l a y s s i mu l a t e d r a n g e i n n m. Range is 0 to 10000 fpm. ALT: D i s p l a y s s i mu l a t e d a l t i t u d e . enabling scenarios to be used at any altitude without reprogramming. 0. ALT DETECT: When set to ON. 0 0 t o 2 6 0 . 0 . altitude displayed is either relative to UUT ALT or actual altitude. NOTE: In all IFR 6000 TCAS scenarios.700 ft. NOTE: ACQUIRING or TRACKING is d e t e r mi n e d f r o m U F 0 o r U F 1 6 discrete interrogations AQ field. altitude START and STOP parameters are relative to UUT altitude. STORE SETUP-SCENARIO DATA SCREEN PROCEDURE The SETUP-SCENARIO DATA Screen may be accessed from either the TCAS Screen or SETUP-TCAS Screen by pressing the STORE/RECALL Soft Key. The Setup Scenario Screen allows the recall of n i n e f a c t o r y p r e d e t e r mi n e d s c e n a r i o s a n d t h e Storage and Recall of up to 16 user defined a n d n a me d s c e n a r i o s . “NON THREAT” Range is >4 nm and time until encounter is >40 s. “RESOLUTION” T i m e u n t i l e n c o u n t e r i s 2 5 s e c . 1-2-4 Page 45 Nov 1/10 . Refer to Appendix K for target acquisition time probabilities. see Cover Page for details. SETUP-STORE NAME BAT 2. “PROXIMITY” R a n g e i s 4 n m a n d t i m e u n t i l encounter is >40 sec.5 Hr PREV PAGE NEXT PAGE RETURN Setup Scenario Screen Figure 47 USER CONTROL SOFT KEYS STORE: To store a specific scenario./:. ENCOUNTER: Displays time in minutes and seconds to encounter. use the Data Select Keys to highlight user storage locations 10 to 25. U s e t h e D a t a S e l e c t Keys to highlight desired character.?@ _____________________________ Please Enter Store Name ENTER CHAR SELECT BACK SPACE CANCEL S e t u p S t o r e N a me S c r e e n Figure 48 Subject to Export Control.S T O R E N A ME .5 Hr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefg hijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 0123456789 !”’()*. When any UUT antenna is being tested the target acquisition time increases.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4.5 STEP STATUS: Displays simulated test set status in relationship to TCAS UUT. Press RUN Soft Key to start test. NOTE: There are usually two to three seconds of delay (target acquisition time) between the start of TCAS operation and when the UUT acquires the test set as a target. SET UP. 5.-.5. “TRAFFIC” T i m e u n t i l e n c o u n t e r i s 4 0 s e c a n d >25 sec.SCENARIO DAT A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Last Power Down +3500 ft collision –3500 ft collision +3500 ft fly-b y –3500 ft fly-b y +200 ft collision –200 ft collision +200 ft fly-b y –200 ft fly-b y BAT 2. Press STORE Soft Key to display S E T U P . Four different status messages may be displayed. press YES Soft Key on CONFIRM Screen. CANCEL: Press CANCEL Soft Key to cancel storage operation. Press the RECALL Soft Key. SETUP-TCAS SCENARIO BAT 2. RETURN: Press the RETURN Soft Key to display the previous screen. see Cover Page for details. RECALL: To recall a specific scenario use the Data Select Keys to select a specific scenario. 1-2-4 Page 46 Nov 1/10 .5 Hr Enter Password ---- 1 2 3 4 5 Setup-TCAS Scenario Screen Figure 50 Subject to Export Control. Repeat until all characters have been selected.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 CHAR SELECT: Press CHAR SELECT Soft Key to select character. CONFIRM BAT 2. NOTE: Scenarios are also selected by using the DATA KEYS when in the scenario field of the TCAS screen. Use backspace key to change any previous character selection. ENTER: Press ENTER Soft Key to store name and data.5 Hr Overwrite existing store? Confirm Screen Figure 49 Enter password by pressing the Soft Keys on the SETUP-TCAS SCENARIO Screen. YES NO OVERWRITE EXISTING SCENARIO: To overwrite an existing TCAS scenario. 1 Surveillance Monitor The Surveillance Monitor is a general mo n i t o r i n g s c r e e n d i s p l a y i n g t h e c o n t e n t s o f t h e ma j o r i n t e r r o g a t i o n f i e l d s i n c o r p o r a t e d i n UF0 and UF16.6.5. sent in UF0 and UF16. Figure 39). t h e T e s t S e t m o n i t o r s f o r U p l i n k F o r ma t s ( U F ) 0 or 16. Press MON Soft Key to enter S u r v e i l l a n c e Mo n i t o r s c r e e n . PROCEDURE If UUT simulates altitude and direct connection is not used. 1 m) f r o m UUT Antenna being tested. Mo n i t o r S c r e e n s a r e a c c e s s e d f r o m t h e T C A S Screen by pressing the MON Soft Key. indicates request for transponder (IFR 6000) to reply with capability (tracking) report if set to 0 or airspeed (acquisition) report if set to 1. When INTRUDER TYPE selected is ATCRBS. is d i s p l a y e d i n d e c i ma l f o r m. PROCEDURE Connect UUT to IFR 6000 RF I/O Connector or IFR 6000 Directional Antenna (facing towards UUT Antenna) to Antenna Connector. 1-2-4 Page 47 Nov 1/10 . 5. Refer to para 1-2-4. Perform the Setup Procedure (para 1-2-4.5.5. Set INTRUDER TYPE: to MODE S. a s r e c e i v e d in the Mode S interrogation. Refer to Appendix F for detailed description of the following displayed U p l i n k F o r ma t f i e l d s a n d s u b f i e l d s . sent in UF16 (part of MU f i e l d ) . INT ERVAL =10.6. AQ: Acquisition field. W h e n I N T R U D E R T Y P E s e l e c t e d i s Mo d e S . the surveillance mo n i t o r a n d t h e b r o a d c a s t m o n i t o r . Mode S monitoring consists of two different Monitor screens. 0s RUN TEST BROAD MON RETURN   TCAS Surveillance Monitor Screen Figure 51 STEP 1. T CAS.3). shield UUT Antenna being tested with Antenna Shield. d e f i n e s t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e MU me s s a g e f i e l d .SURV MO N UF0 RL =0 AQ =0 COUNT=1000 BAT 2. see Cover Page for details. ( T e s t S e t d i s p l a y s i n f o r ma t i o n f r o m t h e l a s t r e c e i v e d o r r e c a l l e d Mo d e S interrogation.) The bottom line indicates running Mo n i t o r b y d i s p l a y i n g : * T e s t i n g * . 4.) Press RUN Soft Key to initiate Monitor Mo d e . Position D i r e c t i o n a l A n t e n n a ≤ 2 0 f t ( 6 .0s UF16 RL =1 AQ =0 MTB=0 CVC=0 HRC=0 ESB=0 COUNT=1000 UDS=0 LCK=0 VRC=0 CHC=0 MID=356412 INT ERVAL =10. UDS: The UDS: field.   2. indicates request for transponder (IFR 6000) to reply with DF0 if set to 0 or DF16 if set to 1.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. Information is displayed in hexadecimal and can be used to verify interrogator bit accuracy (1-2-4. Subject to Export Control. T h e U D S : f i e l d indicates TCAS Resolution Advisories Lock Requests or R e s o l u t i o n Me s s a g e s i f s e t t o 3 0 o r T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e s i f s e t t o 32. ( T e s t S e t d i s p l a y s i n f o r ma t i o n f o r the latest received interrogation.     UF: U p l i n k F o r ma t n u mb e r .5 Hr 4. RL: Reply Length field. the Test Set monitors the Whisper-Shout sequence.6 MO N I T O R S C R E E N S STEP 3. sent in UF0 and UF16. VRC: Field Display Data Table 11 Subject to Export Control. Intruder TCAS sense is turn left/Don't turn right. VRC: FIELD 0 1 2 DEFINITION No complement sent Don't descend. Table 11).  MTB: If set to 1 the Multiple Threat Bit received in UF16 (part of MU field) indicates the interrogator is receiving mo r e t h a n o n e c o l l i s i o n t h r e a t . Table 13 for the Horizontal Resolution Advisory C o mp l e me n t r e c e i v e d i n U F 1 6 ( p a r t of MU field). Intruder TCAS sense is turn right/Don't turn right. Cancel.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP  LCK: If set to 1. Cancel. don't descend. don't climb. Table 12). see Cover Page for details. PROCEDURE CHC: FIELD 0 1 2 DEFINITION No cancellation Cancel. the Lock field indicates request for the transponder (IFR 6000) to send information for TCAS Resolution Advisory (transponder is a collision threat to the interrogator) and is received in UF16 (part of MU field). Intruder TCAS sense is turn right/Don't turn left. HRC: Field Display Data Table 13 CVC: Field Display Data Table 10  VRC: The Vertical Resolution Advisory C o mp l e m e n t i s r e c e i v e d i n U F 1 6 (part of MU field) (1-2-4. Table 10). 1-2-4 Page 48 Nov 1/10 . don't turn right. Don't climb. HRC: FIELD 0 1 2 5 6 DEFINITION No complement sent Intruder TCAS sense is turn left/Don't turn left. CHC: Field Display Data Table 12 HRC: Refer to 1-2-4. CVC: FIELD 0 1 2 DEFINITION No cancellation Cancel.  CVC: The Cancel Vertical Resolution Advisory Complement is received in UF16 (part of MU field) (1-2-4.  PROCEDURE STEP  CHC: The Cancel Horizontal Resolution A d v i s o r y C o mp l e me n t i s r e c e i v e d i n UF16 (part of MU field) (1-2-4. don't turn left. T CAS.2 BROADCAST MONITOR T h e B r o a d c a s t Mo n i t o r v e r i f i e s t h e T C A S B r o a d c a s t i s t r a n s mi t t e d i n U F 1 6 a p p r o x i ma t e l y e v e r y t e n s e c o n d s . 1-2-4 Page 49 Nov 1/10 . 2 7 s e c ( 1 .5 Hr RUN TEST SURV MON RETURN T C A S B r o a d c a s t Mo n i t o r S c r e e n Figure 52 Subject to Export Control. Figure 40). 5 3 s e c ( t i me t o d i s p l a y i n f o r ma t i o n ) a n d 1 . 0 E 7 9 B 5 C 2 D 3 A 4 6 8 1 F PROCEDURE STEP  PROCEDURE INTERVAL: T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s t i me f r o m t h e start of one interrogation to the start of the next interrogation. part of MU field) to verify Vertical Resolution Advisory Complements.5. Table 14 for the Encoded/Vertical Sense Bits received in UF16 (now VSB. T h e T e s t Set detects a TCAS Broadcast when the AA address field decoded from the AP field in U F 1 6 h a s a l l o n e s . 0 s e c i s n o mi n a l ) .0s BAT 2. 4. T h e B r o a d c a s t Mo n i t o r also verifies the RA Broadcast content (1-2-4. see Cover Page for details.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP  ESB: Refer to 1-2-4. received in UF16 (part of MU field) displays the discrete Mode S address of the TCAS interrogator.BRDCAST MON RA BROADCAST UDS=31 CAC=100000 ft RAT =1 ARA=11101010000000 MTE=1 RAC=1010 AID=7777 COUNT=1000 TCAS BROADCAST UDS=32 MID=A92492 COUNT=1000 INT ERVAL =1 0. 6.  VALID CVC: FIELD VRC: FIELD ESB: FIELD 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 ESB: Field Display Data Table 14  MI D : The MID: field.6. P r e s s S T O P S o f t K e y t o t e r mi n a t e t e s t operation. The IFR 6000 looks for the interval between 0 . COUNT: The COUNT: field displays the n u mb e r o f T C A S S u r v e i l l a n c e Interrogations received during the test operation. 0000 0000 0100 0000 Don't climb. The one is set for 18 sec ±1 sec. 0000 0010 0000 0000 Don't descend faster than 1000 fpm.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP 1.4 . 0000 0000 0001 0000 Don't climb faster than 1000 fpm. 0000 0000 0000 1000 Don't climb faster than 2000 fpm. 0010 0000 0000 0001 NOTE: Data codes are added together t o i n d i c a t e mu l t i p l e a c t i v e resolution advisories are being t r a n s mi t t e d . see Cover Page for details.  ARA: The ARA= field indicates all current Active Resolution Advisories being t r a n s mi t t e d b y t h e U U T ( 1 . PROCEDURE Press BROAD MON Soft Key to enter Broadcast Monitor. the RA indicated by the ARA subfield has been terminated. 0000 0001 0000 0000 Don't descend faster than 2000 fpm.  RAT: The RAT= field received in UF16 (part of MU field) indicates that an RA has been terminated. NOTE:  UDS and MID field descriptions are the same as the TCAS Surveillance Monitor. 0000 0000 0000 0100 Turn left. received in UF16 (part of MU field). the RA indicated by the ARA subfield is currently active. T h e T e s t S e t d i s p l a y s i n f o r m a t i o n for the latest received interrogation. 0000 1000 0000 0000 Don't descend. ARA= Field Valid Data Table 15 2. STEP PROCEDURE DEFINITION BINARY DATA Don't turn right. 0000 0000 1000 0000 Descend. 1-2-4 Page 50 Nov 1/10 . CAC: The CAC= field.2 . Subject to Export Control. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate Monitor mo d e . 0000 0100 0000 0000 Don't descend faster than 500 fpm. If set to 1. 0001 0000 0000 0000 Climb. If set to 0. Table 15). The Test Set displays information from last received TCAS Broadcast or RA Broadcast. 0000 0000 0000 0010 Turn right. 0000 0000 0000 0001 Don't turn left. The bottom line indicates running Monitor by displaying: *Testing*. 0000 0000 0010 0000 Don't climb faster than 500 fpm. displays the Mode C altitude code of the reporting aircraft. Don't descend. 4.  AID: The AID= field. if detected. By conducting several tests from different points around the aircraft (para 1-2-4.7). 3.5. Don't turn left.  COUNT: The COUNT: field displays the n u mb e r o f T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e s received during the test operation.5 Hr SPACING= 4. received in UF16 ( p a r t o f M U f i e l d ) .s h o u t steps and Side Lobe Suppression (SLS). d i s p l a y s t h e Mo d e A identity code of the reporting aircraft.s h o u t s e q u e n c e o p e r a t i o n a n d i n t e r r o g a t i o n t i mi n g a r e effectively evaluated (para 1-2-4. see Cover Page for details.000 ft NO SUPP= 1 2. T CAS. 0= One threat is being processed by the resolution logic (when ARA bit 41=1).3 ms W-S SEQUENCE INTERVAL=10.0s RUN TEST RETURN W h i s p e r .S h o u t Mo n i t o r S c r e e n Figure 53 Subject to Export Control.80 nm AT T EN: 0.5.3 ATCRBS (WHISPER-SHOUT) T h e W h i s p e r . in seconds. 2 s e c o f f t h e n o mi n a l 1 0 s e c i n t e r v a l t i me .0 d B I S1= 0 P2= 0 BOTH= 0 BAT ALT = 10. PROCEDURE STEP NOTE: PROCEDURE T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e s a r e j i t t e r e d ± 0 . or no threat is being processed by the resolution logic (when ARA bit 41=0).6. received in UF16 (part of MU field). Don't climb.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP  RAC: The RAC= field indicates current active Resolution Advisory Complements being received from all other TCAS aircraft with on-board resolution capability (1-2-4. indicates if two or more simultaneous threats are currently being processed by the TCAS threat resolution logic. between the latest two TCAS Broadcast Messages received (nominally 10 sec for each interrogator). the capabilities of the TCAS interrogator concerning coverage (directional and/or o mn i . Table 16). w h i s p e r . RAC= Field Valid Data Table 16  MT E : The MTE= field.W/ SHOUT MO N RANGE= 12. DATA 0 1 2 4 8 DEFINITION No resolution advisory complements Don't turn right.  INTERVAL: The INTERVAL= field displays the time interval. 1= Two or more simultaneous threats are being processed by the resolution logic. T h e T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e ma y a l s o b e staggered between the directional antennas causing shorter intervals. P r e s s S T O P S o f t K e y t o t e r mi n a t e t e s t operation. Figure 41).d i r e c t i o n a l ) . 1-2-4 Page 51 Nov 1/10 .S h o u t Mo n i t o r s c r e e n p r o v i d e s i n f o r ma t i o n u s e d t o v e r i f y w h i s p e r . NOTE: The sum of the Input Data codes indicates multiple active resolution advisories are being received. NOTE: If a TCAS Test has been activated.  BOTH: T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s t h e n u mb e r o f processed interrogations.5. Press MON Key to enter Whisper-Shout Mo n i t o r S c r e e n .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP 1. ) The bottom line indicates running Mo n i t o r b y d i s p l a y i n g * T e s t i n g * . PROCEDURE Press RUN Soft Key to initiate Monitor mo d e . T h i s i n f o r ma t i o n c a n b e u s e d to verify correct SLS operation when the IFR 6000 is positioned between the directional antenna lobes.1 m) from UUT Antenna being tested.6. shield UUT Antenna being tested with Antenna Shield. Subject to Export Control. 2. STEP 6. but without a detected S1 p u l s e . Set INTRUDER TYPE: to ATCRBS.4).  S1: T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s t h e n u mb e r o f processed interrogations. Use DATA Keys to slew data.3). 3. 4. The IFR 6000 sets a default value internally based u p o n t h e U U T d i s t a n c e i n f o r ma t i o n entered in XPDR Setup Menu. NOTE: S1: field added with NO SUPP: f i e l d p r o v i d e s t h e n u mb e r o f whisper-shout steps received in latest sequence from the UUT Antenna directed towards the Test Set. the IFR 6000 sends t h e n u mb e r o f r e p l i e s i n d i c a t e d in the NO SUPP: field.  P2: T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s t h e n u mb e r o f interrogations. received in latest sequence containing a detected P2 pulse. ( T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s l a t e s t w h i s p e r . without detected S1 (whisper-shout suppression) and P2 (SLS) pulses. 4. T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s i n f o r ma t i o n f r o m t h e l a s t r e c e i v e d o r recalled whisper-shout sequence.5. The latest sequence is displayed if the Test Set is already in the running mode. D e f a u l t v a l u e i s restored upon exit from the screen. Position Directional Antenna ≤20 ft (6. Refer to para 1-2-4.  ATTEN: Set attenuation of incoming signals (UUT interrogations). but without a detected P2 pulse. received in latest sequence.5. Perform the Setup Procedure (para 1-24.) NOTE: Attenuation may be changed using the Whisper-Shout Mo n i t o r s c r e e n .  NO SUPP: T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s t h e n u mb e r o f processed interrogations.s h o u t s e q u e n c e i n f o r ma t i o n . Set following parameters by pressing NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to select field. The P2: field indicates interrogations not directed towards the Test Set. received in latest sequence.4). containing a detected S1 pulse. see Cover Page for details. PROCEDURE Connect UUT to IFR 6000 RF I/O Connector or IFR 6000 Directional Antenna (facing towards UUT Antenna) to ANT Connector. (The same attenuation is set for outgoing signals [IFR 6000 replies] when Scenario Test or Reply Test functions have been initiated. 1-2-4 Page 52 Nov 1/10 . The BOTH: field added to the P2: field i n d i c a t e s t h e n u mb e r o f t o t a l interrogations not directed towards the Test Set (from the other UUT Antennas). These interrogations solicit replies.  RANGE: The RANGE: field is the same as in TCAS Test (para 1-2-4. received in latest sequence containing both detected S1 and P2 pulses. If UUT simulates altitude and direct connection is not used.  ALT: The ALT: field is the same as the ALT: field in TCAS Test (para 1-24. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP  PROCEDURE SPACING: T h e I F R 6 0 0 0 d i s p l a y s t h e mi n i mu m time spacing in ms between any two successive interrogations received in latest sequence.  W-S SEQUENCE INTERVAL: The IFR 6000 displays time from the start of one whisper-shout sequence to the start of the next whisper-shout sequence. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test operation. Press RETURN Soft Key to exit WhisperShout Monitor Screen Subject to Export Control. . The IFR 6000 looks for t h e i n t e r v a l b e t w e e n 0 . 1-2-4 Page 53 Nov 1/10 . see Cover Page for details.27 sec (1. 8. 7. 5 3 s e c ( t i me to display information) and 1.0 sec is nominal). 2. 3. STEP PROCEDURE 9 . TCAS SURVEILLANCE OPERATION 10. TCAS ADVISORY OPERATION AND BEARING ACCURACY 7. Verify TCAS Broadcast Interval. 4. see Cover Page for details.53 to 1. 1-2-4 Page 54 Nov 1/10 . Verify TCAS bearing reads 0° (±15°). Set INTRUDER TYPE: field to MODE S Select SCENARIO: field and slew to (6 +200 ft Collision).5. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. Verify TCAS Surveillance Interval. Verify Resolution Advisory at 25 sec until encounter time. 16.27 sec. Subject to Export Control. 8. Figure 42) ≤50 ft ( 1 5 . Press BROAD MON Soft Key to display T C A S B r o a d c a s t Mo n i t o r s c r e e n . 12. Verify UUT visual and audio operation:    Verify Traffic Advisory at 40 sec until encounter time.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. P r e s s S T O P S o f t K e y t o t e r mi n a t e t e s t operation. 2 4 m) f r o m a n d i n l i n e o f s i g h t w i t h TCAS top antenna. Set ALT DETECT field to ON. Press SETUP Key. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Keys to enter UUT Antenna Range Height and Test Set Directional Antenna information. 1 7 . Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. Press TCAS Mode key to display TCAS Screen. PROCEDURE Position Test Set at Forward Sector Test Location (1-2-4. 2 s e c ) a n d MI D : field contains correct UUT address. P r e s s S T O P S o f t K e y t o t e r mi n a t e t e s t operation. 6. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. 1 3 . TCAS BROADCAST OPERATION 14. 11. I N T E R V A L : 1 0 s e c ( ± 0 . P r e s s S T O P S o f t K e y t o t e r mi n a t e t e s t operation.7 RECOMMENDED TEST PROCEDURE Recommended Test Locations Figure 54 STEP INITIAL SETUP 1. Press MON Key to display TCAS S u r v e i l l a n c e Mo n i t o r S c r e e n . 5. INTERVAL: 0. 15. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test operation. Press TCAS Mode Key to display TCAS Screen. The service is dependent on the aircraft position determination system. 3 8 . 27.01 MHz). 25. 22. Verify power (ERP) is ≤3 dB below the greater ERP of the two adjacent "X" Test Locations. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. velocity and other parameters c o mp l e t e l y a u t o n o m o u s l y . Perform Steps 28 through 33 from all "Y" Test Locations (1-2-4. 4. 43. 36. 23. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test operation.6 ADS-B GENERAL A u t o ma t i c D e p e n d e n t S u r v e i l l a n c e B r o a d c a s t (ADS-B) is a technology where aircraft avionics broadcasts the aircraft position. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. TCAS BEARING ACCURACY 29. Perform Steps 24 through 27 and 29 through 33 from all "X" Test Locations ( 1 . P r e s s T C A S Mo d e K e y t o d i s p l a y T C A S Screen. Figure 42). Figure 42). UUT POWER (ERP) AND FREQUENCY 24. Starting at 0. 34. slew ATTEN: field up in 1. 30. 28. UUT ANTENNA PATTERN AT CROSSOVER 3 9 . Reposition Test Set to a "Z" Test Location (1-2-4. Stay at same distance from UUT as established in Steps 1 through 2. S t a y a t s a me distance from UUT as established in Steps 1 through 5. Run test for >30 sec. 42. 1-2-4 Page 55 Nov 1/10 . 45. Figure 42) NOTE: T C A S I I s y s t e ms d o n o t d i s p l a y RA’s unless Radio Altitude is above 500 ft. 37. Continue until S1: field is 0.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE TCAS OPERATES AT EVERY STEP IN W-S SEQUENCE (Not available in V1. 44.0.5. verifying NO SUPP: field is ≥1 at each step. Verify NO SUPP: field is ≥2. Set INTRUDER TYPE: field to ATCRBS. 33. Perform Steps 34 through 42 from all "Z" Test Locations (1-2-4.1 regarding TCAS II control p a n e l s . SLS PATTERN AT CROSSOVER 35. Set INTRUDER TYPE: field to ATCRBS. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. Figure 42). Run test for >30 sec. Press MON Key to enter Whisper-Shout Mo n i t o r S c r e e n . NOTE: NOTE: The application is surveillance. see Cover Page for details.2 . both airground and air-air. Reposition Test Set To a "Y" Test Location (1-2-4. Press STOP Soft Key to end test operation. The system is automatic because the pilot is not involved in initiating broadcasts. Press MON Soft Key to enter Whisper S h o u t Mo n i t o r S c r e e n . F i g u r e 4 2 ) .01) 18. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. Subject to Export Control. 19. 40. Ensure aircraft installation is in airborne state. 31. 32. altitude. 20. Press TCAS Mode Key to display TCAS Screen. 2 6 .0 dB steps. Verify TCAS bearing is correct (±15°). W h e n s i mu l a t i n g a n intruder above the aircraft select ABOVE. V e r i f y p o w e r ( E R P ) = 4 9 . 21. P r e s s S T O P S o f t K e y t o t e r mi n a t e t e s t operation.4 . Stay at same distance from UUT as established in Steps 1 through 2. 0 d B m ( ± 2 d B m) and frequency (FREQ) = 1030 MHz (±0. Refer to para 1-2-4. Press TCAS Mode Key to display TCAS screen. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test. 41. and range is measured by the time it takes for the radar to receive the interrogation response. In contrast. A G I C B mo d e f u l l y d e c o d e s a n d displays all Enhanced Surveillance BDS register contents. Set the parameters by pressing NEXT PARAM (1-2-4. a system using ADS-B creates and listens for periodic position and intent reports from aircraft. 4.B .2 ADS-B SETUP The SETUP-ADS-B screen is accessed by pressing the ADS-B SETUP Soft Key on the SETUP-XPDR screen. 3. velocity and intent. s u p p o r t a w i d e variety of applications and increase airport and airspace capacity. SETUP-ADSB POS DECODE:GLOBAL L AT : 37 25 35 N LONG : 126 35 35 E ADSB GEN : DF17 ADSB MON : DF17 GICB : DF20 BAT 2. T o u n d e r s t a n d t h e f u l l c a p a b i l i t y o f A D S. C a p a b i l i t y t o g e n e r a t e ( A D S . Figure 43). ground-based stations and other users mo n i t o r i n g t h e c h a n n e l s c a n r e c e i v e t h e i n f o r ma t i o n a n d u s e i t i n a w i d e v a r i e t y o f applications. 4. s u c h a s t h e g l o b a l p o s i t i o n i n g system (GPS) and Mode S transponders. A i r c r a f t . These reports are generated and distributed using precise i n s t r u me n t s . see Cover Page for details. T h e enhanced accuracy of the information will be u s e d t o i mp r o v e s a f e t y .5 Hr TEST DATA PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM RETURN Setup ADS-B Screen Figure 55 NOTE: STEP 1. meaning integrity of the data is no longer susceptible to the range of the aircraft or the l e n g t h o f t i me b e t w e e n r a d a r s w e e p s . Because of this potential for broad utilization. heading.B r e c e i v e r s i s p r o v i d e d . ma k i n g t h e p o s i t i o n i n f o r m a t i o n l e s s accurate. Use DATA Keys to slew the data. Additionally. detecting changes in aircraft velocity requires several radar sweeps that are spaced several seconds apart.B G E N mo d e ) f u l l D O 260/A DF17/DF18 extended squitter t r a n s mi s s i o n s f o r t e s t i n g A D S . decoding and displaying full ADS-B DO-260/A D F 1 7 / D F 1 8 e x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r t r a n s mi s s i o n s f r o m Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r s o r D F 1 8 e x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r s f r o m 1 0 9 0 M H z e mi t t e r s . PROCEDURE Press SETUP Key until the SETUPXPDR Screen is displayed Press ADSB SETUP Soft Key. aircraft and other vehicles continuously broadcast a message including position. Other uses may include obstacles t r a n s mi t t i n g a p o s i t i o n m e s s a g e . The ADS-B/GICB is a SubMo d e o f X P D R Mo d e . Press PREV PARAM to select the field. consider how the current Air Traffic Control system creates information. a system using ADS-B is mo s t o f t e n d i s c u s s e d a s a r e p l a c e m e n t f o r o r a n a u g me n t a t i o n t o c u r r e n t m e t h o d s o f monitoring aeronautical traffic. 2. P a r a me t e r s a r e : Subject to Export Control.6. Bearing is measured by the position of the rotating radar antenna when it receives a response to its interrogation from the aircraft. The antenna beam b e c o me s w i d e r a s t h e a i r c r a f t g e t f a r t h e r a w a y .1 ADS-B/GICB MODES The IFR 6000 provides flight line test c a p a b i l i t y f o r r e c e i v i n g ( A D S . E n t e r S e t u p S c r e e n i n f o r ma t i o n before conducting test operations.6. 1-2-4 Page 56 Nov 1/10 . The radar me a s u r e s t h e r a n g e a n d b e a r i n g o f a n aircraft.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 When ADS-B is used.B M O N mo d e ) . The SETUP-ADS-B screen allows the setting of operational p a r a me t e r s f o r t h e A D S .B / G I C B f u n c t i o n a l Mo d e . North or South.5 Hr Overwrite existing store? YES NO Confirm Screen Figure 57 SETUP TEST DATA The SETUP-ADS-B Screen allows storage and recall of all SETUP-ADS-B test screens. The first storage memory retains the last power down data and cannot be overwritten. ADS-B GEN: Select Extended squitter type that test set will transmit. The last five are defined by the Test Set operator. . SETUP – STORE NAME BAT 2. / : .5 Hr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 0234567889 ! ‘ “ ( ) * . including measurement data (1-2-4. LONG: Local Longitude of UUT in Degrees. BDS 0. With LOCAL selected.5 Hr STORE LOAD DUMP STORE DUMP LIVE RETURN Setup Test Data Screen Figure 56 CONFIRM BAT 2. Figure 45). DF17 or DF18.            LAT: Local Latitude of UUT in Degrees.6 requires a local LAT and LONG to resolve CPB positional algorithm ambiguity. Minutes and Seconds. 1-2-4 Page 57 Nov 1/10 .5 and BDS 0. ? @ _ 400D5F 10/10/05 13:43:06 Please enter store name ENTER CHAR SELECT BACK SPACE CANCEL S e t u p S t o r e N a me S c r e e n Figure 58 Subject to Export Control.. see Cover Page for details. There are six storage memories. East or West. GICB: Select DF20 or DF21 for GICB BDS transfer. 4.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP  PROCEDURE POS DECODE: With GLOBAL selected simulated or decoded Latitude and Longitude will use the Global algorithm. Minutes and Seconds. Press the RETURN softkey to display the previous screen. ADS-B MON: Select Extended squitter type that test set will receive DF17 or DF18. SET UP – ADSB T EST DAT A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Last power-down ATC 10/5/05 12:45:13 400 D5F 10/10/05 13:43:16 BAT 2.6) will use the local algorithm which requires a local LAT and LONG to be entered to resolve CPR positional algorithm ambiguity. simulated or decoded Latitude and Longitude (BDS 0. Press XPDR Mode Key until A D S . ADS-B/GICB MAIN BAT 2.B MA I N m e n u i s d i s p l a y e d . Use DATA Keys to select the required store.5 Hr 6.3 ADS-B/GICB MAIN P r e s s t h e X P D R mo d e k e y t w i c e t o d i s p l a y t h e A D S . RUN TEST BDS DATA RETURN ADS-B MON List Screen Figure 60 Subject to Export Control.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Data Storage Procedure: STEP 1. Press RECALL Soft Key to recall test data. AVAIL NOT CAP AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL 3. 7. PROCEDURE Press SETUP Select Key until SETUP – XPDR Screen is displayed. decoded and displayed. either via the Antenna port or RF I/O port. see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 58 Nov 1/10 . The squitters are captured in a buffer. Press XPDR Mode Key until A D S B MA I N m e n u i s d i s p l a y e d .5 0. Figure 43). Use DATA Keys to select the character line. Press ADSB SETUP Soft Key to display SETUP ADS-B Screen (1-2-4.6 0. 4. 8. Figure 44). Press the GICB softkey to display the GICB list screen.2 6. Press TEST DATA Soft Key to display SETUP-ADSB Test Data Screen (1-2-4.6.5 Hr 2. 5. Press TEST DATA Soft Key to display SETUP-ADSB Test Data Screen (1-2-4.6.8 0. Figure 44). 2. ADSB MON ADSB GEN GICB 4. Data Recall Procedure: 1. S t o r e n a me c a n b e b l a n k . A D S . Press CHAR SELECT Soft Key to add selected character to the end of name string.B / G I C B Ma i n Me n u Figure 59 Press the ADS-B MON softkey to display the ADS-B MON list screen. Press SETUP Select Key until SETUP – XPDR Screen is displayed. 3.4 f i g u r e 4 7 ) . Press BACK SPACE Soft Key to delete the selected character. Press ADSB SETUP Soft Key to display SETUP ADS-B Screen (1-2-4. Press ENTER Soft Key to store name and display SETUP-ADSB TEST DATA Screen. Press STORE Soft Key to display CONFIRM Screen (1-2-4.4 ADS-B MON The ADS-B MON mode of operation receives T r a n s p o n d e r D F 1 7 o r G r o u n d E mi t t e r D F 1 8 extended squitters.2 . Press YES Soft Key to confirm overwrite.5 0.A AIRBORNE POS SURFACE POS IDENT & CAT AIRBORNE VEL A/ C ST AT US T ARG ST AT E A/ C O P ST AT US TEST MSG BAT 2. 4. Figure 45).1 6. Figure 43). Use DATA Keys to select desired character. ADS-B MON DF17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.B / G I C B Ma i n M e n u ( 1 . SETUP STORE NAME Screen is displayed (1-2-4. Figure 46).9 6. LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG (Encoded longitude) decoded CPR format in degrees. Installation must be in the airborne state to transmit airborne position.2 . Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260 for detailed description of data fields RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN ADS-B MON BDS 0. PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period in seconds.5 ADS-B MON BDS 0. Status of the received squitter is d i s p l a y e d t o t h e r i g h t o f t h e s q u i t t e r n a me .5 Screen Figure 61 DF17/18: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays airborne position NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t have embedded ADLP. SPI (Special Position Identification). TEST SCREEN DESCRIPTIONS ADS-B MON BDS 0.    ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. range 0 to 9999. Subject to Export Control. GNSS ALTITUDE. P E R M A L E R T ( P e r ma n e n t A l e r t ( E me r g e n c y ) . Part 1.5 AVAIL BAT 2. T E M P A L E R T ( T e mp o r a r y A l e r t ( c h a n g e i n Mo d e i d e n t i t y c o d e ) . RANGE -1000 TO 126700 ft. NOTE: AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run.B / G I C B s e t u p me n u ) . 1 (dual antenna). NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10.5 Hr  BARO PRESS ALT (Barometric Pressure Altitude) Indications: N/A Displayed for types 9 to 18. SURVEILLANCE STATUS Indications: N O I N F O ( N o I n f o r ma t i o n ) .5 AIRBORNE POS TYPE=14 DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=00000000000000 PERIOD=DEFAULT L AT = 37 39 00 N LONG= 97 25 48 W PO S=GLO BAL SAF =1 T=N/UTC SURVEILL ANCE ST AT US = NO INFO BARO PRES ALT=131025 ft GNSS ALT = N/A POS (Position Decode) Indications: GLOBAL (if Global LAT/LONG not entered in A D S . NOT CAP (transponder has identified squitter is not supported by transponder/subsystem). BDS=0. NO SQTR (Squitter available but not captured).OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 The ADS-B MON screen displays supported squitters that are identified by BDS register n u mb e r a n d a n a b b r e v i a t e d n a m e ( 1 .4 figure 48).B / G I C B s e t u p me n u ) . Indications are AVAIL (squitter has been captured). T ( T i me S y n c t o U T C ) Indications: N/UTC (not UTC). SAF (Single Antenna Flag) Indications: 0 (single antenna). see Cover Page for details. to receive data from subsystem. Indications: N/A Displayed for types 20 to 22. minutes and seconds. Vol lII. LOCAL (if Local LAT/LONG is entered in A D S . range –1000 to 126700 ft. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. 1-2-4 Page 59 Nov 1/10 . UTC. STOPPED 0. 100-<175 Kt. Part 1. Vol lII. see Cover Page for details. 15-<70 Kt. Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260 for detailed description of data fields. DECELERATING. NOTE: RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN ADS-B MON BDS 0. NOTE: AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run M E me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X format. i n c l u d i n g t h e g l o b a l mo d e .00 S L AT = 37 39 00 N LONG= 97 25 48 W MOVMENT= 2kts T=N/UTC HDG=230 deg POS=GLOBAL HDG (Heading) Indications: 0 to 357 Degrees or N/A if HDG Status not valid. NOTE: Installation must be in the ground state to transmit surface position. 1-2-4 Page 60 Nov 1/10 . Refer to ICAO Annex 10. UTC  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. The surface position decode.5 Hr BDS=0. 2-<15 Kt. h a s mu l t i p l e v a l i d r e s u l t s . ACCELERATING. I t i s necessary to set a ‘reference’ lat/long on the ADSB SETUP Screen that is close to the test set’s current location for the decode to work correctly. MO V E M E N T Indications: NO INFO (No Information Available). 1-<2 Kt. BACKING UP Subject to Export Control.  PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. 70-<100 Kt.6 ADS-B MON BDS 0.6 Screen Figure 62 DF17/18: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays surface position.6 AVAIL BAT 2. >175 Kt.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B MON BDS 0.6 SURFACE POS TYPE=15 DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=0000000000000 PERIOD=10. T ( T i me S y n c t o U T C ) Indications: N/UTC (Not UTC). minutes and seconds.125-<1 Kt. LAT (Encoded Latitude) and LONG (Encoded Longitude) decoded Local unambiguous CPR format in degrees. LIGHT.B E MI T T E R I N F O . RESERVED AIS (Aircraft Identity Subfield) HEX field containing BDS plus flight ID. LINE OBSTR. NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t have embedded ADLP. RESERVED.A.18: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays identification and category.B E m i t t e r C a t e g o r y Set).B. Indications: SMALL. RESERVED. RESERVED. COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run. ULTRALIGHT/HANG-GLIDER. Vol lII. LIGHTER-THAN-AIR. SURFACE SERVICE VEHICLE. Indications: D. to receive data from subsystem. ROTOCRAFT. EMIT CAT C: N O A D S . HIGH VORTEX. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2.B E m i t t e r C a t e g o r y ) . Part 1. SURFACE EMERGENCY VEHICLE. see Cover Page for details. FIXED GND/TETHERED OBSTR. RESERVED.8 ADS-B MON BDS 0. 8 IDENT & CAT TYPE= 2 DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=00000000000000 PERIOD=10. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)  ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . MEDIUM or LARGE E MI T C A T A : NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO. Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260 for detailed description of data fields. E MI T C A T ( A D S .C. CLUSTER OBSTR. HIGH PERFORMANCE. E MI T C A T S E T ( A D S . 1-2-4 Page 61 Nov 1/10 . RESERVED EMIT CAT D: RESERVED. HEAVY.B E MI T T E R I N F O . RESERVED.8 AVAIL BAT 2. SPACE VEHICLE.  PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period in seconds.00 S AIS= 20420CCB9C10 FL IGHT ID =XPN34512 EMIT CAT SET =A EMIT CAT =L ARG E RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN ADS-B MON BDS 0. GLIDER/SAILPLANE. PARACHUTIST/SKYDIVER.8 Screen Figure 63 DF17. UNMANNED AERIAL VEHICLE.5 Hr EMIT CAT B: N O A D S . LARGE. NOTE: Subject to Export Control.  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. RESERVED. RESERVED.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B MON BDS 0. FLIGHT ID Indications: 8 ICAO character field. Refer to ICAO Annex 10. SMALL. BDS=0. Indications: N/A (Not Available). YES (ADS-B Capability Class A1 and above) AIRSPEED. GPS Source) GEO ALT DIFF FROM BARO (Geo Altitude Difference from Barometric Altitude). NOTE: Followed by N (North ) or S (South) direction identifier. SOURCE (Source of Vertical rate).9 Screen Figure 64 DF17. NOT ASSIGNED. VEL OVR GND NORM (Velocity Over Ground Normal).9 ADS-B MON BDS 0. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P . INTENT CHANGE (Intent Change Flag) Indications: Yes. AIR SPD NORM (Airspeed Normal). Indications: N/A (Not Available). Indications: 0 (ICAO DOC 9688 (First edition of ICAO Mo d e S S p e c i f i c S e r v i c e m a n u a l ) n o t supported. < . Indications: N/A (Not Available).e. NOT ASSIGNED. t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem. No IFR CAP ADS-B/CLASS A1> (IFR Capability Flag). Indications: N/A (Not Available).9 AIRBORNE VEL TYPE=19 DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=00000000000000 PERIOD=10. Indications: NO (No ADS-B capability class A1 and above).18: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays Airborne Velocity. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)  COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run.5 Hr BDS=0.0 to 359. PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period in seconds.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B MON BDS 0. 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1). NOTE: Followed by E (East ) or W (West) direction identifier. Installation must be in the airborne state to transmit airborne velocity. Indications: <-3137 to ft >3137 ft HDG (Heading). NOTE: SUB TYPES (Subtype Coding). 0. 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 3) 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 4) ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t .3 2 6 0 8 t o > 3 2 6 0 8 f t / mi n ( s u b t y p e s 1 a n d 2 ) . see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 62 Nov 1/10 . GEO (i. VERT RATE (Vertical Rate).6 Degrees. 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2).9 AVAIL BAT 2.00 S E-W VEL=1000 kts E NACV=4 N-S VEL=1000 kts N HDG=N/A SUB TYPE=VEL OVR GND NORM VERT RAT E= +12 ft/min G EO ALT DIFF F RO M BARO= -3125 ft SOURCE=BARO INT ENT CHANGE=YES AIRSPEED TYPE=N/A AIRSPEED=N/A IFR CAP ADS-B/CL ASS A1>=YES EAST-WEST VEL (East-West Velocity). VEL OVER GND SUPER (Velocity Over Ground Supersonic). 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1). RETURN ADS-B MON BDS 0. B A R O ( B a r o me t r i c S o u r c e ) . 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2). AIR SPD SUPER (Airspeed Supersonic). NOT ASSIGNED Subject to Export Control. Indications: N/A (Not Available). RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST NORTH-SOUTH VEL (North-South Velocity) Indications: N/A (Not Available). NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P . Vol lII.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 AIR SPEED TYPE. Refer to ICAO Annex 10. R e f e r t o DO-260/260A & change 1.A Screen Figure 65 DF17. t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem.5 Hr BDS=0. NACV (Navigation Accuracy Category for Velocity) Indications: 0 to 4.18/19: Receives extended squitter d e c o d e s a n d d i s p l a y s A D S . Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO260A for detailed description of data fields. Part 1. TAS (True Airspeed). Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2.  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18/19 squitter period in seconds. A CODE D e c o d e s & d i s p l a y s Mo d e A 4 0 9 6 code. COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. Part 1. reference tables A5-A7 RTCA DO-260. ADS-B MON BDS 0. RESERVED Decodes & displays 9 Hex character Reserved field.  SUB TYPES (Subtype Coding).A ADS-B MON BDS 0. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. Range: 0000 to 7777. Indications: 0 (ICAO DOC 9688 (First edition of I C A O Mo d e S S p e c i f i c S e r v i c e ma n u a l ) n o t s u p p o r t e d . Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields.A BAT 2. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)  ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . Vol lII.A TEST MESSAGE TYPE=23 DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=BF429000000000 PERIOD= 1.    NOTE: Subject to Export Control. Refer to ICAO Annex 10.B T e s t Me s s a g e . 1-2-4 Page 63 Nov 1/10 . see Cover Page for details.00 s SUBTYPE=7 A CODE=4122 RESERVED=000000000 NOTE: RUN TEST PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM RETURN ADS-B MON BDS 0. Indications: IAS (Indicated Airspeed). 5 Hr ADS-B MON BDS 6.2 NOTE NOTE: SUBTYPE= 0 VERT DATA/SOURCE INFO (Vertical Data Available/Source Indicator) Indications: MC P / F C U ( Mo d e C o n t r o l P a n e l / F l i g h t C o n t r o l Unit). SUB TYPE (Subtype Coding). NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P . GENERAL EMERGENCY. DOWNED AIRCRAFT. HLD ALT (Holding Altitude).18: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays Aircraft Status.00 S EMERG/PRIOR CODE=UNL AWFUL INT ERFNC RESERVED=00000000000000 SUBT YPE=EMERG ENCY/ PRIO RIT Y ST AT US BDS=6. PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. FMS/RNAV (FMS/RNAV System). 1-2-4 Page 64 Nov 1/10 .1 Screen Figure 66 DF17. RESERVED EMERG/PRIOR CODE (Emergency/Priority Status Coding).5 Hr BDS=6. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run. I n s t a l l a t i o n mu s t b e i n t h e a i r b o r n e s t a t e t o t r a n s mi t t a r g e t s t a t e a n d status. NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P . UNLAWFUL INTERFNC. t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. Refer to table A-2 DO-260A V2. LIFEGUARD/MEDICAL.2 AVAIL BAT 2. MI N I M U M F U E L . t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem. ADS-B MON BDS 6.00 S VERT DAT A/ SO URCE INFO =F MS/NAV T ARG ALT CAP=HLDG ALT . Indications: N O E ME R G E N C Y . see Cover Page for details. 12 digit HEX field containing contents of bits 9 to 56.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B MON BDS 6.2 Screen Figure 67 DF17. ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . N O C O M M. RESERVED subfield. RESERVED. Indications: NO INFO.ADS-B MON BDS 6. A u t o p i l o t mu s t b e e n g a g e d a n d s t i mu l a t e d b y s e n s o r d a t a f o r s o me fields to display data. ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t .18: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays Target State. 2 T ARG ST AT E TYPE=29 DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=00000000000000 PERIOD=10. EMERGENCY/PRIORITY STATUS. PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter in seconds. Subject to Export Control.1 AVAIL BAT 2.1 ADS-B MON BDS 6. 1 A/ C ST AT US TYPE=28 DF17 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=00000000000000 PERIOD=10. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL)  COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run.ACP-F MS/RNAV VERT MODE IND=ACQUIRING SIL =1 T ARG ALT T YPE=MSL NIC BARO=1 T ARG ALT = 31 000 ft T ARG HDG=24 0 deg T CAS/ ACAS O PERAT IONAL =YES RAA=NO HORIZ DAT A AVAIL /SOURCE IND=MCP/FCU HORIZ MODE IND=MAINT AINING NAC=0 EMERG/PRIOR CODE=UNL AWFUL INT ERFNC RUN TEST RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN ADS-B MON BDS 6. 2 (1x10(-5) per flight). NO. or any F MS / R N A V l e v e l o f f a l t i t u d e ) . ACQUIRING (Acquiring Mode).OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 VERT MODE IND (Vertical Mode Indicator) Indications: U N K N O W N . 1 (1x10(-3) per flight). ( U n k n o w n M o d e o r I n f o r ma t i o n unavailable). HLDG ALT-ACP (Capability for reporting either Holding altitude or Autopilot control panel selected altitude). RESERVED H DATA AVAIL/SOURCE IND (Horizontal Data Available/Source Indicator) Indications: NOT VALID (No Valid Horizontal Target State Data is available). 3 (1x10(-7) per flight) TCAS/ACAS OPERATIONAL (TCAS/ACAS Operational) Indications: YES. MA I N T A I N ( M a i n t a i n C u r r e n t H e a d i n g o r Track angle).  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. RESERVED TARGET ALT CAP (Target Altitude Capability) Indications: HLDG ALT (Capability for reporting Holding altitude only). ACQUIRING (Acquiring Mode). MA I N T A I N I N G ( C a p t u r i n g o r M a i n t a i n i n g Mode). HLDG ALT-ACP-FMS/RNAV (Capability for reporting either Holding altitude or Autopilot control panel selected altitude. NOTE: Subject to Export Control. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. NO. MA I N T A I N I N G ( C a p t u r i n g o r M a i n t a i n i n g Mo d e ) . Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields. 1-2-4 Page 65 Nov 1/10 . INVALID HORIZ MODE IND (Horizontal Mode Indicator) Indications: U N K N O W N ( U n k n o w n M o d e o r I n f o r ma t i o n unavailable). see Cover Page for details. RESERVED. F MS / R N A V ( F M S / R N A V S y s t e m ) TARGET HDG (Target Heading Angle) Indications: 0 to 359 degrees. MC P / F C U ( M o d e C o n t r o l P a n e l / F l i g h t C o n t r o l Unit selected track angle). NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) Indications: 0 (Gillum Cross Checked) 1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked) SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Indications: 0 (Unknown). RAA (TCAS/ACAS Resolution Advisory Active) Indications: YES. t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem.2 4 2 A ) . see Cover Page for details.2 6 0 a n d D O . RESERVED.5 ADS-B MON BDS 6. RESERVED. Indications: N/A (Surface) 1 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o s u p p o r t Air-Reference velocity). s u r f a c e p o s i t i o n me s s a g e h e a d i n g o r g r o u n d t r a c k d e t e r mi n a t i o n b i t ) Indications: N/A (Airborne) 0 (Target Heading Angle Reported) 1 (Target Angle Reported) IDENT (Ident Switch) Indications YES (Ident switch active). 0 ( N o C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o support Target State Reports).5 Screen Figure 68 DF17. RESERVED. RESERVED. 2 MT C ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g i n f o r ma t i o n f o r mu l t i p l e T C r e p o r t s ) . NO (Ident switch not active). RESERVED.3/6. M E me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 ( N o c a p a b i l i t y f o r s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o support trajectory change reports) . SURFACE (Surface Status message). RESERVED.5 Hr BDS=6.3 AVAIL BAT 2. NOTE: Refer to RTCA/DO-260A. NOTE SUBTYPE Indications: AIRBORNE (Airborne Status message).8. RESERVED. C D T I ( C o c k p i t D i s p l a y o f T r a f f i c I n f o r ma t i o n ) Indications: 1 (Traffic Display operational). Subject to Export Control.2 4 2 ) . TS (Target State Report Capability) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne Indications: N/A (Surface) 1 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o s u p p o r t Target State Reports). 0 ( N o C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o support Air-Reference velocity). TC (Target Change Report Capability) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne.1. Data is displayed over three screens Part 1. replaces “BDS 6. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run.5 are supported and data displayed is identical.3 and 6. section §A. RESERVED. Part 2 and Part 3. RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN ADS-B MON BDS 6.3/6. RESERVED.3” with “BDS 6. 3 (Reserved) TRK ANGLE/HDG (Used for surface ADS-B p a r t i c i p a n t s . 3 A/ C O P ST AT US TYPE=31 DF19 AA=3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=00000000000000 PERIOD=10. Appendix A. 1-2-4 Page 66 Nov 1/10 .” Both BDS 6. PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. Figure A-10. RESERVED. 0 (Traffic Display not operational) ARV (Air Referenced Velocity Report) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B MON BDS 6.18/19: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays Aircraft Operational Status. RESERVED.5.2 6 0 A a n d D O . 2 6 0 A / 2 4 2 A ( R T C A D O.00 S SUBTYPE=0-AIRBORNE CAP CLASS=0000 NAC =5 BAQ=0 SIL =1 TC=0 CDT I=0 ARV=0 TS=0 RA=0 VER NBR=DO-260A/DO-242 NOT -T CAS=0 OPER MODE SUBFIELD=3 NIC BARO=1 HORIZ REF DIR=T RUE NORT H IDENT =0 L ENGT H/WIDT H=N/A TRK/HDG=N/A NIC=5 REC AT C SERV=0 B2 LOW=N/A POA=N/A VER NBR (Reports formats and protocols supported) Indications: 2 6 0 / 2 4 2 ( R T C A D O. 1 T C + 0 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o support TC+0 report only). NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P . RESERVED. A/V LENGTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Length) Indications: N/A (Airborne) < 1 5 m.408 km) 3 (EPU <3. < 3 5 m.6 m) 9 (EPU <30 m and VEPU <45 m) A ( E P U < 3 0 m a n d V E P U < 1 5 m) B (EPU <3 m and VEPU <4 m) C (reserved) D (reserved) E (reserved) F (reserved) BAQ Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 ( a l w a y s 0 f o r a i r b o r n e me s s a g e ) 1 (not specified) 2 (not specified) 3 (not specified) NOT TCAS Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 (TCAS operations or unknown) 1 (TCAS not installed or not operational) OPER MODE Subfield Indications: 0 (TCAS RA Active. < 3 3 m. < 7 2 m. < 6 5 m. < 6 7 m. 2 (1x10(-5) per flight). < 5 5 m. < 2 3 m.52 km) 2 (EPU <7.2 m) 8 (EPU <92. 5 m. 5 m. IDENT Switch Active. < = 2 0 0 m. < 4 5 m. see Cover Page for details. Receiving ATC Services) 1 (Reserved) 2 (Reserved) 3 (Reserved) NIC Indications: 0 (Rc unknown) 1 ( R c < 2 0 N M) B2 LOW Indications: N/A (Airborne) 0 (>70 W) 1 (<70 W) POA Indications: N/A (Airborne) 0 ( P o s i t i o n t r a n s mi t t e d i s n o t t h e A D S . A/V WIDTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Width) Indications: N/A (Airborne) < 1 1 .6 m) 7 (EPU <185. < 2 8 .704 km) 4 (EPU <1852 m) 5 (EPU <926 m) 6 (EPU <555.B position reference point) 1 ( P o s i t i o n t r a n s mi t t e d i s t h e A D S . 1 (1x10(-3) per flight). < 3 8 m. < 3 4 m. = > 8 0 m. 0 (Aircraft not receiving ATC services). < 3 9 . 3 (1x10(-7) per flight) NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 (Gillum Cross Checked) 1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked) NAC Indications: 0 (EPU >18. 1-2-4 Page 67 Nov 1/10 . < 2 5 m. 5 m.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 REC ATC SER (Receiving ATC Services) Indications: 1 (Aircraft receiving ATC services).B p o s i t i o n reference point) Subject to Export Control. < 5 9 .52 km) 1 (EPU <18. < 4 5 m. 5 m. < 7 5 m. < 5 2 m. < 8 0 m. SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Indications: 0 (Unknown). 2 4 ( a i r b o r n e ) ME B I T S 9 .A AIRBORNE POS SURFACE POS IDENT & CAT AIRBORNE VEL A/ C ST AT US T ARG ST AT E A/ C O P ST AT US TEST MSG BAT 2.6. MA G N E T I C N O R T H  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.5 ADS-B GEN BDS 0. The squitters are encoded via data entered in individual data screens.5 0.B G E N mo d e o f o p e r a t i o n g e n e r a t e s T r a n s p o n d e r D F 1 7 o r G r o u n d E mi t t e r D F 1 8 extended squitters.00 s L AT : 37 39 0 0 N LONG: 97 25 48 W POS: SAF:1 T:N/UTC SURVEILL ANCE ST AT US : NO INFO BARO PRES ALT:126700 ft GNSS ALT : N/A RUN TEST BDS OFF PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM RETURN ADS-B GEN BDS 0.5 ADS-B GEN T h e A D S .5 Screen Figure 70 Subject to Export Control. Status of the generated squitter i s d i s p l a y e d t o t h e r i g h t o f t h e s q u i t t e r n a me .9 6.5 AIRBORNE POS TYPE: 9 DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=490844AE8319EA PERIOD: 1. Selections are ENABLED (squitter will be generated) or DISABLED (Squitter will not be generated) TEST SCREEN DESCRIPTIONS ADS-B GEN BDS 0. 1-2-4 Page 68 Nov 1/10 .2 6.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 CAPABILITY CLASS ME B I T S 9 .6 0. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields 4.5 Hr NOTE: ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED RUN TEST BDS DATA BDS ON RETURN ADS-B GEN List Screen Figure 69 The ADS-B GEN screen displays supported squitters that are identified by BDS register n u mb e r a n d a n a b b r e v i a t e d n a me ( 1 .2 0 ( s u r f a c e ) 0000-FFFF (airborne) 000-FFF (surface) HORIZ REF DIR (Horizontal Reference Direction) Indications: TRUE NORTH.4 figure 65).5 0. see Cover Page for details. either via the Antenna port or RF I/O port.8 0.1 6.2 .5 Hr BDS=0. ADS-B GEN DF17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.5 BAT 2. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. UTC. see Cover Page for details. range –1000 to 126700 ft in 25ft increments. LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG ( E n c o d e d l o n g i t u d e ) C P R f o r ma t i n degrees.NA (Not available) Selectable for types 20 to 22. SPI (Special Position Identification). Selection: .NA (Not available) Selectable for types 9 to 18. P E R M A L E R T ( P e r m a n e n t A l e r t ( E me r g e n c y ) .  BARO PRESS ALT (Barometric Pressure Altitude) Selection: . Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields Subject to Export Control. RANGE -1000 to 126700 ft in 25ft increments. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10.   ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format.00 seconds with 0. PERIOD Selection: DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. minutes and seconds.5 to 20. Range 0 to 9999.2 sec distribution. 1-2-4 Page 69 Nov 1/10 . Vol lII. T ( T i me S y n c t o U T C ) Selections: N/UTC (not UTC). Part 1. POS (Position Decode) SURVEILLANCE STATUS Selections: NO INFO (No Information). GNSS ALTITUDE.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 DF17/18: Encodes Airborne Position and generates extended squitter. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX. Range: 0. 1 (dual antenna). TEMP ALERT (Temporary Alert (change in Mo d e i d e n t i t y c o d e ) . SAF (Single Antenna Flag) Selections: 0 (single antenna). COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. 100 to<175 Kt. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. 2 to <15 Kt. Selections: NO INFO (No Information Available). 70 to <100 Kt.6 ADS-B GEN BDS 0.6 Screen Figure 71 DF17/18: Encodes surface position and generates extended squitter. LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG (Encoded longitude) CPR format in degrees. DECELERATING. 15 to <70 Kt. BACKING UP HDG (Heading) Selection: 0 to 359 Degrees or N/A if HDG Status not valid.  PERIOD Selection: DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO260A for detailed description of data fields.125 to <1 Kt.6 SURFACE POS TYPE:5 DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=28CD26BA0667A7 PERIOD:1. Part 1.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B GEN BDS 0. ACCELERATING. COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL).6 BAT 2. Subject to Export Control. Range 0 to 9999.2 sec distribution.00 s L AT : 37 39 0 0 N LONG: 97 25 48 W MOVMENT:1 kt to <2kt T:N/UTC HDG:230 deg POS: T ( T i me S y n c t o U T C ) Selections: N/UTC (Not UTC). >175 Kt. Vol lII.5 to 20.5 Hr BDS=0. STOPPED 0. ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . 1-2-4 Page 70 Nov 1/10 .00 seconds with 0. Range: 0. 1 to <2 Kt. minutes and seconds. Refer to ICAO Annex 10. UTC  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. see Cover Page for details. NOTE: RUN TEST BDS OFF PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM RETURN ADS-B GEN BDS 0.  MO V E M E N T . SURFACE EMERGENCY VEHICLE. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2.  COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run.8 BDS=0.B. SPACE VEHICLE. LARGE. ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . see Cover Page for details.2 sec distribution.00 seconds with 0. HEAVY.  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. GLIDER/SAILPLANE. Range: 0. EMIT CAT C: N O A D S . RESERVED. Range 0 to 9999.B E MI T T E R I N F O . FIXED GND/TETHERED OBSTR. RESERVED. Part 1. RESERVED.  PERIOD Selection: DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. RESERVED EMIT CAT D: RESERVED. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX. LIGHT. FLIGHT ID Selection: 8 ICAO character field. Selections: D. SURFACE SERVICE VEHICLE. NOTE: Subject to Export Control. SMALL.18: Encodes Identification and Category and generates extended squitter. RESERVED. RESERVED AIS (Aircraft Identity Subfield) Indication: HEX field containing BDS plus flight ID. RESERVED. ULTRALIGHT/HANG-GLIDER.B E MI T T E R I N F O . RESERVED.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B GEN BDS 0.8 ADS-B GEN BDS 0. Vol lII. LIGHTER-THAN-AIR. PARACHUTIST/SKYDIVER. HIGH PERFORMANCE.00 s EMIT CAT B: N O A D S . 1-2-4 Page 71 Nov 1/10 . RUN TEST BDS OFF PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM RETURN ADS-B GEN BDS 0. E MI T C A T S E T ( A D S . E MI T C A T ( A D S .B E m i t t e r C a t e g o r y Set). HIGH VORTEX. Refer to ICAO Annex 10. Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields. LINE OBSTR. Selections: E MI T C A T A : NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO. RESERVED. UNMANNED AERIAL VEHICLE.B E m i t t e r C a t e g o r y ) .A.8 Screen Figure 72 DF17. ROTOCRAFT. 8 IDENT & CAT DF17 AA=3AC421 ME=00000000000000 AIS= 6103B3D35C72 FL IGHT ID: XPN34512 EMIT CAT SET : A EMIT CAT :LARGE BAT 2.5 Hr TYPE: 4 COUNT=1000 PERIOD: 1. CLUSTER OBSTR.5 to 20.C. NOT ASSIGNED.N/A (Not Available). Selections: .NA (Not Available).(Not Applicable).  PERIOD Selection: DF17/18 squitter period in seconds.(Not Applicable).NA (Not Available).0 to 359. 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2).(Not Applicable).(Not Applicable). 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1). GEO (i. Selections: .3 2 6 0 8 t o > 3 2 6 0 8 f t / mi n ( s u b t y p e s 1 a n d 2 ) .(Not Applicable). 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1). Selections: .00 s E-W VEL: 247 kts E NACV:4 N-S VEL: 118 kts N HDG: SUB TYPE: 1-VEL OVR GND NORM VERT RAT E= 128 ft/min G EO ALT DIFF F RO M BARO: . YES (ADS-B Capability Class A1 and above) AIRSPEED. NO IFR CAP ADS-B/CLASS A1> (IFR Capability Flag).e. VEL OVER GND SUPER (Velocity Over Ground Supersonic). 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 3) 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 4) AIR SPEED TYPE. ADS-B GEN BDS 0. INTENT CHANGE (Intent Change Flag) Selections: .(Not Available).00 seconds with 0. <-3137 to ft >3137 ft HDG (Heading). 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2). see Cover Page for details. VEL OVR GND NORM (Velocity Over Ground Normal). NOTE: Followed by E (East ) or W (West) direction identifier.50 ft SOURCE:BARO INTENT CHANGE:NO AIRSPEED TYPE: AIRSPEED: IFR CAP ADS-B/CL ASS A1>: YES NORTH-SOUTH VEL (North-South Velocity) Indications: . Selections: 0 (ICAO DOC 9688 (First edition of ICAO Mo d e S S p e c i f i c S e r v i c e m a n u a l ) n o t supported. YES. 0. Indications: . < . NOT ASSIGNED EAST-WEST VEL (East-West Velocity).(Not Available).OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B GEN BDS 0. Selections: . . GPS Source) GEO ALT DIFF FROM BARO (Geo Altitude Difference from Barometric Altitude). Subject to Export Control. . RUN TEST BDS OFF PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM RETURN VERT RATE (Vertical Rate).9 Screen Figure 73 DF17. . . SOURCE (Source of Vertical rate). B A R O ( B a r o me t r i c S o u r c e ) . . AIR SPD SUPER (Airspeed Supersonic). AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and OCTAL. .(Not Applicable).(Not Applicable).0 Degrees. AIR SPD NORM (Airspeed Normal).NA (Not Available).(Not Applicable). Selections: . Selections: NO (No ADS-B capability class A1 and above). Range: 0. Selections: .9 AIRBORNE VEL TYPE:19 DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=9960F80EF00C83 PERIOD: 1. NOT ASSIGNED.5 to 20.18: Encodes Airborne Velocity and generates extended squitter.  COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run. 1-2-4 Page 72 Nov 1/10 . ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t .NA (Not Available).9 ADS-B GEN BDS 0. NOTE: Followed by N (North ) or S (South) direction identifier. IAS (Indicated Airspeed).9 BAT 2. TAS (True Airspeed). SUB TYPES (Subtype Coding).5 Hr BDS=0.2 sec distribution. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B GEN BDS 0. ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t .2 sec distribution. Range: 0000 to 7777.A BAT 2. Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260 for detailed description of data fields.00 seconds with 0. A CODE S e l e c t i o n Mo d e A 4 0 9 6 c o d e . A ADS-B T EST MESSAG E TYPE:23 DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=BF429000000000 PERIOD: 1.  PERIOD Selection: DF17/18/19 squitter period in seconds.A Screen Figure 74 D F 1 7 . Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. 1 8 / 1 9 : E n c o d e s A D S .5 Hr  BDS=0. see Cover Page for details. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. Range: 0.00 s SUBTYPE:7 A CODE:4122 RESERVED:000000000 NOTE: ADS-B GEN BDS 0. Vol lII. Refer to ICAO Annex 10. reference tables A5-A7 RTCA DO-260A.     NOTE: Subject to Export Control. Part 1.(Not Applicable).  COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run. 0 to 4.A  NACV (Navigation Accuracy Category for Velocity) Selections: . Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO260A for detailed description of data fields. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. Part 1. 1-2-4 Page 73 Nov 1/10 .5 to 20. Fixed for Subtype 7 Radiated ADSB T e s t Me s s a g e . Refer to ICAO Annex 10. SUB TYPE (Subtype Coding).B T e s t Me s s a g e and generates extended squitter. Vol lII. RESERVED Selection: 9 Hex character Reserved field. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and OCTAL. R e f e r t o D o 260/260A change 1. RUN TEST BDS OFF PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM RETURN ADS-B GEN BDS 0.  COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run. N O C O M M. RESERVED Subject to Export Control.5 to 20. A C Q U I R I N G ( A c q u i r i n g Mo d e ) . ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . GENERAL EMERGENCY. FMS/RNAV (FMS/RNAV System). MA I N T A I N I N G ( C a p t u r i n g o r Ma i n t a i n i n g Mo d e ) .00 s VERT DAT A/ SO URCE INFO:F MS/RNAV T ARG ALT CAP: HLDG ALT -ACP-F MS/ RNAV VERT MODE IND: ACQUIRING SIL: 1 T ARG ALT T YPE: MSL NIC BARO:1 T ARG ALT : 31000 ft TARG HDG:240 deg T CAS/ ACAS O PERAT IONAL: YES RAA:NO HORIZ DAT A AVAIL /SOURCE IND: MCP/F CU HORIZ MODE IND: MAINT AINING NAC:0 EMERG/PRIOR CODE: UNL AWFUL INT ERFNC RUN TEST BDS OFF PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM RETURN RUN TEST BDS OFF PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN ADS-B GEN BDS 6.  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. Range: 0.1 BAT 2.2 sec distribution.18: Encodes Target State and generates extended squitter. COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run.5 Hr ADS-B GEN BDS 6. RESERVED.00 seconds with 0. RESERVED subfield.18: Encodes Aircraft Status and generates extended squitter.2 sec distribution.00 s EMERG/PRIOR CODE: UNL AWFUL INT ERFNC RESERVED:00000000000000 SUBT YPE: EMERG ENCY/ PRIO R ST AT US BDS=6. Selections: . UNLAWFUL INTERFNC.2 BAT 2. 2 T ARG ST AT E TYPE:29 DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=E9D2 A02F04 1415 PERIOD: 1.2 Screen Figure 76 DF17.2 TYPE= 29 VERT DATA/SOURCE INFO (Vertical Data Available/Source Indicator) Selections: MC P / F C U ( Mo d e C o n t r o l P a n e l / F l i g h t C o n t r o l Unit).5 to 20. ADS-B GEN BDS 6. MI N I M U M F U E L . DOWNED AIRCRAFT. M E me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X format. EMERGENCY/PRIORITY STATUS. Range: 0.  PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter in seconds.1 Screen Figure 75 DF17.ADS-B GEN BDS 6. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX. 1 A/ C ST AT US TYPE:28 DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=E1A00000000000 PERIOD= 1. see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 74 Nov 1/10 . AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL). LIFEGUARD/MEDICAL. Range 0 to 9999. RESERVED EMERG/PRIOR CODE (Emergency/Priority Status Coding). Selections: NO INFO. SUB TYPE (Subtype Coding).1 ADS-B GEN BDS 6.(Not Applicable).  PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. Refer to table A-2 DO260A V2.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B GEN BDS 6. NO EMERGENCY. HLD ALT (Holding Altitude). ( U n k n o w n M o d e o r I n f o r ma t i o n unavailable).5 Hr BDS=6.00 seconds with 0. 12 digit HEX field containing contents of bits 9 to 56. V E R T M O D E I N D ( V e r t i c a l Mo d e I n d i c a t o r ) Selections: NOT AVAIL (no valid Vertical Target state data available) U N K N O W N . MA I N T A I N ( M a i n t a i n C u r r e n t H e a d i n g o r Track angle). HLDG ALT-ACP (Capability for reporting either Holding altitude or Autopilot control panel selected altitude). Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields. F MS / R N A V ( F M S / R N A V S y s t e m ) TARGET HDG (Target Heading Angle) Selections: 0 to 359 degrees and INVALID HORIZ MODE IND (Horizontal Mode Indicator) Selections: UNKOWN (Unknown Mode or Information unavailable).OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TARGET ALT CAP (Target Altitude Capability) Selections: HLDG ALT (Capability for reporting Holding altitude only). Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) Selections: 0 (Gillum Cross Checked) 1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked) SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Selections: 0 (Unknown). 2 (1x10(-5) per flight). ACQUIRING (Acquiring Mode). NOTE: Subject to Export Control. RAA (TCAS/ACAS Resolution Advisory Active) Selections: YES. NO.  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. NO. or any F MS / R N A V l e v e l o f f a l t i t u d e ) . 3 (1x10(-7) per flight) TCAS/ACAS OPERATIONAL (TCAS/ACAS Operational) Selections: YES. 1-2-4 Page 75 Nov 1/10 . 1 (1x10(-3) per flight). see Cover Page for details. MC P / F C U ( M o d e C o n t r o l P a n e l / F l i g h t C o n t r o l Unit selected track angle). RESERVED HORIZ DATA AVAL/SOURCE IND (Horizontal Data Available/Source Indicator) Selections: NOT VALID (No Valid Horizontal Target State Data is available). HLDG ALT-ACP-FMS/RNAV (Capability for reporting either Holding altitude or Autopilot control panel selected altitude. RESERVED. MA I N T A I N I N G ( C a p t u r i n g o r M a i n t a i n i n g Mo d e ) . 2 4 2 ) .5 to 20. 0 (Traffic Display not operational) Subject to Export Control.  PERIOD Selection: DF17/18 squitter period in seconds.5 BAT 2. TRK/HDG (Used for surface ADS-B p a r t i c i p a n t s . 0 ( N o C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o support Target State Reports).18: Encodes Aircraft Operational Status and generates extended squitter. 2 6 0 A / 2 4 2 A ( R T C A D O. TC (Target Change Report Capability) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne.5 Screen Figure 77 DF17. 0 (Aircraft not receiving ATC services). NO (Ident switch not active). M E me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . ARV (Air Referenced Velocity Report) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne. < = 2 0 0 m. < 5 5 m. SUBTYPE Selections: 0 .00 s SUBTYPE:0-AIRBORNE CAP CL ASS=0000 NAC :5 BAQ:0 SIL:1 TC:0 CDT I:0 ARV:0 TS:0 RA: 0 VER NBR:DO-260A/DO-242 NOT -T CAS: 0 OPER MODE SUBFIELD:3 NIC BARO:1 HORIZ REF DIR:T RUE NORT H IDENT :NO NIC:1 L ENGT H/WIDT H: TRK/HDG: REC AT C SERV:0 B2 LOW: PO A: - RUN TEST BDS OFF PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN ADS-B GEN BDS 6. < 2 5 m. Range 0 to 9999. A/V LENGTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Length) Selections: .5 Hr BDS=6. 1 . 1 T C + 0 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o support TC+0 report only).OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B GEN BDS 6. < 7 5 m.2 6 0 a n d D O . CDTI (Cockpit Display of Traffic Information) Selections: 1 (Traffic Display operational). Selections: N/A (Surface) 1 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o s u p p o r t Air-Reference velocity). < 6 5 m. RESERVED.(Airborne) 0 (Target Heading Angle Reported 1 (Target Angle Reported) IDENT (Ident Switch) Selections: YES (Ident switch active).00 seconds with 0. 1-2-4 Page 76 Nov 1/10 . < 4 5 m. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX. s u r f a c e p o s i t i o n me s s a g e h e a d i n g o r g r o u n d t r a c k d e t e r mi n a t i o n b i t ) Selections: .  COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run. < 3 5 m.(Airborne) < 1 5 m.SURFACE (Surface Status message). 5 A/ C O P ST AT US TYPE:31 DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) COUNT=1000 ME=F800000C0001518 PERIOD: 1. MT C ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g i n f o r ma t i o n f o r mu l t i p l e T C r e p o r t s ) .2 sec distribution. REC ATC SER (Receiving ATC Services) Selections: 1 (Aircraft receiving ATC services). 0 ( N o C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o support Air-Reference velocity).5 ADS-B GEN BDS 6. Range: 0.AIRBORNE (Airborne Status message). Selections: N/A (Surface) 0 ( N o c a p a b i l i t y f o r s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o support trajectory change reports) . see Cover Page for details.2 4 2 A ) .2 6 0 A a n d D O.TS (Target State Report Capability) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne Selections: N/A (Surface) 1 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o s u p p o r t Target State Reports). VER NBR (Reports formats and protocols supported) Selections: 2 6 0 / 2 4 2 ( R T C A D O. < 6 7 m.52 km) 1 (EPU <18. < 2 8 . see Cover Page for details. < 5 9 . < 7 2 m. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2.B p o s i t i o n reference point) CAPABILITY CLASS ME BITS 9-24(airborne) ME BITS 9-20 (surface) 0000-FFFF (airborne) 000-FFF (surface) HORIZ REF DIR (Horizontal Reference Direction) Selections: TRUE NORTH. 3 (1x10(-7) per flight) NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) Selections: N/A (Surface) 0 (Gillum Cross Checked) 1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked) NAC Selections: 0 (EPU >18. Receiving ATC Services) 2 (Reserved) 3 (Reserved) NIC Selections: 0 (Rc unknown) 1 ( R c < 2 0 N M) B2low Indications: .(Airborne) 0 ( P o s i t i o n t r a n s mi t t e d i s n o t t h e A D S . IDENT Switch Active.(Surface) 0 (always 0 for airborne message) 1 (not specified) 2 (not specified) 3 (not specified) NOT TCAS Selections: . 5 m.2 m) 8 (EPU <92. 5 m. MAGNETIC NORTH  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.(Airborne) < 1 1 . 2 (1x10(-5) per flight). < 4 5 m.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 A/V WIDTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Width) Selections: .52 km) 2 (EPU <7. < 3 8 m. SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Selections: 0 (Unknown). 1-2-4 Page 77 Nov 1/10 .(Surface) 0 (TCAS operations or unknown) 1 (TCAS not installed or not operational) OPER MODE Subfield Selections: 0 (TCAS RA Active. < 5 2 m. < 3 3 m. < 8 0 m.6 m) 7 (EPU <185. < 2 3 m.(Airborne) 0 (>70 W) 1 (<70 W) POA Selections: . 5 m. Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields NOTE: Subject to Export Control.B position reference point) 1 ( P o s i t i o n t r a n s mi t t e d i s t h e A D S .408 km) 3 (EPU <3.704 km) 4 (EPU <1852 m) 5 (EPU <926 m) 6 (EPU <555.6 m) 9 (EPU <30 m and VEPU <45 m) A (EPU <30 m and VEPU <15 m) B (EPU <3 m and VEPU <4 m) C (reserved) D (reserved) E (reserved) F (reserved) BAQ Selections: . 5 m. < 3 4 m. 1 (1x10(-3) per flight). < 3 9 . = > 8 0 m. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4.6.6 GICB GENERAL GICB DF20 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 2,0 2,1 3,0 4,0 4,1 4,2 4,3 5,0 6,0 6,1 6,2 6,5 FL IGHT IDAT AIRCRAFT REG # ACAS ARA VERT INT ENT WAYPOINT NAME WAYPOINT NAME WAYPOINT NAME TRACK & TURN HEADING & SPEED A/ C ST AT US T ARG ST AT E A/ C O P ST AT US BAT 2.5 Hr GICB (Ground Intiated Comm B) is a protocol u s e d b y Mo d e S g r o u n d s t a t i o n s t o e x t r a c t DAP’s (Downlinked Aircraft Parameters) from Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r e q u i p p e d a i r c r a f t . DAP’s are utilized by Air Traffic Control e q u i p me n t , t o p r o v i d e t h e a i r t r a f f i c c o n t r o l l e r with accurate and predictive tracks i.e. anticipated altitude changes. DAP’S are obtained from various sub-systems via a separate or transponder integral ADLP (Air Data Link Processor). DAP’s are stored in the transponder BDS (B-Definition Subfield) registers. There are 255 BDS registers, not a l l d e f i n e d a t t h i s t i me . 4.6.7 GICB MODE G I C B mo d e o f o p e r a t i o n u s e s U F 4 o r U F 5 interrogations with reply length set to long, to request DF20 or DF21 replies with MB message field containing transponder BDS register contents, which are decoded and displayed. GICB DF20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,7 1,8 1,9 1,A 1,B 1,C AIRBORNE POS SURFACE POS SQT R ST AT US IDENT & CAT AIRBORNE VEL DAT A L NK CAP COM GICB CAP SPEC SERV CAP SPEC SERV CAP SPEC SERV CAP SPEC SERV CAP SPEC SERV CAP BAT 2.5 Hr AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL NOT RUN RUN TEST BDS DATA PREV PAGE RETURN GICB List Screen, 16-27 Figure 80 The GICB screen displays the supported BDS r e g i s t e r s ( d e t e r mi n e d b y t e s t s e t s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n ) , i d e n t i f i e d b y B D S r e g i s t e r n u mb e r and an abbreviated name. The Status of the received BDS is displayed to the right of the B D S n a me . I n d i c a t i o n s a r e N O T R U N ( T e s t has not retrieved this BDS yet), AVAIL (BDS is available), NO DATA (BDS available but not reporting data), NOT CAP (transponder has identified that this BDS is not supported b y t r a n s p o n d e r / s u b s y s t e m) . #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 AVAIL NOT CAP AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL RUN TEST BDS DATA RETURN GICB List Screen, 1-12 Figure 78 GICB DF20 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1,D 1,E 1,F 2,0 2,1 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0 6,1 6,2 6,3 MSP CAP RPT 1-28 MSP CAP RPT 29-56 MSP CAP RPT 57-63 FL IGHT IDAT AIRCRAFT REG ACAS ARA VERT INT ENT TRACK & TURN HEADING & SPEED A/ C ST AT US CUR/NXT TCP COORD MSG BAT 2.5 Hr AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL NOT RUN NOT RUN RUN TEST BDS DATA RETURN GICB List Screen, 13-24 Figure 79 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 78 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 BDS registers supported by software version 1.1.2 and above, are listed in 1-2-4 Table 17. BDS 0.5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,7 1,8 1,9 1,A 1,B 1,C 1,D 1,E 1,F 2,0 2,1 3.0 4,0 4,1 4,2 4,3 5,0 6,0 6,1 6,2 6,5 DESCRIPTION Ext Squitter Airborne Position Ext Squitter Surface Position Ext Squitter Status Ext Squitter Type and Identific ation Ext Squitter Airborne Velocity Information Data Link Capability Report Common Usage GICB Capability Report Mode S Specific Services #1 Mode S Specific Serv ices #2 Mode S Specific Serv ices #3 Mode S Specific Serv ices #4 Mode S Specific Serv ices #5 Mode S Specific Service Capability Report 1-28 Mode S Specific Service Capability Report 29-56 Mode S Specific Service Capability Report 57-63 Aircraft Identification (Flight ID) Aircraft Regis tration Number ACAS Resolution Adv isory Aircraft Vertic al Intention Waypoint Name Waypoint Position Waypoint Details Track and Turn Report Heading and Speed Report Aircraft Status Target State A/C Operational Status DO-260A GICB Supported BDS Registers Table 17 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 79 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TEST SCREEN DESCRIPTIONS GICB BDS 0,5 GICB BDS 0,5 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr BDS=0,5 AIRBORNE POS TYPE=14 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 L AT = 37 39 00 N LONG= 97 25 48 W PO S=GLO BAL SAF =1 T=N/UTC SURVEILL ANCE ST AT US = NO INFO BARO PRES ALT=131025 ft GNSS ALT = N/A POS (Position Decode) Indications: GLOBAL (if Global LAT/LONG not entered in A D S - B / G I C B s e t u p me n u ) . LOCAL (if Local LAT/LONG is entered in A D S - B / G I C B s e t u p me n u ) . SURVEILLANCE STATUS Indications: N O I N F O ( N o I n f o r ma t i o n ) , SPI (Special Position Identification), P E R M A L E R T ( P e r ma n e n t A l e r t ( E me r g e n c y ) , T E M P A L E R T ( T e mp o r a r y A l e r t ( c h a n g e i n Mo d e i d e n t i t y c o d e ) . SAF (Single Antenna Flag) Indications: 0 (single antenna), 1 (dual antenna). T ( T i me S y n c t o U T C ) Indications: N/UTC (not UTC), UTC. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 a n d R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d description of data fields RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN GICB BDS 0,5 Screen Figure 81 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 0,5 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S register contents and displays airborne position. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem. Installation must be in the airborne state to transmit airborne position. NOTE: AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) M B me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X format. LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG (Encoded longitude) decoded CPR format in degrees, minutes and seconds. BARO PRESS ALT (Barometric Pressure Altitude) Indications: N/A In feet. Displayed for types 9 to 18, range –1000 to 126700 ft. GNSS ALT (Global positioning system derived altitude) Indications: N/A In feet. Displayed for types 20 to 22, range -1000 to 126700 ft. Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 80 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 0,6 GICB BDS 0,6 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr BDS=0,6 SURFACE POS TYPE=15 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=0000000000000 L AT = 37 39 00 N LONG= 97 25 48 W MOVMENT= 2kts T=N/UTC POS=GLOBAL HDG=230 deg HDG (Heading) Indications: 0 to 357 Degrees or N/A if HDG Status not valid. T ( T i me S y n c t o U T C ) Indications: N/UTC (Not UTC), UTC  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 a n d R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A V 2 , f o r d e t a i l e d description of data fields The surface position decode, i n c l u d i n g t h e g l o b a l mo d e , h a s mu l t i p l e v a l i d r e s u l t s . I t i s necessary to set a ‘reference’ lat/long on the ADSB SETUP Screen that is close to the test set’s current location for the decode to work correctly. NOTE: RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN GICB BDS 0,6 Screen Figure 82 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 0,6 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays surface position. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to r e c e i v e d a t a f r o m s u b s y s t e m. Installation must be in the ground state to transmit surface position. NOTE: NOTE: AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG (Encoded longitude) decoded Local unambiguous CPR f o r ma t i n d e g r e e s , m i n u t e s a n d s e c o n d s . MOVEMENT Indications: NO INFO (No Information Available), STOPPED 0.125-<1 Kt, 1-<2 Kt, 2-<15 Kt, 15-<70 Kt, 70-<100 Kt, 100-<175 Kt, >175 Kt, DECELERATING, ACCELERATING, BACKING UP Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 81 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 0,7 GICB BDS 0,7 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr GICB BDS 0,8 GICB BDS 0,8 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr BDS=0, 7 SQT R ST AT US DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=0000000000000 SURF ACE SQT R T RANS RAT E=HIG H ALT T YPE=BARO ESS=00000000000000 BDS=0, 8 IDENT & CAT DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 AIS= 20420CCB9C10 FL IGHT ID =XPN34512 EMIT CAT SET =A EMIT CAT =L ARG E TYPE= 2 RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST RETURN GICB BDS 0,7 Screen Figure 83 Uses UF20/21 BDS 0,5 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Squitter Status. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem. GICB BDS 0,8 Screen Figure 84 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long, BDS 0,8 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S register contents and displays Squitter Ident and Category. NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem. SURF SQTR TRAN RATE Indications: NOT CAP (No Capability to determine surface squitter rate), HIGH (High surface squitter rate selected), LOW (Low surface squitter rate selected). ALT TYPE Indications: BARO, GNSS ESS (Extended Squitter Status) Indications: 14 digit hex field, bits 1 to 56 NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 a n d R T C A D O- 2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d description of data fields. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . E M I T C A T S E T ( A D S - B E mi t t e r C a t e g o r y S e t ) Indications: D,C,B,A. E M I T C A T ( A D S - B E mi t t e r C a t e g o r y ) . Indications: EMIT CAT A: N O A D S - B E MI T T E R I N F O , LIGHT, SMALL, LARGE, HIGH VORTEX, HEAVY, HIGH PERFORMANCE, ROTOCRAFT, Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 82 Nov 1/10 RESERVED. GLIDER/SAILPLANE. LIGHTER-THAN-AIR. NOTE: SUB TYPES (Subtype Coding). U N MA N N E D A E R I A L V E H I C L E .9 E MI T C A T B : NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO. Subject to Export Control. RESERVED. PARACHUTIST/SKYDIVER. 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1). BDS 0.9 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S register contents and displays Airborne Velocity. AIR SPD SUPER (Airspeed Supersonic). R e f e r t o I C A O m a n u a l o n Mo d e S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 and RTCA DO-260A V2 for detailed description of data fields ADS-B MON BDS 0.5 Hr BDS=0. NOTE: I n s t a l l a t i o n mu s t b e i n t h e a i r b o r n e s t a t e t o t r a n s mi t a i r b o r n e v e l o c i t y .  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. NOT ASSIGNED EAST-WEST VEL (East-West Velocity) Indications: N/A (Not Available) N O I N F O ( N o I n f o r ma t i o n ) . 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2).9 AVAIL BAT 2. SURFACE EMERGENCY VEHICLE. SURFACE SERVICE VEHICLE. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. VEL OVER GND SUPER (Velocity Over Ground Supersonic). RESERVED. FIXED GND/TETHERED OBSTR. Indications: 0 (ICAO DOC 9688 (First edition of ICAO Mo d e S S p e c i f i c S e r v i c e ma n u a l ) n o t supported. RESERVED. RESERVED E MI T C A T D : RESERVED. RESERVED AIS (Aircraft Identity Subfield) HEX field containing BDS plus flight ID. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . CLUSTER OBSTR. SPACE VEHICLE. RESERVED. RESERVED. FLIGHT ID Indications: 8 ICAO character field. N O T E : A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e d a t a f r o m s u b s y s t e m. A I R S P D N O R M ( A i r s p e e d N o r ma l ) .9 AIRBORNE VEL TYPE=19 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 E-W VEL=1000 kts E NACV=4 N-S VEL=1000 kts N HDG=N/A SUB TYPE=VEL OVR GND NORM VERT RAT E= +12 ft/min G EO ALT DIFF F RO M BARO= -3125 ft SOURCE=BARO INT ENT CHANGE=YES AIRSPEED=N/A AIRSPEED TYPE=N/A IFR CAP ADS-B/CL ASS A1>=YES RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 0. RESERVED. see Cover Page for details. NOT ASSIGNED. 1-2-4 Page 83 Nov 1/10 . LINE OBSTR. VEL OVR GND NORM (Velocity Over Ground N o r ma l ) . E MI T C A T C : NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO. ULTRALIGHT/HANG-GLIDER. NOT ASSIGNED.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 0.9 Screen Figure 85 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. TAS (True Airspeed). NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 a n d R T C A D O. reference tables A5-A7 RTCA DO-260. Indications: N/A <-3137 to ft >3137 ft HDG (Heading) Indications: N/A (Not Available). GPS Source) GEO ALT DIFF FROM BARO (Geo Altitude Difference from Barometric Altitude). NORTH-SOUTH VEL (North-South Velocity) Indications: N/A (Not Available) (subtype 1).(subtype 3) 0 to >4086 Kts. VERT RATE (Vertical Rate). see Cover Page for details.  Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2.6 Degrees. Indications: N/A (Not Available) <-32608 to >32608 ft/min SOURCE (Source of Vertical rate). 0. (subtype 2) NOTE: Followed by N (North) or S (South) direction identifier. NACV (Navigation Accuracy Category for Velocity) Indications: 0 to 4. YES (ADS-B Capability Class A1 and above) AIRSPEED Indications: N/A (Not Available) 0 to >1021 Kts.2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d description of data fields Subject to Export Control. GEO (i.0 to 359. INTENT CHANGE (Intent Change Flag) Indications: YES.e. NO IFR CAP ADS-B/CLASS A1> (IFR Capability Flag) Indications: NO (No ADS-B capability class A1 and above). Indications: B A R O ( B a r o me t r i c S o u r c e ) .(subtype 4) AIR SPEED TYPE Indications: IAS (Indicated Airspeed).OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 NOTE: Followed by E (East ) or W (West) direction identifier. 1-2-4 Page 84 Nov 1/10 . 7 has changed) DELM Indications: NO DELM 4/15 8/15 16/15 1 6 / 5 0 0 ms 1 6 / 2 5 0 ms 1 6 / 1 2 5 ms unassigned unassigned unassigned unassigned unassigned unassigned unassigned unassigned unassigned UELM Indications: NO UELM 16/5 16/500 MS 16/250 MS 16/128 MS 16/60 MS 16/30 MS unassigned TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d description of data fields      NOTE: Subject to Export Control.1 up to B D S 1 . NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem.0 Screen Figure 86 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. 6 w h i c h a r e n o t i m p l e me n t e d in this revision) NO XPDR LEVEL Indications: 2-4 OR 5 AIRCRAFT ID CAP Indications: Yes NO SPEC SERV CAP REP Indications: YES (at least one MODE S specific service is supported and the particular capability report will be checked) N O ( n o MO D E S s p e c i f i c s e r v i c e i s supported and the particular capability report will not be checked) DTE Indications: YES (DTE supported) NO (DTE not supported) COMM USE GICB REP Indications: 0 = (Capabilities reported in BDS code 1. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t .5 Hr   BDS=1.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 1.0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Data Link Capability Report. BDS 1.  SUBNET VER NBR Indications: 0-127  SI CAP Indications: YES (surveillance identifier code capability) NO (no surveillance identifier code capability) CONT FLAG Indications: Y E S ( a c o n t i n u a t i o n r e p o r t ma y b e found in registers BDS 1.0 AVAIL BAT 2. see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 85 Nov 1/10 .7 have not changed) 1 (Capabilities reported in BDS code 1. Refer to table A-2 DO260A V2.0 GICB BDS 1. 0 DAT A L INK CAP DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 SUBNET VER NBR=1 SI CAP=YES AIRCRAFT ID CAP=YES XPDR LEVEL=2-4 SQUITTER CAP=YES CONT FLAG=YES SPEC SERV CAP REP=YES DTE=YES UELM SEG CAP=16/250 ms DELM SEG CAP=16/250 ms COMM USE GICB REP=0  RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN  GICB BDS 1. R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 a n d R T C A D O. Each BDS register supported by the transponder is displayed.7 :9.E :5.6 :9. Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 a n d R T C A D O.D :6.3 :0.2 :9.9 :3.0 :5.C :4.1 :3.1 :6.B :8.3 :5.1 :5.6 :0.6 :4.4 :5.6 :5.C :6.E :4.6 :7.6 :0.8 :7.8 Screen Figure 88 GICB BDS 1.7 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S register contents and displays Common GICB Capability Report.7 Screen Figure 87 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long.3 :0.A :8.0 :A.8 SPECIF IC SERV #1 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=FFFFFFFFFFFFFF :0. BDS 1.B :3.1 :2.7 :1.9 :9.9 :6.9 :8.2 :7.F :3.C :2.0 :1.5 :0.5 :4.2 :0.0 BDS=1.3 :1.B :5.4 :7.6 :6.8 :0.7 AVAIL BAT 2.4 :4.3 :7.9 SPECIF IC SERV #2 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=FFFFFFFFFFFFFF :3.5 :7.C :1.D :3.0 :2.A :3.8 :5.1 :1.F :0.C :A.F :3.A :2.9 AVAIL BAT 2.D :9.2 :8.A :9.2 :7.F :4.4 :2.7 COM GICB CAP DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=FFFFFF00000000 :0.F :8.7 :8.A SPECIF IC SERV #3 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=FFFFFFFFFFFFFF :7.A :5.4 :5.4 :9. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem.5 Hr BDS=1.D :1.9 :4.7 :0.4 :0.3 :9. Table 17.1 :A.1 :9.7 GICB BDS 1.5 :2.6 :2.5 Hr BDS=1.0 :9. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) M B me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X format.3 :4.4 :8.3 :8.3 :2.5 :0.2 :6.7 :5.E :1.2 :6.3 :7.5 :5.E :6.1 :5.E :3.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 1.8 :9.A :4.7 :4.7 :2.F :2.5 :7.B :9.3 :6.5 :1.F :A.1 :0.E :8.5 Hr BDS=1.3 :5.7 :0.8 RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 1.A :6.5 :8.8 – 1.C :5.4 :0.6 :7.6 :2.1 :4.2 :5.2 :5.E :3.B :3.0 :4.0 :4.F :9.8 :2.D :8.B :4.9 :A.2 :1.5 :9.C :3.2 :0.1 :8.6 :8.A Screen Figure 90 Subject to Export Control.7 :4.C :8.4 :0.1 :5.0 :3.9 :4.C GICB BDS 1.C :9.4 :7. see Cover Page for details.A :A.4 :6.7 :7.0 RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN NOTE: GICB BDS 1.7 :7.5 :6.F :1.A AVAIL BAT 2.1 :7.0 :8.F :5.1 :4.7 :6.6 :0.B :1.4 :1.C :3.5 :5.D :3.9 :1.A :4.3 :0.A :1.8 RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 1.D :2.8 :4.D :4.8 :1. Refer to 1-2-4.5 Hr GICB BDS 1.9 Screen Figure 89 GICB BDS 1.0 :4.D :5. 1-2-4 Page 86 Nov 1/10 .B :6.9 :7.A :3.8 :6.6 :1.5 :0.E :2.2 :4.8 AVAIL BAT 2.2 :2.D :A.E :9.8 :4.8 :8.B :2.0 :5.F :6.5 :2.8 :5.E :A.B :A.2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d description of data fields GICB BDS 1.9 :5.9 :2.0 :6. 9 :B.4 :B.2 :C.C :A.2 :F.B SPECIF IC SERV #4 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=FFFFFFFFFFFFFF :A.C Screen Figure 92 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long.D :A. Subject to Export Control.F :E.8 :F.0 :D.D :F.4 :E.D :B.C :F.9 :F.9 :E.3 :D.5 :C.A :D.7 :B.0 :C.5 :E.B :B.A :A.F :D.0 A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem. see Cover Page for details.1 :F.3 :F.E :A.C AVAIL BAT 2. 1-2-4 Page 87 Nov 1/10 .A :C.2 :D. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t .6 :F.5 :F.8 through 1.3 :C.6 :E. Mo d e S S p e c i f i c S e r v i c e G I C B C a p a b i l i t y Reports advise which BDS registers are currently available from the transponder for data download via GICB protocol.F :B.E :D.F :A.6 :C.B :F.A :B.8 :C.C RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 1.F :F.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 1.2 :B.1 :D.3 :E.4 :F.9 :E.E :F.D :E. BDS 1.7 :C.5 Hr BDS=1.C :D.E :E.6 :D.B Screen Figure 91 GICB BDS 1.F :C.6 :B.5 Hr NOTE: BDS=1.C :B.D :C.B :A.7 :D.4 :C.C SPECIF IC SERV #5 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=000000FFFFFFFF :E.E :B.B :E.8 :D.7 :E.0 :F. R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 a n d R T C A D O.B :C.2 :E.8 :E.B AVAIL BAT 2.D :D.5 :B.1 :B.9 :C.C :C.A :E.9 :D.1 :E.4 :D.0 :B.B :D.E :C.C register requests: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Mode S Specific Service GICB Capability Reports #1 through #5.5 :D.2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d description of data fields NOTE: RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 1.A :F.7 :F.1 :C.8 :B.3 :B. F register requests: Receives D F 2 0 / 2 1 r e p l y a n d d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d containing BDS register contents and d i s p l a y s Mo d e S S p e c i f i c P r o t o c o l C a p a b i l i t y R e p o r t s 1 . BDS 1. Mo d e S S p e c i f i c P r o t o c o l s ( MS P s ) u t i l i z e o n e o r mo r e o f t h e 6 3 u p l i n k o r d o w n l i n k c h a n n e l s provided by this protocol to transfer data in e i t h e r s h o r t o r l o n g f o r m MS P p a c k e t s f r o m the GDLP (Ground Data Link Processor) to the ADLP (Airborne Data Link Processor) or vice versa.F GICB BDS 1. 1-2-4 Page 88 Nov 1/10 .F AVAIL BAT 2.F.E MSP CAP RPT 29-56 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=FFFFFFFFFFFFFF UPLINK 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 53 54 55 56 DOWNL INK 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 53 54 55 56 37 49 38 50 39 51 40 52 37 49 38 50 39 51 40 52 RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 1.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 1.2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d description of data fields 10 21 11 22 12 23 RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 1.D AVAIL BAT 2.6 3 . see Cover Page for details.5 Hr BDS=1.2 8 . D MS P c h a n n e l s 1 .E AVAIL BAT 2.E and BDS 1. The available channels are displayed over three screens BDS 1.D through 1.D Screen Figure 93 GICB BDS 1. F MS P c h a n n e l s 5 7 .5 Hr BDS=1.D – 1. E M S P C h a n n e l s 2 9 .5 Hr BDS=1. 1 .D MSP CAP RPT 1-28 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=FFFFFFFFFFFFFF UPLINK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28 DOWNL INK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28 10 21 11 22 12 23 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 a n d R T C A D O.F MSP CAP RPT 57-63 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=FFFFFFFFFFFFFF UPLINK 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 DOWNL INK 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 1. 1 .F Screen Figure 95 Subject to Export Control.D BDS 1.E Screen Figure 94 GICB BDS 1.5 6 . 1-2-4 Page 89 Nov 1/10 .1 AVAIL BAT 2. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t .0 Screen Figure 96 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long.1 GICB BDS 2. Subject to Export Control. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . AR (Airline Registration) two characters.5 Hr GICB BDS 2.0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays AIS Flight ID.5 Hr BDS=2.0 GICB BDS 2. A R N ( A i r c r a f t R e g i s t r a t i o n N u mb e r ) u p t o seven characters.0 FL IGHT ID DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 FL IGHT ID=UA66121 BDS=2.0 AVAIL BAT 2. GICB BDS 2. Flight Id is seven characters.1 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S r e g i s t e r contents and displays Aircraft Registration N u mb e r .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 2. 1 AIRCRAFT REG # DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 ARN=12345AB AR =AA RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 2.1 Screen Figure 97 Uses UF20/21 BDS 2. BDS 2. see Cover Page for details. Part 1. 2 . Vol lII. RAC (Resolution Advisory Compliment) bit 55-58 displayed in binary. Intruder Not Mode S Equipped. Intruder Not Mode S Equipped. N/A (Not Available) Note: Only displayed when TTI = 2. 3 MB f i e l d s u s e d b y TCASII RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 3.0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S register contents and displays ACAS Active Resolution Advisory data. N/A (Not Available) Note: Only displayed when TTI = 2. see Cover Page for details. Note: Normally 0 until an R A i s t e r mi n a t e d . Note: Only displayed when TTI = 1. 3 . AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . Intruder Not Mode S Equipped. Subject to Export Control. ARA (Active Resolution Advisories) bits 4154 displayed in binary.0 GICB BDS 3. R A T ( R A T e r mi n a t e d ) i n d i c a t o r b i t 5 9 displayed in binary. 9 . TID (Threat Identity Data) Mode S address (HEX) of the threat. TIDR (Threat Identity Data Range) in nm.0 ACAS ARA DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 T IDB= 70 deg T IDA= 32000 ft TIDR= 1. 1-2-4 Page 90 Nov 1/10 . TIDB (Threat Identity Data Bearing) in degrees.0 Screen Figure 98 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. TTI (Threat Type Indicator) Indications: 0-NO DATA 1-MODE S ADDRESS 2-ALT/RANGE/BEARING DATA 3-NOT ASSIGNED NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10. MT E ( Mu l t i p l e T h r e a t E n c o u n t e r ) d i s p l a y e d i n 1 bit binary. TIDA (Threat Identity Data Altitude) displayed in feet.00 nm ARA=11101010000000 TID=3A4518 RAC=1010 RAT =1 MTE=3 T HREAT ADDRESS=N/ A T T I=2.0 AVAIL BAT 2. Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A V2 for detailed description of data fields.ALT /RANGE/ BEARING DAT A T H R E A T A D D R E S S ( Mo d e S t h r e a t a d d r e s s ) displayed in 6 HEX digits N/A (Not Available) Note: Only displayed when TTI = 1.5 Hr BDS=3. BDS 3. Also refer to RTCA D0-185A p a r a 2 . t h e n w i l l b e 1 f o r 1 8 seconds. N/A (Not Available) Note: Only displayed when TTI = 2.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 3. 2 . 3 . NO (Not Active) ALT HOLD MODE (Altitude Hold Mode) Indications: YES. FCU/MCP SEL ALT.2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d description of data fields. NO (Not Active) MO D E I N F O ( Mo d e I n f o r ma t i o n ) Indications Y E S ( Mo d e I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d ) .5 in mb.0 Screen Figure 99 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . MC P / F C U S E L A L T ( M o d e C o n t r o l Panel/Flight Control Unit Selected Altitude) Indications in feet. N/A (Not Available) F MS S E L A L T ( F l i g h t m a n a g e m e n t S y s t e m) Indications in feet. F MS S E L A L T SOURCE INFO (Target Altitude Source I n f o r ma t i o n ) Indications: YES (Source information Provided).0 VERT INTENT DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 MCP/F CU SEL ALT = 65536 ft F MS SEL ALT = 65 536 ft APP MODE=YES SOURCE INFO=YES MODE INFO=YES T ARG ET ALT =FCU/ MCP SEL ALT VNAV HOLD MODE ACTIVE=YES ALT HOLD MODE ACT IVE =YES BARO PRES SET=1100. NO (No Source Information Provided) BARO PRES SET (Barometric Pressure set) Indications: N/A (Not Available) 800 to 1209. RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 4.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 4. 1-2-4 Page 91 Nov 1/10 .5 Hr BDS=4. NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 a n d R T C A D O.0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Vertical Intent. BDS 4. AIRCRAFT ALT.0 AVAIL BAT 2.0 GICB BDS 4. N/A (Not Available) TARGET ALT (Target Altitude) Indications: N/A (Not Available) UNKNOWN. NO (Not Active) APP MODE (Approach Mode) Indications: YES. NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem.0 mb VNAV HOLD MODE (Vertical Navigation Mo d e ) Indications: YES. see Cover Page for details. N O ( N o Mo d e I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d ) . Subject to Export Control. 2 Screen Figure 101 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. CROSSING ALTITUDE range 0 to 131068 ft. NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 for detailed description of data fields. 1-2-4 Page 92 Nov 1/10 .2 GICB BDS 4. NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . BDS 4. see Cover Page for details.1 AVAIL BAT 2.2 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S register contents and displays Waypoint Position.5 Hr GICB BDS 4.000 ft RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 4.1 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S register contents and displays Waypoint Name. Subject to Export Control.5 Hr BDS=4. LATITUDE decoded format in degrees. BDS 4. GICB BDS 4.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 4.1 Screen Figure 100 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long.1 GICB BDS 4. mi n u t e s a n d s e c o n d s E a s t o r W e s t .2 AVAIL BAT 2. W A Y P O I N T N A ME 9 I C A O c h a r a c t e r n a m e NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 for detailed description of data fields.2 WAYPOINT POS DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 L AT IT UDE = 32 53 48 N LONGIT UDE= 97 02 16 W CRO SSING ALT IT UDE= 32 . NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem.1 WAYPOINT NAME DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 WAYPOINT NAME=DFW BDS=4. L O N G I T U D E d e c o d e d f o r ma t i n d e g r e e s . mi n u t e s a n d s e c o n d s N o r t h o r S o u t h . AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . 2kt resolution.0 de g/S RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 4. 1-2-4 Page 93 Nov 1/10 .0 nm RESERVED= BDS=5.0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S register contents and displays Track and Turn Report.1 8 0 d e g r e e s ( 1 d e c i ma l p l a c e ) TIME TO GO Indications: 0 to 409. see Cover Page for details. NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 a n d R T C A D O.3 GICB BDS 4.6 nm RESERVED NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O m a n u a l o n Mo d e S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 for detailed description of data fields.9 0 d e g r e e s ( 1 d e c i ma l p l a c e ) TRUE TRACK ANGLE (True Track Angle) Indications: +/-180 degrees (1 decimal place). BEARING TO WAYPOINT I n d i c a t i o n s : + / .0 GICB BDS 5.3 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Waypoint Details.0 t o 1 6 d e g r e e s / s e c o n d ( 1 d e c i ma l p l a c e ) GND SPEED (Ground Speed) Indications: 0 to 2048 Kts. GICB BDS 5.3 deg T RACK ANGLE RAT E= 4 . AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . Indications: + / .0 deg TIME TO GO= 25.1 deg GND SPEED = 500 kts TRUE AIR SPEED = 560 kts TRUE TRACK ANGLE= 90. BDS 5. BDS 4. NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem. 2kt resolution.3 Screen Figure 102 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. 0 T RACK & T URN DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 ROLL ANGLE= 40 .6 mins DISTANCE TO GO Indications: 0 to 6553. Subject to Export Control.0 min DIST ANCE T O GO = 100 . RATE (True Track Angle Rate) Indications: + / .3 AVAIL BAT 2.0 Figure 103 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. ROLL ANGLE.0 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Hr GICB BDS 5.3 WAYPOINT DET AIL S DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 BEARING TO WAYPOINT= 110.5 Hr BDS=4. NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem.2 6 0 A V 2 f o r d e t a i l e d description of data fields.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 4. TRUE AIR SPEED (True Air Speed) Indications: 0 to 2048 Kts. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . BARO ALT RATE (Barometric Altitude Rate) Indications: N/A (Not Available) -16384 to +16352 ft/ minute. Subject to Export Control. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem.0 AVAIL BAT 2.0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S register contents and displays Heading and Speed Report. RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 6.729 BARO ALT RAT E= 1400 ft/min MAG HDG=180.1 6 3 8 4 t o + 1 6 3 5 2 f t / mi n u t e . NOTE: R e f e r t o I C A O ma n u a l o n Mo d e S specific services DOC 9688A N / 9 5 2 a n d R T C A D O. 0 9 6 ma c h n u m b e r . see Cover Page for details. BDS 6. 1 kt resolution. IND AIR SPEED (Indicated Air Speed) Indications: N/A (Not Available) 0 to 1023 Kts.0 Screen Figure 104 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long.0 deg INERT VERT VEL= 1400 ft/min INERT VERT VEL (Inertial Vertical Velocity) Indications: N/A (Not Available) .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 6. r e s o l u t i o n 3 2 f t / mi n . AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t .0 HDG & SPEED DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 IND AIR SPEED = 512 kts MACH=0. MA G H D G ( Ma g n e t i c H e a d i n g ) Indications: N/A (Not Available) -180 to 180 degrees. r e s o l u t i o n t o t h r e e decimal places.2 6 0 A V 2 f o r detailed description of data fields.0 GICB BDS 6. MA C H ( M a c h N u m b e r ) Indications: N/A (Not Available) 0 t o 4 . resolution 32 f t / mi n . 1-2-4 Page 94 Nov 1/10 .5 Hr BDS=6. ACP-F MS/RNAV VERT MODE IND=ACQUIRING SIL =1 T ARG ALT T YPE=MSL NIC BARO=1 T ARG ALT = 31 000 ft T ARG HDG=24 0 deg T CAS/ ACAS O PERAT IONAL =YES RAA=NO HORIZ DAT A AVAIL /SOURCE IND=MCP/FCU HORIZ MODE IND=MAINT AINING NAC=0 EMERG/PRIOR CODE=UNL AWFUL INT ERFNC RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB BDS 6.1 GICB BDS 6. 2 T ARG ST AT E TYPE=29 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 VERT DAT A/ SO URCE INFO =F MS/NAV T ARG ALT CAP=HLDG ALT . 1 A/ C ST AT US TYPE=28 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) MB=00000000000000 EMERG/PRIOR CODE=UNL AWFUL INT ERFNC RESERVED=00000000000000 SUBT YPE=EMERG ENCY/ PRIO RIT Y ST AT US BDS=6. GICB BDS 6.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 6. LIFEGUARD/MEDICAL.2 AVAIL BAT 2. 1-2-4 Page 95 Nov 1/10 . HLD ALT (Holding Altitude). RESERVED EMERG/PRIOR CODE (Emergency/Priority Status Coding). UNLAWFUL INTERFNC. BDS 6. MA I N T A I N I N G ( C a p t u r i n g o r Ma i n t a i n i n g Mo d e ) .1 AVAIL BAT 2.  TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. A u t o p i l o t mu s t b e e n g a g e d a n d s t i mu l a t e d b y s e n s o r d a t a f o r s o me fields to display data. GENERAL EMERGENCY. see Cover Page for details. NO COMM. Indications: NO EMERGENCY.2 Screen Figure 106 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. DOWNED AIRCRAFT. BDS 6. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t .0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and d e c o d e s MB me s s a g e f i e l d c o n t a i n i n g B D S register contents and displays Target State. Refer to table A-2 DO260A V2.0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Aircraft Status. to receive data from subsystem.5 Hr GICB BDS 6. ( U n k n o w n M o d e o r I n f o r ma t i o n unavailable). V E R T M O D E I N D ( V e r t i c a l Mo d e I n d i c a t o r ) Indications: U N K N O W N . FMS/RNAV (FMS/RNAV System). RESERVED. Indications: NO INFO. MI N I M U M F U E L .2 BDS=6.  NOTE NOTE:  SUBTYPE= 0 VERT DATA/SOURCE INFO (Vertical Data Available/Source Indicator) Indications: MC P / F C U ( Mo d e C o n t r o l P a n e l / F l i g h t C o n t r o l Unit). t o r e c e i v e data from subsystem. NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t have embedded ADLP.1 Screen Figure 105 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. EMERGENCY/PRIORITY STATUS. Subject to Export Control. I n s t a l l a t i o n mu s t b e i n t h e a i r b o r n e s t a t e t o t r a n s mi t t a r g e t s t a t e a n d status. SUB TYPE (Subtype Coding). 12 digit HEX field containing contents of bits 9 to 56. NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t h a v e e mb e d d e d A D L P . AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) M B me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t .5 Hr  GICB BDS 6. A C Q U I R I N G ( A c q u i r i n g Mo d e ) . RESERVED RESERVED subfield. 3 (1x10(-7) per flight) TCAS/ACAS OPERATIONAL (TCAS/ACAS Operational) Indications: YES. F MS / R N A V ( F MS / R N A V S y s t e m ) TARGET HDG (Target Heading Angle) Indications: 0 to 359 degrees. 2 (1x10(-5) per flight). HOLD+AUTOPILOT (Capability for reporting either Holding altitude or Autopilot control panel selected altitude). Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. NO. HOLD+AUTOPILOT+FMS/RNAV (Capability for reporting either Holding altitude or Autopilot control panel selected altitude. RESERVED. see Cover Page for details. MA I N T A I N I N G ( C a p t u r i n g o r M a i n t a i n i n g Mo d e ) . NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) Indications: 0 (Gillum Cross Checked) 1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked) SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Indications: 0 (Unknown). NO. or a n y F MS / R N A V l e v e l o f f a l t i t u d e ) . 1-2-4 Page 96 Nov 1/10 . Subject to Export Control. MA I N T A I N ( Ma i n t a i n C u r r e n t H e a d i n g o r Track angle).OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TARGET ALT CAP (Target Altitude Capability) Indications: HLD-ALT (Capability for reporting Holding altitude only). RAA (TCAS/ACAS Resolution Advisory Active) Indications: YES. MC P / F C U ( Mo d e C o n t r o l P a n e l / F l i g h t C o n t r o l Unit selected track angle). RESERVED H DATA AVAIL/SOURCE IND (Horizontal Data Available/Source Indicator) Indications: NOT VALID (No Valid Horizontal Target State Data is available). ACQUIRING (Acquiring Mode). 1 (1x10(-3) per flight). INVALID HORIZ MODE IND (Horizontal Mode Indicator) Indications: UNKNOWN (Unknown Mode or Information unavailable). NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. 21: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays Aircraft Operational Status. RESERVED. SURFACE (Surface Status message).OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 GICB BDS 6. RESERVED. TC (Target Change Report Capability) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne. Part 2 and Part 3. NOTE SUBTYPE Indications: AIRBORNE (Airborne Status message). RESERVED. TS (Target State Report Capability) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne Indications: N/A (Surface) 1 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o s u p p o r t Target State Reports). RESERVED. RESERVED. 2 6 0 A / 2 4 2 A ( R T C A D O .2 4 2 ) . RESERVED. 0 ( N o C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o support Air-Reference velocity). 1-2-4 Page 97 Nov 1/10 .2 6 0 A a n d D O. RESERVED. RESERVED. see Cover Page for details. Data is displayed over three screens Part 1. NOTE: A D L P ( A i r D a t a L i n k P r o c e s s o r ) mu s t b e i n s t a l l e d o r t r a n s p o n d e r mu s t have embedded ADLP. Subject to Export Control. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) ME me s s a g e f i e l d d i s p l a y e d i n 1 4 d i g i t H E X f o r ma t . RESERVED. Indications: N/A (Surface) 1 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o s u p p o r t Air-Reference velocity).2 4 2 A ) . RESERVED.5 AVAIL BAT 2.5 Screen Figure 107 DF20. 2 MT C ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g i n f o r ma t i o n f o r mu l t i p l e T C r e p o r t s ) 3 (Reserved) TRK ANGLE/HDG (Used for surface ADS-B p a r t i c i p a n t s .2 6 0 a n d D O . 5 A/ C O P ST AT US TYPE=31 DF20 AA=3AC421 (16542041) ME=00000000000000 SUBTYPE=0-AIRBORNE CAP CLASS=0000 NAC =5 BAQ=0 SIL =1 TC=0 TS=0 RA=0 CDT I=0 ARV=0 NOT -T CAS=0 VER NBR=DO-260A/DO-242 OPER MODE SUBFIELD=3 NIC BARO=1 HORIZ REF DIR=T RUE NORT H IDENT =0 TRK/HDG=N/A NIC=5 L ENGT H/WIDT H=N/A B2 LOW=N/A POA=N/A REC AT C SERV=0 C D T I ( C o c k p i t D i s p l a y o f T r a f f i c I n f o r ma t i o n ) Indications: 1 (Traffic Display operational). REC ATC SER (Receiving ATC Services) Indications: 1 (Aircraft receiving ATC services).5 Hr BDS=6. 1 T C + 0 ( C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o support TC+0 report only). s u r f a c e p o s i t i o n me s s a g e h e a d i n g o r g r o u n d t r a c k d e t e r mi n a t i o n b i t ) Indications: N/A (Airborne) 0 (Target Heading Angle Reported 1 (Target Angle Reported) IDENT (Ident Switch) Indications YES (Ident switch active). 0 (Aircraft not receiving ATC services). Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 ( N o c a p a b i l i t y f o r s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o support trajectory change reports) . RUN TEST PREV TEST PREV TEST RETURN GICB 6. RESERVED. NO (Ident switch not active).5 GICB BDS 6. to receive data from subsystem. 0 (Traffic Display not operational) ARV (Air Referenced Velocity Report) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne. VER NBR (Reports formats and protocols supported) Indications: 2 6 0 / 2 4 2 ( R T C A D O. 0 ( N o C a p a b i l i t y o f s e n d i n g me s s a g e s t o support Target State Reports). RESERVED. <67m. 5 m. 1 (1x10(-3) per flight). 2 (1x10(-5) per flight). Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. <72m. < = 2 0 0 m. <75m. <80m. IDENT Switch Active. <34m. 5 m.B p o s i t i o n reference point) CAPABILITY CLASS ME BITS 9-24(airborne) ME BITS 9-20 (surface) 0000-FFFF (airborne) 000-FFF (surface) HORIZ REF DIR (Horizontal Reference Direction) Indications: TRUE NORTH. <45m. <33m.52 km) 2 (EPU <7. SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Indications: 0 (Unknown). <23m. 5 m.52 km) 1 (EPU <18. = > 8 0 m.704 km) 4 (EPU <1852 m) 5 (EPU <926 m) 6 (EPU <555. <55m. see Cover Page for details. <45m. <25m. < 2 8 . A/V WIDTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Width) Indications: N/A (Airborne) < 1 1 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 A/V LENGTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Length) Indications: N/A (Airborne) <15m. <52m.B position reference point) 1 ( P o s i t i o n t r a n s mi t t e d i s t h e A D S .408 km) 3 (EPU <3. 1-2-4 Page 98 Nov 1/10 . MAGNETIC NORTH TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. < 3 9 . <35m.2 m) 8 (EPU <92.6 m) 7 (EPU <185.6 m) 9 (EPU <30 m and VEPU <45 m) A (EPU <30 m and VEPU <15 m) B (EPU <3 m and VEPU <4 m) C (reserved) D (reserved) E (reserved) F (reserved) BAQ Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 ( a l w a y s 0 f o r a i r b o r n e me s s a g e ) 1 (not specified) 2 (not specified) 3 (not specified) NOT TCAS Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 (TCAS operations or unknown) 1 (TCAS not installed or not operational) OPER MODE Subfield Indications: 0 (TCAS RA Active. Receiving ATC Services) 2 (Reserved) 3 (Reserved) N I C ( N I C S u p p l e me n t ) Indications: 0 (Rc unknown) 1 ( R c < 2 0 N M) B2 LOW Indications: N/A (Airborne) 0 (>70 W) 1 (<70 W) POA Indications: N/A (Airborne) 0 ( P o s i t i o n t r a n s mi t t e d i s n o t t h e A D S . Subject to Export Control. < 5 9 . <38m. 5 m. 3 (1x10(-7) per flight) NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 (Gillum Cross Checked) 1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked) NAC Indications: 0 (EPU >18. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields. <65m. ) T e r mi n a l M o d e S i n s t a l l a t i o n s c u r r e n t l y provide 60 nautical mile coverage. PROCEDURE Press SETUP Soft Key to display SETUP TIS Screen (1-2-4. Figure 103). Using the Mode-S data link. U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e stated. 4. The TIS cockpit display provides at least 5 miles of display range and TIS encoding provides values up to seven miles in 1/8-mile intervals.S.1 6.000 to +3. deployed system. Relative altitudes from –3.2 TIS SETUP S e t u p T I S S c r e e n c o n t a i n s p a r a me t e r s w h i c h d e t e r mi n e o p e r a t i o n a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f t h e T I S F u n c t i o n a l Mo d e .1 T I S MO D E P r e s s t h e T C A S mo d e k e y t w i c e t o d i s p l a y the TIS screen (1-2-4 figure 103). The ground station sends TIS data to the aircraft v i a a d a t a l i n k t h a t o p e r a t e s a t 1 0 3 0 MH z . 2.7. S .5 Hr SETUP-TIS RF PORT: ANTENNA ANT RANGE: 12 ft ANT HEIGHT: 12 ft ANT CABLE: 6 FT ANT CABLE LOSS: 1. see Cover Page for details.1 PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM Setup TIS Screen Figure 108 STEP 1.03 1.500 feet are also accommodated. 4. A Mo d e S e q u i p p e d a i r c r a f t r e q u e s t s T I S d a t a via a downlink message at 1090 MHz. the Traffic I n f o r ma t i o n S e r v i c e ( T I S ) d a t a l i n k p r o v i d e s a u t o ma t i c d i s p l a y o f n e a r b y t r a f f i c a n d w a r n s the pilot of potentially threatening traffic conditions. last used values are retained on Power-up.8 UUT ADDRESS: AUTO MANUAL AA:123456 dB ANT 1. 1-2-4 Page 99 Nov 1/10 . B e c a u s e i t i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l Mo d e S transponders. TIS can also integrate primary radar coverage to ma i n t a i n t r a c k s o f n o n . P a r a me t e r s a r e :  RF PORT: Selects ANTENNA (ANT CONNECTOR) or DIRECT CONNECT via RF I/O Connector. although the system acquires and maintains track i n f o r ma t i o n o n a l l a i r c r a f t e q u i p p e d w i t h a n ATC Radar Beacon System (ATCRBS). The aircraft TIS processor receives the data and displays the data on the TIS display. NOTE: E n t e r S e t u p S c r e e n i n f o r ma t i o n before conducting test operations. including a 5 . a TIS ground processor uplinks surveillance i n f o r ma t i o n g e n e r a t e d b y M o d e S s e n s o r s t o equipped aircraft.t r a n s p o n d e r e q u i p p e d a i r c r a f t .7.09 GAIN GHz: GHz: GHz: (dBi) 7.1 7. providing increased situational awareness and an enhanced “seeand-avoid” capability for pilots. T I S d a t a i s o b t a i n e d f r o m t h e g r o u n d Mo d e S sensor that acquires and maintains aircraft tracks within its coverage area. D a t a f o r ma t s f o r T I S a r e d e s c r i b e d i n t h e Mi n i mu m O p e r a t i o n a l P e r f o r m a n c e S t a n d a r d s for Traffic Information Service (TIS) Data Link Communications RTCA DO-239.7 TIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION Primarily a U.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4.03 1. Press PREV PARAM to select the field. Use DATA Keys to slew the d a t a .mi l e b u f f e r r e q u i r e d f o r T I S c o v e r a g e . TIS is inexpensive and its availability makes collision avoidance technology more accessible to the pricesensitive general aviation community. TIS can only provide traffic information to aircraft equipped with Mode S. BAT 2. TIS software and Mode S sensors are fielded a t a n u mb e r o f t e r m i n a l s n a t i o n w i d e ( U . Set the parameters by pressing NEXT PARAM. Subject to Export Control. Figure marked on supplied RF coaxial cable NOTE: Cable loss range 0. NOTE: Cable loss range 0.0 to 20.9 dB. O n l o s s o f A T C R B S / Mo d e S A l l C a l l reply (i. gain figures for 1030 and 1090 MHz marked on supplied Directional Antenna. UUT placed in ground state) tests already running continue to use last ATCRBS/ Mo d e S A l l C a l l o b t a i n e d a d d r e s s . Figure 11). UUT ADDRESS: MA N U A L o r A U T O ( d e f a u l t s t o AUTO on power-up).9 dB.. Figure 11). If preset length 1. AUTO s e l e c t i o n Mo d e S a d d r e s s i s obtained via ATCRBS/Mode S All Call (FAR Part 43. Subject to Export Control. CABLE LOSS: Displays antenna cable loss in dB (at 1090 MHZ). NOTE: U N I T S p a r a me t e r d e t e r mi n e s f e e t o r me t e r s (1-2-4. then cable loss in dB is automatically calculated and displayed. 1-2-4 Page 100 Nov 1/10 . see Cover Page for details.  MA N U A L A D D R E S S : A six digit HEX address is entered i f U U T A D D R E S S : MA N U A L i s selected. Appendix F a p p r o v e d me t h o d ) . NOTE:  ANT GAIN: Entered in dBi. NOTE: Based on Aeroflex supplied cables. A U T O u s e s ma n u a l l y e n t e r e d address if no reply is received. 25. 6. NOTE: I C A O a me n d me n t 7 7 transponders only replies t o Mo d e S d i s c r e t e interrogations when installation is in ground state. (25 and 50 foot cables optional) 25 and 50 foot cable selection compensates for delay of Aeroflex optional cables. 50 or 60 feet is selected.  STEP  PROCEDURE ANT HEIGHT: Test Set Antenna Range to transponder antenna height difference (1 to 99). CABLE LOSS field is automatically calculated.0 to 9.e. NOTE: UNITS parameter determines feet or meters (1-2-4. Cable loss may be ma n u a l l y e n t e r e d b y t h e u s e r .  ANT RANGE: Test Set Antenna to transponder antenna horizontal range (6 to 250).OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 STEP    PROCEDURE ANT DIR CPL CABLE LEN: Selections: 1 to 75 FT. Enter parameters for BOTTOM and TOP antenna if installation has diversity capability. Figure 105. The Aircraft heading is shown at the top of the display and the target headings are shown as lines r a d i a t i n g f r o m t h e t a r g e t s y mb o l s . UNUSED. UUT HDG: Provides entry for UUT Heading in degrees range 0 to 354. see Cover Page for details.00 1.00 2.5 Hr ALT UUT= UUT Altitude in ft TIS STATUS: Indications CONNECTED (Up-linking data to UUTTSCR but not up-linking data to UUT) INFO= (Debug output of IFR 6000) 0x0001 0x0002 0x0004 0x0008 0x0010 0x0020 0x0040 0x0080 0x0100 0x0200 0x0400 0x0800 Reply to No reply Reply to No reply Reply to No reply Reply to No reply Reply to No reply Reply to No reply Datalink Cap Report to Datalink Cap Report MS P C a p R e p o r t t o MS P C a p R e p o r t Broadcast Cap Report to Broadcast Cap Report keep alive uplink to keep alive uplink TIS uplink to TIS uplink Reply lockout to lockout UUT HDG:180 deg 2 3 4 5 90 234 182 23 4. is the UUT Aircraft. DESCEND. T h e b l u e c r o s s (bottom center).00 3.3500 ft ALT RATE: Sets Altitude Rate annunciation on TIS display indications: CLIMB. LEVEL. PROX (Proximity). 1-2-4 Page 101 Nov 1/10 . This orientates the target bearings with respect to UUT (aircraft) heading. T I S D i s p l a y E x a mp l e Figure 110 Target status: W h i t e s y mb o l Y e l l o w s y mb o l P r o x i mi t y Traffic Relative altitudes are displayed alongside the t a r g e t s w i t h a r r o w s y mb o l s i n d i c a t i n g c l i mb i n g o r d e s c e n d i n g . TRFC (Traffic) ADDR= (UUT Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) TSCR= Number of TIS connect requests received TSDR= Number of TIS disconnect requests received TIS DISPLAY Refer to 1-2-4.00 ALT (ft) : 3500 ALT RAT E:CL IMB HDG(deg) : 234 T RAFF IC : PRO X BAT 2.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TIS TEST SCREEN T IS T ARG ET S:5 1 BRG(deg) : 120 RNG(nm) : 6. Subject to Export Control.00 2000 1000 500 0 LEVEL LEVEL CLIMB LEVEL 178 56 22 0 PROX PROX PROX TRFC ADDR=3 AC421 (16542041) N12345 TSCR= 5 TSDR= 1 ALT =126700 ft T IS ST AT US=CO NNECT ING INFO=0000 RUN TEST PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM TIS Operation Screen Figure 109 Test Screen Description: TARGETS: Sets the number of simulated targets 0 to 5. BRG: Sets target bearing relative to UUT (aircraft) range 0 to 354 degrees RNG: Sets targets range relative to UUT (aircraft) range 0 to 7 nm ALT: Sets target altitude relative to UUT (aircraft) range +/. HDG: Sets target Heading TRAFFIC: Sets target traffic status on TIS display. see Cover Page for details.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TIS Operation Flow Chart Figure 111 Subject to Export Control. 1-2-4 Page 102 Nov 1/10 . Directional Antenna Mounted on Test Set Figure 112 Mo u n t D i r e c t i o n a l A n t e n n a o n f r i c t i o n h i n g e and connect Directional Antenna ANT Connector to Test Set ANT Connector via 12 in coaxial cable (1-2-4. Mo u n t D i r e c t i o n a l A n t e n n a o n t r i p o d and point at UUT antenna (1-2-4.p a t h r e f l e c t i o n s w h i c h cause random test failures. Position Directional Antenna in direct sight of UUT antenna. Shield with Antenna Shield (Appendix J) or d i s c o n n e c t a n d t e r mi n a t e U U T A n t e n n a n o t being tested. ladders and tool chests e t c . Figure 109). t o mi n i mi z e mu l t i . T r i p o d Mo u n t e d D i r e c t i o n a l A n t e n n a Figure 114 Connect Directional Antenna ANT Connector to Test Set ANT Connector via 72 in coaxial c a b l e . Point Directional Antenna at UUT antenna (1-2-4. Hand Held Directional Antenna Figure 113 Connect Directional Antenna ANT Connector to Test Set ANT Connector via 72 in coaxial cable. Subject to Export Control. Figure 108).7 DIRECTIONAL ANTENNA USE The Directional Antenna is used three ways. Distance for testing top UUT antenna should be sufficient so UUT antenna is visible (1-2-4. XPDR: X P D R a n t e n n a s a r e t o p a n d b o t t o m mo u n t e d o n a i r f r a me . Figures 110 and 111). Deactivate other area transponders or position transponders at l e a s t t h r e e t i me s t h e X P D R S e t u p Me n u Range from Directional Antenna. ) . see Cover Page for details. Figure 107). avoiding close obstructions (such as gantries. 1-2-4 Page 103 Nov 1/10 . V e r i f y w h i c h a n t e n n a ( s ) i s t r a n s p o n d e r a n t e n n a ( s ) a s t h e D ME a n t e n n a ( s ) l o o k s i mi l a r .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. 1 m) from UUT Antenna being tested. see Cover Page for details. Testing in aircraft hangers may result in erratic bearing of simulated intruder. NOTE: Directional Antenna should not be positioned closer than 6 feet. Deactivate other area transponders or position transponder >50 ft (15. Usual distance from UUT antenna is approximately 10 to 20 feet. To minimize intruder bearing error. 1-2-4 Page 104 Nov 1/10 . Figure 110. ladders and tool chests e t c . Mo d e S e f f e c t i v e c o v e r a g e d i s t a n c e ma y b e d e p e n d e n t o n t h e T e s t S e t s i mu l a t e d r a n g e . Avoid close obstructions (such as gantries. Position Directional Antenna in direct sight of UUT antenna. shield UUT Antenna being tested with Antenna Shield (Appendix J). Figure 105 to ensure Test Set Directional Antenna is within effective coverage area for either ATCRBS or Mo d e S . Test Set antenna should be at the same height as the UUT antenna. TCAS 6000 Effective Test Coverage Figure 116 Subject to Export Control. DME: DME Antennas are bottom mounted on a i r f r a me . Shield with another Antenna Shield or disconnect and t e r mi n a t e U U T A n t e n n a ( s ) n o t b e i n g t e s t e d . Changing bearing may result in a more reliable track. For s i mu l a t e d r a n g e s w i t h i n 1 n m. p o s i t i o n t e s t s e t w i t h i n 3 0 f t ( 9 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Procedure to Avoid False TCAS RA’s on Overflying Aircraft or Altitude: If the aircraft barometric system is at altitude. ladders and tool chests) to minimize mu l t i p a t h r e f l e c t i o n s w h i c h c a u s e e r r o n e o u s intruder bearings. to ensure that the antenna far field is tested Mo d e S C o v e r a g e W i t h i n 1 2 n mi S i mu l a t e d R a n g e Figure 115 Refer to 1-2-4. Follow Avoid False TCAS RA’s on Overflying Aircraft or Altitude procedure. Position the Test Set Directional Antenna in direct sight of UUT antenna.24 m) from the Directional Antenna. When testing top antenna in a hanger use a gantry at the same height as the top antenna. V e r i f y w h i c h a n t e n n a ( s ) i s D M E Antenna(s) as the transponder lower antenna(s) look similar. Some aircraft are fitted w i t h a n o mn i . F o r t h o s e u n i t s p l a c e T e s t Set according to 1-2-4. Position Directional Antenna ≤20 ft (6. Due to high p o w e r d e n s i t y r e d u c t i o n i n s o me T C A S i n t e r r o g a t o r s . Figure 111.d i r e c t i o n a l b o t t o m a n t e n n a . 0 m) o f U U T a n t e n n a . avoiding close obstructions (such as gantries. TCAS: Mo s t T C A S i n s t a l l a t i o n s h a v e t o p a n d b o t t o m directional antennas. Refer to 1-2-4. ) . t o mi n i mi z e m u l t i p a t h r e f l e c t i o n s w h i c h cause random test failures. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 S u g g e s t e d L a y o u t t o R e d u c e Mu l t i p a t h E r r o r s Figure 117 Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 105 Nov 1/10 . see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 106 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 R a mp T e s t i n g Figure 118 Subject to Export Control. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. see Cover Page for details. IFR 6000 with Breakout Box Figure 119 Subject to Export Control. 1-2-4 Page 107 Nov 1/10 . Figure 114).8 BREAKOUT BOX The Breakout Box accessory provides access to individual user interfaces via standard connectors (1-2-4. The Test Set REMOTE Connector provides the main user signal interface for the Breakout Box. 1-2-4 Page 108 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. DM E M O D E S IG NAL G E N ER AT O R Output Frequency: Reply Frequency: Range: Accuracy: Output Level: ANT Connector: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Distance to UUT Antenna: RF I/O Connector: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: -95 to -47 dBm: -115 to <-95 dBm: Reply Pulse Spacing: P1 to P2: P1 to P2: Reply Pulse Width: P1/P2: Echo Reply: Control: Position: A mp l i t u d e : On/Off 3 0 n mi ( ± 1 n mi ) -11 dB (±1 dB) relative to reply level 3 .SPECIFICATIONS N O T E : A 5 m i n u t e w a r m.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 SECTION 3 . 1-3-1 Page 1 Nov 1/10 . NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without notice.u p p e r i o d i s r e q u i r e d f o r a l l s p e c i f i c a t i o n s . 5 µs ( ± 0 . 5 µ s ) 1 2 µs ( ± 1 0 0 n s ) ( X C h a n n e l ) a t 5 0 % p e a k 3 0 µs ( ± 1 0 0 n s ) ( Y C h a n n e l ) a t 5 0 % p e a k ±1 dB ±2 dB -115 to -47 dBm 1 dB -67 to -2 dBm at ANT Connector 1 dB ±2 dB 6 to 300 ft with supplied antenna 9 6 2 t o 1 2 1 3 MH z ±10 kHz Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. 5% 2700 Hz ±2% Per ARINC 568 10 to 6500 kts 1 kts ±0. see Cover Page for details. tested to ±0. 0 1 n mi ± 0 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 DM E M O D E S IG NAL G E N ER ATO R ( co n t) Reply Pulse Rise and Fall Times: All Pulses: R i s e T i me : F a l l T i me : Reply Delay: X Channel: Fixed Reply Delay: Y Channel: Fixed Reply Delay: Range Delay: X and Y Channel: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Range Rate: X and Y Channel: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Squitter: PRF: Accuracy: Distribution: Reply Efficiency: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Ident Tone: Selection: Frequency: Accuracy: Selectable three letter code 1350 Hz ±2 Hz 0 to 100% 1 % i n c r e me n t s ±0. 2 5 µ s ) ( 9 0 % t o 1 0 % ) Subject to Export Control. 0 0 n mi 0 . 5 µs ( ± 0 .01 % typical.5% 0 t o 4 5 0 . 2 5 µ s ) ( 1 0 % t o 9 0 % ) 2 . 0 1 n mi 5 6 µs ( ± 1 0 0 n s ) 5 0 µs ( ± 1 0 0 n s ) 2 . 1-3-1 Page 2 Nov 1/10 . 5 µs ( ± 0 . 00 µs 1 ns ±50 ns 1025.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 DM E M O D E U UT M EA SU R E M ENT S ERP: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Direct Connection Peak Pulse Power: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Frequency: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Interrogation Pulse Width: P1 and P2 Pulse Widths: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Interrogation Pulse Spacing: P1 to P2 Spacing: Resolution: Accuracy: Interrogation PRF: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: 1 to 300 Hz 1 Hz ±2 Hz 1 0 t o 1 4 µs ( X C h a n n e l ) 3 4 t o 3 8 µs ( Y C h a n n e l ) 10 ns ±20 ns 2. see Cover Page for details. 1-3-1 Page 3 Nov 1/10 .00 MHz 10 kHz ±20 kHz +47 to +64 dBm 0.1 dB ±1 dB +47 to +64 dBm 0.00 to 1150.00 to 5.1 dB ±2 dB Subject to Export Control. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TRA N S PO N D ER MO D E S IG N AL G EN E RA T O R RF Output Frequency: Interrogation Frequency: Accuracy: RF Output Level: Ant Connector: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Distance to UUT Antenna: RF I/O Connector: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: -95 to -47 dBm: -115 to <-95 dBm: Mo d e A : P1 to P2: P1 to P3: Mode C: P1 to P2: P1 to P3: Mo d e S : P1 to P2: P1 to P6: P1 to SPR: P5 to SPR: Mode A: P1 to P3: P1 to P4: 8 . see Cover Page for details. 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 8 .5 dB 1030 MHz ±10 kHz A T C R B S / Mo d e S I n t e r r o g a t i o n P u l s e S p a c i n g : Intermode Interrogation Pulse Spacing: Subject to Export Control. a u t o ma t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d -115 to -47 dBm 0.5 dB ±2 dB 6 to 200 ft with supplied antenna M T L + 6 d B t y p i c a l . 4 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s ) 2 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 2 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 2 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 2 1 . 1-3-1 Page 4 Nov 1/10 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) ±1 dB ±2 dB M T L + 6 d B t y p i c a l . 5 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 4 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 3 . a u t o ma t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d f o r a MT L range of -83 to -68 dBm -67 to -2 dBm at ANT Connector 0. 7 5 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 0 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 1 0 . -0 to +1 dB relative to P1 level Off Mo d e S : SLS Level (P5): NOTE 1 2 1 . -0 to +1 dB relative to P6 level Off Subject to Export Control. C . 8 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s ) 0 . P2. 8 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s ) 1 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 2 3 . 6 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s ) Interrogation Pulse Rise and Fall Times: 50 to 100 ns 50 to 200 ns ≤80 ns 180° (±10°) -12 dB. 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 0 . 2 5 µs ( ± 5 0 n s ) 3 0 . -1 to +0 dB relative to P6 level +3 dB. I n t e r m o d e : P1. see Cover Page for details.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TRA N S PO N D ER MO D E S IG N AL G EN E RA T O R ( con t ) Intermode Interrogation Pulse Spacing (cont): Mode C: P1 to P3: P1 to P4: Interrogation Pulse Widths: Mo d e A . S . -1 to +0 dB relative to P1 level 0 dB. 8 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s ) 1 6 . 2 5 µs ( ± 5 0 n s ) 0 . 1-3-1 Page 5 Nov 1/10 . P3: Mo d e S : P6 (Short DPSK Block): P6 (Long DPSK Block): P5 I n t e r mo d e : P4 (Short): P4 (Long): A l l Mo d e s : Rise Time: Fall Time: P h a s e Mo d u l a t i o n : A l l Mo d e s : Transition Time: Phase Shift: SLS Levels: ATCRBS: SLS Level (P2): -9 dB. 1-3-1 Page 6 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TRA N S PO N D ER MO D E S IG N AL G EN E RA T O R ( con t ) Interrogation Test Signals: Mode S: PRF: ATCRBS: PRF: 235 Hz (±5 Hz) 50 Hz (±5 Hz) Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. 1-3-1 Page 7 Nov 1/10 .000 MHz 10 kHz ±50 kHz +45.C a l l : Subject to Export Control.5 to +59 dBm (35.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TRA N S PO N D ER MO D E UUT M EA SU R E M EN T S ERP (at 1090 MHz): Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Transmitter Frequency: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Receiver Sensitivity.1 dB ±2 dB +46.5 to +59 dBm (45 to 800 W) 0. 0 0 µs 10 ns ±50 ns -79 to -67 dBm into 0 dBi antenna 0.1 dB ±2 dB 1087. 0 0 t o 1 3 1 . D i r e c t C o n n e c t i o n MT L : Mo d e S a n d A T C R B S M o d e S A l l .00 µs 10 ns ±50 ns 1 2 5 .1 dB ±1 dB D i r e c t C o n n e c t i o n P e a k P u l s e P o w e r ( a t 1 0 9 0 MH z ) : R e c e i v e r S e n s i t i v i t y . Radiated MTL: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Reply Delay: ATCRBS: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: 1. typical -79 to -67 dBm 0. see Cover Page for details.000 to 1093.5 to 800 W) 0.1 dB ±2 dB.80 to 7. 60 µs 1 ns ±20 ns 0.70 to 21.2 µs 3.C a l l : Subject to Export Control.75 µs 1 ns ±20 ns 0.25 to 0.00 µs 1 ns ±20 ns Mo d e S a n d A T C R B S M o d e S A l l .7 µs 1 ns ±20 ns 19.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TRA N S PO N D ER MO D E UUT M EA SU R E M EN T S ( c o n t) Reply Delay Jitter: ATCRBS: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Pulse Spacing: F1 to F2: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Mode S Preamble: Range: P1 to P2: P1 to P3: P1 to P4: Resolution: Accuracy: Pulse Widths: F1 and F2: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Mo d e S P r e a m b l e : Range: Resolution: Accuracy: 0.3 to 3.25 to 0.30 µs 1 ns ±20 ns 0.3 to 4.00 to 2. 1-3-1 Page 8 Nov 1/10 .7 µs 4.8 to 1.75 µs 1 ns ±20 ns 0. see Cover Page for details.00 to 6. 1 dB. see Cover Page for details.96 m (95 ft) 0.10 to 4. 1-3-1 Page 9 Nov 1/10 .88 sec 1 0 ms ± 1 0 ms -3 to +3 dB -3 to +3 dB 0.83 m (6 ft) to 28.01 dB via RCI) ±0. (0.1 dB ±3 dB 0.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TRA N S PO N D ER MO D E UUT M EA SU R E M EN T S ( c o n t) Pulse Amplitude Variation: Range: Mo d e S ( R e l a t i v e t o P 1 ) : ATCRBS (Relative to F1): Resolution: Accuracy: DF 11 Squitter Period: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Diversity Isolation: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: 0 to >20 dB (Depending on Test Distance) Test Distance is 1.5 dB Subject to Export Control. 1-3-1 Page 10 Nov 1/10 . 7 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 1 1 . 6 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 1 3 . . 3 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 1 .6 8 d B m t y p i c a l a t 1 0 n mi r a n g e . see Cover Page for details. 9 5 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 1 7 . a u t o ma t i c a l l y controlled -67 to -2 dBm at ANT Connector 0. 5 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 1 5 . 3 5 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 5 .6 8 d B m a t 1 0 n mi r a n g e .5 dB ±2 dB 6 to 300 ft with supplied antenna 1090 MHz ±10 kHz Subject to Export Control.5 dB S i m u l a t e s a 5 0 . 5 d B m X P D R E R P a t 1 0 n mi r a n g e . a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d -115 to -47 dBm 0. 4 5 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 2 . 0 5 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 1 4 . 8 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 7 . 9 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 4 . 2 5 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 8 . 4 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 1 8 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 T CA S M O D E S IG NAL G E N ER ATO R Output Frequency: Reply Frequency: Accuracy: Output Level (Simulated ERP) : ANT Connector: Radiated pwr at 0dBi UUT ant: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Distance to UUT Antenna: RF I/O Connector: A u t o ma t i c m o d e : Ma n u a l Mo d e R a n g e Resolution: Accuracy: -95 to -47 dBm: -115 to <-95 dBm: Reply Pulse Spacing: Mo d e C : F1 to F2: F1 to C1: F1 to A1: F1 to C2: F1 to A2: F1 to C4: F1 to A4: F1 to B1: F1 to D1: F1 to B2: F1 to D2: F1 to B4: F1 to D4: 2 0 . 8 5 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) ±1 dB ±2 dB . 1-3-1 Page 11 Nov 1/10 . 1 µs c h i p w i d t h T C A S I / I I Mo d e C ( w i t h a l t i t u d e r e p o r t i n g ) T C A S I I Mo d e S f o r ma t s 0 . 4 5 µs ( ± 5 0 n s ) 1 . 0 0 µs t i me s ( n . 1 6 0 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 3 . 0 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 1 . 5 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 4 . 0 2 n mi 3 . see Cover Page for details. 1 1 . 5 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s ) .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TCA S M O D E S IG NAL G E N ER ATO R ( co n t) Reply Pulse Spacing (cont): Mo d e S : P1 to P2: P1 to P3: P1 to P4: P1 to D1: D1 to Dn (n = 2 to 112): Reply Pulse Widths: Mo d e C : All Pulses: Mo d e S : P1 through P4: D1 through D112: Reply Modes: Reply Pulse Amplitudes: ATCRBS: Mo d e S : Reply Pulse Rise and Fall Times: A l l Mo d e s : Rise Time: Fall Time: Percent Reply: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Reply Delay ATCRBS: Mo d e S : Range Delay: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: 0 t o 2 6 0 n mi 0 .1 ) ( ± 2 5 n s ) Subject to Export Control. 5 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s ) 0 . 1 n mi ± 0 . 0 µs ( ± 5 0 n s ) 1 2 8 µs ( ± 5 0 n s ) 0 to 100% 10% ±1% 50 to 100 ns 50 to 200 ns ±1 dB relative to F1 ±1 dB relative to P1 0 . 5 0 µs ( ± 2 5 n s ) 8 . 000 ft -1200 to +1200 kts 10 kts 10% Subject to Export Control.000 to +10. r a n d o ml y d i s t r i b u t e d -10. 1-3-1 Page 12 Nov 1/10 . 8 t o 1 . 2 s e c .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 T CA S M O D E S IG NAL G E N ER ATO R ( con t) Range Rate: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Altitude Range: Range: Resolution: Mo d e C : Mo d e S : Altitude Rate: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Squitter: Control: Rate: On/Off 0 .000 fpm 100 fpm 10% 100 ft 25 ft -1000 to 126. see Cover Page for details. 75 us ≤ ±200 ns ≥ ±1.0 us 2.5dB above level of P1 ERP (at 1030 MHz): ATCRBS: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Mo d e S : Range: Resolution: Accuracy: ATCRBS: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: +43 to +58 dBm (20 to 631 W) 0.1 dB ±1 dB +43 to +58 dBm (20 to 631 W) 0. see Cover Page for details.0 us ≤ ±200 ns ≥ ±1.0 us ≤ ±200 ns ≥ ±1. 1-3-1 Page 13 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TCA S M O D E U UT M E AS UR E M E NT S Pulse Spacing: A TC R B S ( M o d e C A l l C a l l ) : S1 to P1: Accepts: Rejects: (<10% Replies) P1 to P3: Accepts: Rejects: (<10% Replies) P1 to P4: Accepts: Rejects: (<10% Replies) Mo d e S : P1 to P2: Accepts: Rejects: (<10% Replies) P1 to SPR: Accepts: Rejects: (<10% Replies) Suppresion A TC R B S ( P 2 o r S 1 ) : >0.1 dB ±2 dB <10% Replies 2.0 us 21.5 us D i r e c t C o n n e c t i o n P e a k P u l s e P o w e r ( a t 1 0 3 0 MH z ) : Subject to Export Control.1 dB ±2 dB +43 to +58 dBm (20 to 631 W) 0.0 us ≤ ±200 ns ≥ ±1.0 us 23.0 us ≤ ±200 ns ≥ ±1.0 us 4. 900 to 1030.2 sec Resolution: Accuracy: TCAS Broadcast Interval: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: +43 to +58 dBm (20 to 631 W) 0.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 T CA S M O D E U UT M E AS UR E M E NT S ( co nt) D i r e c t C o n n e c t i o n P e a k P u l s e P o w e r ( a t 1 0 3 0 MH z ) ( c o n t ) : Mode S: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Frequency: Range: 1029.0 to 12.1 dB ±1 dB Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details.0 sec 0.100 MHz 1 kHz ±10 kHz 1. 1-3-1 Page 14 Nov 1/10 .1 sec ±0. 4V peak into 50 Ω Proportional to IF level Input/Output 50 Ω typical 10 W peak 1/2 W average Input/Output 50 Ω typical 4 kW peak 10 W average <1. Typical Output 50 Ω typical 1.1 ± 0.5:1 6 dB.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 MI S C ELL AN EO U S Inputs/Outputs: RF I/O: Type: I mp e d a n c e : Ma x i m u m I n p u t L e v e l : VSWR: Antenna: Type: I mp e d a n c e : Ma x i m u m I n p u t L e v e l : Video Type: I mp e d a n c e : Generate Video Level: Receive Video Level: Test Antenna: VSWR: Gain: Time Base (TCXO): T e mp e r a t u r e S t a b i l i t y : Aging: Accuracy: Test Limit: Battery: Type: Duration: Input Power (Test Set): Input Range: Power Consumption: Fuse Requirements: 11 to 32 Vdc 5 5 W Ma x i mu m 1 6 W N o mi n a l a t 1 8 V d c w i t h c h a r g e d b a t t e r y 5 A. 1-3-1 Page 15 Nov 1/10 .3 ppm <1.3:1 Subject to Export Control. 32 Vdc. Type F Li Ion >4 hrs continuous operation >6 hrs. see Cover Page for details. Typical ±1 ppm ±1 ppm per year ±1 ppm ±0. see Cover Page for details. 1 c m) 2 . 7 i n ( 6 . 1-3-1 Page 16 Nov 1/10 .000 m 0°C to 40°C -20°C to 71°C Environmental (Supplied External AC to DC Converter): Use: Altitude: Operating Temperature: S t o r a g e T e mp e r a t u r e : Physical Characteristics: D i me n s i o n s : Height: Width: Depth: Weight (Test Set only): 1 1 . 2 i n ( 2 8 . 9 c m) <8 lbs. 47 to 63 Hz ≤ 1 0 % o f t h e n o mi n a l v o l t a g e According to Installation Category II 95% (±5%) from 5°C to 30°C 75% (±5%) from 30°C to 40°C 45% (±5%) from 40°C to 55°C Indoors ≤10. 1. (3.6 kg) Subject to Export Control.5 A Max. 5 c m) 9 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 MI S C ELL AN EO U S ( co n t) Input Power (Supplied External AC to DC Converter): Input Range: Ma i n s S u p p l y V o l t a g e F l u c t u a t i o n s : Transient Overvoltages: Environmental (Test Set): Use: Altitude: Operating Temperature: S t o r a g e T e mp e r a t u r e : R e l a t i v e H u mi d i t y : Pollution Degree 2 ≤4800 m -20°C to 55°C -30°C to 71°C NOTE 2 NOTE 3 100 to 250 VAC. 1 i n ( 2 3 . OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 SU P P LE M E NT A L INF O RM AT IO N: Test Set Certifications: Altitude. C l a s s 2 MI L . 2 FED-STD-101C.7. C l a s s 2 MI L . Method 5007. C l a s s 2 MI L S T D . C l a s s 2 MI L . 1-3-1 Page 17 Nov 1/10 .P R F . Method 5019 ATA 300. P r o c e d u r e 1 MI L .P R F . Me t h o d 5 1 0 .2 8 8 0 0 F .8 1 0 F .2 No 61010-1 EN 61326 UL 1950 DS CSA 22.2 8 8 0 0 F . Functional: Vibration Limits: T e mp e r a t u r e . C l a s s 2 MI L .2 8 8 0 0 F .P R F .8 1 0 F . Me t h o d 5 1 2 . C l a s s 2 UL-61010B-1 EN 61010-1 CSA 22.2 8 8 0 0 F .2 8 8 0 0 F . 4 .1 MI L .1.P R F . Method 5009.S T D . C l a s s 2 MI L . 234 VDE EN 60 950 E MI / R F I C o m p l i a n c e : EMC: Transit Case Certifications: Drop Test: Falling Dart Impact: Vibration.P R F . Category I FED-STD-101C. see Cover Page for details. N o n .1.P R F . 1 .P R F .8 1 0 F . P r o c e d u r e I I o f 4 . Loose Cargo: Vibration. C l a s s 2 MI L .P R F .S T D .S T D . Me t h o d 5 0 6 . Sweep: S i mu l a t e d R a i n f a l l : I m me r s i o n : FED-STD-101C. 4 .8 1 0 F . 4 . O p e r a t i n g : T e mp . P r o c e d u r e 1 MI L .2 8 8 0 0 F .2 8 8 0 0 F . Me t h o d 5 1 1 .2 8 8 0 0 F .P R F . Paragraph 6.2 8 8 0 0 F . Sec 6. Category I MI L . Operating: Altitude. C l a s s 2 MI L . Procedure A.2 8 8 0 0 F .3.P R F . Curve “B” EN 61326 NOTE 4 NOTE 5 EMC: Safety Compliance: External AC-DC Converter Certifications: Subject to Export Control. 4 FCC Docket 20780. Non-Operating: Bench Handling: Blowing Dust Drip Proof: Explosive Atmosphere: Relative Humidity: Shock.2 No. C l a s s 2 MI L . Level A ATA 300.O p e r a t i n g : Transit Drop: Safety Compliance: MI L . see Cover Page for details. 1-3-1 Page 18 Nov 1/10 .2 0 ° C t o 5 5 ° C .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 NO T E S NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3 NOTE 4 NOTE 5 SLS level is automatically controlled in the SLS LEVEL test. Subject to Export Control. T e mp e r a t u r e r a n g e r e d u c e d t o . Battery charging temperature range is 5° to 40°C (controlled by internal charger). Li Ion Battery must be removed below -20° C and above 60° C. T e mp e r a t u r e r a n g e e x t e n d e d t o .3 0 ° C t o 7 1 ° C . Subject to Export Control. SH I P PI NG T E ST S ET S Aeroflex Test Sets returned to factory for calibration.SHIPPING 1.service@aeroflex. I f o r i g i n a l s h i p p i n g c o n t a i n e r s a n d ma t e r i a l s a r e n o t a v a i l a b l e . Freight Costs A l l fr e i g ht c os ts o n no n. 1-4-1 Page 1 Nov 1/10 .w ar r a nty s h ip m en ts ar e as s um e d by t he c us t om er . Telephone: (800) 835-2350 FAX: (316) 524-5330 E-Mail: americas.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 SECTION 4 . ( S ee “ W ar r a n ty P ac k e t ” f or fr ei g ht c h ar g e po l ic y o n w ar r a n ty c l a i ms . service or repair must be repackaged and shipped according to the following conditions: Authorization Do not return any products to factory without first receiving authorization from Aeroflex C u s t o me r S e r v i c e D e p a r t m e n t . C o n t a c t A e r o f l e x C u s t o me r S e r v i c e f o r Test Set shipping instructions. c o n t a c t A e r o f l e x C u s t o me r S e r v i c e f o r s h i p p i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s .) Freight Insurance A e r o f l e x r e c o m me n d s t h a t c u s t o me r s o b t a i n freight insurance with the freight carrier when shipping Test Set. Aeroflex is not responsible f o r c o s t o f r e p a i r s f o r d a ma g e s t h a t o c c u r d u r i n g s h i p me n t o n w a r r a n t y o r n o n .com Tagging Test Sets All Test Sets must be tagged with:     Identification and address of owner Nature of service or repair required Mo d e l N u m b e r Serial Number Shipping Containers T e s t S e t s mu s t b e r e p a c k a g e d i n o r i g i n a l shipping containers using Aeroflex packing mo l d s . see Cover Page for details. Contact Aeroflex: Customer Service Dept.w a r r a n t y i t e ms . NOTE: T e s t S e t mu s t b e p r o p e r l y p a c k a g e d o r f r e i g h t c o mp a n y ma y n o t h o n o r i n s u r a n c e c l a i m. twine or equivalent. Close shipping container lids and seal with shipping tape or an industrial stapler. Place Test Set into shipping container.2    REPACKING PROCEDURE Ma k e s u r e b o t t o m p a c k i n g m o l d i s s e a t e d on floor of shipping container. see Cover Page for details 1-4-1 Page 2 Nov 1/10 .   P l a c e t o p p a c k i n g mo l d o v e r t o p o f T e s t Set and press down until top packing mold rests solidly on Test Set. ma k i n g s u r e T e s t S e t i s s e c u r e l y s e a t e d i n bottom packing mold. Subject to Export Control.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 1. Tie all sides of container with break resistant rope. Carefully wrap Test Set with polyethylene sheeting to protect finish. Refer to the Battery/Voltage Instructions.   Subject to Export Control. 1-5-1 Page 1 Nov 1/10 .St or a ge Perform the following storage precautions whenever the Test Set is stored for extended periods:   Disconnect Test Set from any electrical power source. Disconnect the wire harness connecting t h e b a t t e r y t o t h e T e s t S e t a n d r e mo v e t h e battery. see Cover Page for details. Cover Test Set to prevent dust and debris from covering and entering Test Set. Disconnect and store ac power cable and other accessories with Test Set.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Repacking Procedure Figure 1 S EC T IO N 5 . Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. 1-5-1 Page 2 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 5 mm center. I/O CO NN E CT O R S CONNECTOR SYNC VIDEO DC POWER TYPE BNC BNC 2. 30 W CW MAX RF. c enter positiv e) TNC TNC 44-Pin Female SIGNAL TYPE TTL TTL 11 to 32 Vdc INPUT/OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT INPUT RF I/O ANT REMOTE RF. 5.CONNECTOR PIN-OUT TABLES 1.5 W CW MAX MIXED INPUT/OUTPUT INPUT/OUTPUT INPUT/OUTPUT Re f er t o A pp e n dix A . 0. APPENDIX A Page 1 Nov 1/10 . see Cover Page for details.5 mm outer diameter. T a bl e 2 f o r REM OTE Co nn ect o r d esc ri pt i on.5 mm CIRCULAR (2. I/O Connectors Table 1 Subject to Export Control.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 APPENDIX A . see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX A Page 2 Nov 1/10 .O UT T A BL E PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 VBUS_DN1 GND_DN1 VBUS_UP GND_UP GND HOST-RTS A2 A4 C2 C4 GND REM_IN1 REM_OUT2 GND GND H_DH_D+ D_DD_D+ GND HOST_TXD HOST_CTS B1 B2 D2 Supply Ground Supply Ground Ground Output Input Input Input Input Ground Input Output Ground Ground In/Out In/Out In/Out In/Out Ground Output Input Input Input Input DESCRIPTION +5V supply for USB device port Ground for USB dev ice port +5V supply input from USB host Ground for USB hos t port Sys tem Ground RS-232 Request to send Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Sys tem Ground General Purpose Input General Purpose Output Sys tem Ground Sys tem Ground USB Host Data Compliment USB Host Data True USB Host Data Compliment USB Host Data True Sys tem Ground RS-232 Data Output RS-232 Clear to s end Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input REMOTE Connector Pin-Out Table Table 2 Subject to Export Control. RE MO T E CO N N ECT O R PI N.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2. RE MO T E CO N N ECT O R PI N. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 GND REM_IN2 REM_IN3 REM_OUT4 GND VBUS_DN1 VBUS_DN1 VBUS_UP GND_UP GND HOST_RXD A1 B4 C1 REM_SP1 D4 REM_IN4 REM_OUT1 REM_OUT3 Input Input Output Output Ground Input Input Output Ground Supply Supply Supply Ground Ground Input Input Input Input DESCRIPTION Sys tem Ground General Purpose Input General Purpose Input General Purpose Output Sys tem Ground +5V supply for USB device port +5V supply for USB device port +5V supply input from USB host Ground for USB host port Sys tem Ground RS-232 Data Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Spare Pin Altitude Enc ode Input General Purpose Input General Purpose Output General Purpose Output REMOTE Connector Pin-Out Table (cont) Table 2 Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX A Page 3 Nov 1/10 .O UT TA BL E ( c o n t) PIN NO. Subject to Export Control. APPENDIX A Page 4 Nov 1/10 . see Cover Page for details.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 609 1609 0.8684 1.27 1.37 3.097 0. APPENDIX B Page 1 Nov 1/10 .237 5280 1.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 APPENDIX B . see Cover Page for details.8684 6080.3048 1.281 3.609 0.6818 30.8532 1853.4536 0.467 1.54 2.048 1.1516 TO CONVERT: me t e r s me t e r s m/ s e c m/ s e c m/ s e c mi l e s mi l e s mi l e s mi l e s mi l e s / h r mi l e s / h r mi l e s / h r n mi n mi n mi n mi ounces pounds psi 100 ft 100 ft 100 ft INTO: feet inches ft/sec k m/ h r mi l e s / h r feet km me t e r s n mi ft/sec k m/ h r knots feet km me t e r s mi l e s g r a ms kg kg/cm km mi l e s n mi 2 MU L T I P L Y BY: 3.03281 0.0703 3281 0.689 1.5396 0.3937 30.0703 3.METRIC/BRITISH IMPERIAL CONVERSION TABLE WITH NAUTICAL DISTANCE CONVERSIONS TO CONVERT: cm cm feet feet ft/sec ft/sec ft/sec ft/sec ft/sec 2 2 INTO: feet inches cm meters km/hr knots miles/hr cm/sec m/sec 2 2 MULTIPLY BY: 0.9113 0.6 2.48 0.6214 0.894 1.5921 0.03527 2.645 g r a ms inches kg kg/cm km km km km/hr km/hr km/hr knots knots knots 2 ounces cm pounds psi feet miles nmi ft/sec knots miles/hr ft/sec km/hr miles/hr Subject to Export Control.34953 0.3048 0.205 0.48 0.8532 1.281 39.5396 0.6214 1.2 1.1516 28. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. APPENDIX B Page 2 Nov 1/10 . see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control. 0 3 GHZ A NT GAI N 1. 1 dB 7 . 0 9 GHZ UUT A DDRESS MA NUA L AA DIVE RSI TY TEST CO NFIG TYPE FACTORY B ott om A nt e nn a 1 2 f ee t 1 f o ot 1 . APPENDIX C Page 1 Nov 1/10 . 1 dB 6 . see Cover Page for details. 2 dB Us er Def i ne d 0 . 1 dB A UT O 0 0 0 0 00 ON G ENERIC MO DE S POWER UP L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d A UT O L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d Subject to Export Control.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 APPENDIX C .FACTORY/POWER UP PRESETS Setup General CONTROL P OWE R DOW N E RP UNIT S UNITS REM OTE OPE RA TIO N FACTORY 1 0 mi ns d Bm F e et RS -23 2 POWER UP L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d Setup XPDR Screen FIELD A NTE NNA SEL ECTI ON RF PO RT A NTE NNA RA NGE A NTE NNA HE IG HT DI R CAB LE LO SS A NT CA BL E A NT CA BL E L OSS A NT GAI N 1. 5 dB 7 . 0 3 GHZ A NT GAI N 1. 0 dB 2 . 1 dB 7 . 9 6 GHZ A NT GAI N 1. see Cover Page for details. 1 5 GHZ A NT GAI N 1. APPENDIX C Page 2 Nov 1/10 . 3d B Us er Def i ne d 0 . 1 dB 5 . 2 2 GHZ MAX RANGE FACTORY A nt e nn a 1 2 f ee t I FR 1 . 2 dB 1 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 S e t u p D ME S c r e e n FIELD RF PO RT A NTE NNA RA NGE I DE NT TO NE DI R CAB LE LO SS CAB LE LO SS A NT CA BL E A NT CA BL E L OSS A NT GAI N 0. 1 dB 6 . 0 9 GHZ A NT GAI N 1. 8 dB 4 0 0 nm POWER UP L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d L as t Use d DME Screen FIELD V OR / F RE Q / CHA N RF LV L RA NGE RATE RATE DIRECTI ON % REP LY E CHO I DE NT S QT R FACTORY 9 7 8/ 1 0 8. 00 /1 7X M axi mu m 0 nm 1 0 kts O UT 1 0 0% O FF ON ON Subject to Export Control. 00 /1 7X M axi mu m 0 nm 1 0 kts O UT 1 0 0% O FF ON ON POWER UP 9 7 8/ 1 0 8. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 XPDR Auto Test Screen FIELD CO NFIG A NTE NNA L EVE L REP LIES F RE Q T OP E RP T OP M T L B OT E RP B OT M T L A CODE C A LT S CODE S ALT T AIL DF 1 7 F LI G HT I D AA FS VS CO UNT RY FACTORY G ENERIC MO DE S B ott om B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk POWER UP L as t Use d L as t use d B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk B la nk Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX C Page 3 Nov 1/10 . 0 3G HZ A NT GAI N 1. 1d B 6 .0 0 nm 0 . 1d B 7 . 00 n m 3 0 0 k ts + 1 0 0 0 ft 0 ft 5 0 0 fp m O FF 0 ft O FF Subject to Export Control. 0 9G HZ S QUITT ERS A LT RE PO RTI NG DISP LAYE D AL T T EST S ET AA FACTORY A nt e nn a 1 2 ft 1 ft A ut o 0 0 0 0 00 1 . APPENDIX C Page 4 Nov 1/10 . 00 n m 3 0 0 k ts + 1 0 0 0 ft 0 ft 5 0 0 fp m O FF 0 ft O FF POWER UP 0 Custo m T CAS II 1 0 0% M o de S 1 0 . 2d B Us er d ef i ne d 0 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 TCAS Setup Screen FIELD RF PO RT A NT RA NGE A NT HE IG HT UUT A DDRESS MA NUA L AA DI R CAB LE LO SS A NT CA BL E A NT CA BL E L OSS A NT GAI N 1. 1d B ON ON Re l ativ e A 9 24 9 3 POWER UP L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d A ut o L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d TCAS Screen FIELD S CE NA RI O T CAS TYPE REP LY I NT RUDE R T YPE RA NGE STA RT RA NGE ST OP RA NGE RATE A LT STA RT A LT ST OP A LT RA TE CO NVE RGE UUT A LT A LT DE TE CT FACTORY 0 Custo m T CAS II 1 0 0% M o de S 1 0 . see Cover Page for details.0 0 nm 0 . 5 Screen FIELD T YPE DF AA PE RI O D L AT L O NG P OS SA F T S URVEI L LA NCE S TAT US BA RO P RES A L T G NS S A LT 9 18 A 9 24 9 2 1 . see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX C Page 5 Nov 1/10 . 00 s 0 0 0 N 0 0 0 E 0 N/ UT C No i nf o 0 ft FACTORY 9 L as t use d A 9 24 9 2 1 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B Setup Screen FIELD P OS DE CO DE L AT L O NG A DS -B GE N A DS -B M O N G I CB G l o ba l 90 0 O N 180 0 0 E DF 1 7 DF 1 7 DF 2 0 FACTORY POWER UP L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d ADS-B GEN BDS 0. 00 s 0 0 0 N 0 0 0 E 0 N/ UT C No i nf o 0 ft POWER UP Subject to Export Control. APPENDIX C Page 6 Nov 1/10 . 00 s + + ++ + ++ + D Re se rv e d FACTORY 1 L as t use d L as t use d A 9 24 9 2 1 . 00 s 0 0 0 N 0 0 0 E No i nf o N/ UT C 0 de g POWER UP ADS-B GEN BDS 0.8 Screen FIELD T YPE DF CO UNT AA PE RI O D F LI G HT I D EM IT CAT SET EM IT CAT 1 18 0 A 9 24 9 2 1 . see Cover Page for details. 00 s 0 0 0 N 0 0 0 E No i nf o N/ UT C 0 de g FACTORY 5 L as t use d A 9 24 9 2 1 . 00 s + + ++ + ++ + D Re se rv e d POWER UP Subject to Export Control.6 Screen FIELD T YPE DF AA PE RI O D L AT L O NG M OVEME NT T HDG 5 17 A 9 24 9 2 1 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B GEN BDS 0. 9 Screen FIELD T YPE DF AA PE RI O D E-W NA CV N-S HDG S UBT YPE VE RT RATE G EO AL T DIF F F ROM BA RO S OURCE I NT ENT CHA NGE AI RSP EE D AI RSP EE D TYP E I FR CAP A DS -B/ CLASS A 1> NO 19 17 A 9 24 9 2 1 . 00 s 0 kts E 0 0 kts N 1 – v el ov r g nd n o rm 0 ft / m in 0 ft G EO NO NO FACTORY 19 L as t use d A 9 24 9 2 1 . 00 s 0 kts E 0 0 kts N 1 – v el ov r g nd n o rm 0 ft / m in 0 ft G EO NO POWER UP ADS-B GEN BDS 6.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B GEN BDS 0. APPENDIX C Page 7 Nov 1/10 .1 Screen FIELD T YPE DF AA PE RI O D EME RG / PRIO R CO DE RESE RVE D S UBT YPE 28 18 A 9 24 9 2 1 . 00 s 0 – No i nf o 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 0 – No i nf o FACTORY 28 L as t use d A 9 24 9 2 1 . 00 s 0 – No i nf o 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 0 – No i nf o POWER UP Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX C Page 8 Nov 1/10 .2 Screen FIELD T YPE DF AA PE RI O D VE RT DATA / SO URCE I NF O T ARG A LT CA P VE RT MO DE I ND SI L T ARG A LT TYPE NI C BA RO T ARG A LT T ARG HDG T CAS /A CAS O PE RATI O NA L RAA HO RI Z DATA AVA L/ S OURCE IND HO RI Z M ODE I ND NA C EME RG/P RI O R CO DE 29 17 A 9 24 9 2 1 . 00 s No t use d HL DG A LT Un kn o wn 0 FL 0 0 ft 0 de g No No No t v al id Un kn o wn 0 No Em e rg e ncy POWER UP Subject to Export Control. 00 s No t use d HL DG A LT Un kn o wn 0 FL 0 0 ft 0 de g No No No t v al id Un kn o wn 0 No Em e rg e ncy FACTORY 29 L as t use d A 9 24 9 2 1 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B GEN BDS 6. see Cover Page for details. 00 s D-a i rbo rn e D D 0 0 0 0 0 0 Do -2 6 0 / Do -2 4 2 0 0 0 T ru e North No 0 0 POWER UP Subject to Export Control. 00 s D.a i rbo rn e D D 0 0 0 0 0 0 Do .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 ADS-B GEN BDS 6.2 6 0 / Do -2 4 2 0 0 0 T ru e North No 0 0 FACTORY 31 L as t use d A 9 24 9 2 1 . APPENDIX C Page 9 Nov 1/10 .3 Screen FIELD T YPE DF AA PE RI O D S UBT YPE NA C BA Q SI L TC CDTI A RV TS RA VE R NB R NO T -T CAS O PE R M ODE S UBFIE L D NI C BA RO HO RI Z REF DI R I DE NT T RK /HDG NI C L E NG TH/WI DTH RE C AT C SE RV B 2 LO W P OA 31 18 A 9 24 9 2 1 . see Cover Page for details. 1 6.5 ) A LT RA TE HDG (1 . see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX C Page 10 Nov 1/10 . 0 3 GHz A NT GAI N 1. 0 9 GHz UUT A DDRESS MA NUA L AA FACTORY A nt e nn a 1 2 ft 1 ft 1 .5) T RA FFI C (1 .1 A ut o 0 0 0 0 00 POWER UP L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d A ut o L as t use d TIS Screen FIELD T ARGET S UUT HDG B RG (d e g ) (1.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Setup TIS Screen FIELD RF PO RT A NT RA NGE A NT HE IG HT DI R CAB LE LO SS A NT CA BL E A NT CA BL E L OSS A NT GAI N 1. 1 dB 7.5 ) RNG (nm ) (1 -5 ) A LT (ft ) (1 . 2 dB Us er d ef i ne d 0 .5) 5 0 0 0 0 L ev e l 0 P r ox FACTORY POWER UP L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d L as t use d Subject to Export Control. OPERATION MANUAL IFR-6000 APPENDIX D .A C a p a b i l i t y S u b f i e l d Altitude Address Parity Acquisition Special American National Standard Code for Information Interchange Air Traffic Control ATCRBS (screen abbreviation) Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System A u t o m a t i c T e s t E q u i p me n t Attenuation Automatic Average B BAT BCS BD BDS BIT BOT bps BR BT Battery C o m m.A C a p a b i l i t i y S u b f i e l d Analog to Digital Analog to Digital Converter Address Airborne Data Link Processor A-Definition Subfield C o m m.B D a t a B-Definition Subfield Built In Test Bottom Bits per Second Bridge Rectifier Battery C CA CC ccw CFS CHAN CHC CLOS cm Cont CPU CrLf CTRL CTS CTS/DTR CVC CW cw C Celsius or Centigrade Transponder Capability Crosslink Capability Counterclockwise Continuation Subfield Channel Cancel Horizontal Resolution Advisory Closeout -2 C e n t i me t e r ( 1 0 Me t e r s ) Continued Central Processing Unit Carriage Return and Line Feed Control Clear to Send/(One-way hardware) Two-way hardware Cancel Vertical Resolution A d v i s o r y C o mp l e me n t Continuous Wave Clockwise D D/A DABS DAC dB dBi dBm 2 dB W/m DCD DCXO DELM DF DI DMM DPSK DR DSP DSR DTR Digital to Analog Discrete Address Beacon System Digital to Analog Converter Decibel Decibels above isotropic D e c i b e l s a b o v e o n e mi l l i w a t t Decibels above one watt per s q u a r e me t e r Data Carrier Detect D i g i t a l l y C o mp e n s a t e d C r y s t a l Oscillator Downlink Extended Length Me s s a g e Downlink Format Designator Identification D i g i t a l Mu l t i me t e r Differential Phase Shift Keying Downlink Request Digital Signal Processor Data Set Ready D a t a T e r mi n a l R e a d y Subject to Export Control. APPENDIX D Page 1 Nov 1/10 .ABBREVIATIONS A A AA AC AC ac ACAS ACS A/D ADC ADDR ADLP ADS AIS ALT AP AQ ASCII ATC ATC ATCRBS ATE ATTEN AUTO AVG Amperes Address Announced Altitude Code Alternating Current Alternating Current Airborne Collision Avoidance System C o m m. see Cover Page for details.B C a p a b i l i t y S u b f i e l d C o m m. C O M M. C O M M. ELM 3 Kilogram (10 Grams) 3 Kilohertz (10 Hertz) 3 Kilometer (10 meters) Knots (Velocity) o OUT Ω Octal Output Ohm LCA LCD LED LF LO LOS LSB LSD L Logic Cell Array Liquid Crystal Display L i g h t E mi t t i n g D i o d e Line Feed Local Oscillator Lockout Subfield Least Significant Bit Least Significant Digit M m MA MA X MB MB S MC MD ME ME A S ME S MH z µs MI D MI N MP U ms MT B MT E MT L MU MV Me t e r s Me s s a g e . see Cover Page for details.E Me a s u r i n g Mu l t i s i t e E L M S u b f i e l d 6 Me g a h e r t z ( 1 0 H e r t z ) -6 Mi c r o s e c o n d ( 1 0 S e c o n d s ) Mo d e S A d d r e s s Mi n i mu m Mi c r o p r o c e s s i n g U n i t -3 Mi l l i s e c o n d ( 1 0 S e c o n d s ) Mu l t i p l e T h r e a t B i t Mu l t i p l e T h r e a t E n c o u n t e r Mi n i mu m T h r e s h o l d L e v e l Me s s a g e .S e g me n t N u mb e r N a u t i c a l Mi l e s N u mb e r -9 Nanosecond (10 Seconds) O Subject to Export Control. C O M M.U Me s s a g e . C O M M. C O M M.A Ma x i mu m Me s s a g e .B Mu l t i s i t e C O M M. APPENDIX D Page 2 Nov 1/10 .V N N/A NC ND n mi No ns Not Applicable C .C Me s s a g e . C O M M.S e g me n t N u mb e r D .D Me s s a g e . C O M M.B S u b f i e l d Me s s a g e .OPERATION MANUAL IFR-6000 E ECS ELM EMC E MI EOL ERP ESB ESD EXT Extended Capability Subfield Extended Length Message Electromagnetic Compatibility Electromagnetic Interference End of Line Effective Radiated Power Encoded Sense Bits Electrostatic Discharge External F FCC FPM FREQ FS FT Ft Federal Communications Commission Feet Per Minute Frequency Flight Status Foot/Feet Foot/Feet G GEN GND Generator Ground H h Hz HRC Hexadecimal Hertz Horizontal Resolution Advisory Complement I ID IDS IFF II IIS IN INTERR I/O ITM Identification Identifier Des ignators Subfield Identification Friend or Foe Interrogator Identification Interrogator Identification Subfield Input Interrogation Input/Output Intermode K KE kg kHz km Kts Control. see Cover Page for details. Direct Current V-Definition Subfield Version V i d e o R a n d o m A c c e s s M e mo r y Vertical Resolution Advisory C o mp l e me n t V o l t s R o o t Me a n S q u a r e Vertical Status Vertical Sense Bits Voltage Standing Wave Ratio W W Watt X X MT R Xon/Xoff XPDR T r a n s mi t t e r Software Handshake Transponder Subject to Export Control.OPERATION MANUAL IFR-6000 P PC PC PC PI PLCS PN PPM ppm PR PRF PROM psi PWM PWR Personal Computer Printed Circuit Protocol Parity/Interrogator Identity Places Part Number Pulse Position Modulation Parts per Million Probability of Reply Pulse Repetition Frequency Programmable Read Only Me mo r y Pounds per Square Inch Pulse Width Modulation Power R RAM RAC RAT RC RCI RCVD RCVR Ref RF RI RL RMS ROM RR RRS RSS RTCA RTS RX RXD Random Access Memory Resolution Advisory Complement Resolution Advisory Termination Reply Control Remote Control Interface Received Receiver Reference Radio Frequency Reply Information Air-to-Air Reply Length Root Mean Square Read Only Memory Reply Request Reply Request Subfield Reservation Status Subfield Requirements and Technical Concepts for Aviation organization Request to Sent Receive Receive Data S SCOPE SCPI SD Sec SL SLM SLS SPI SQTR SRQ SRS SSR SYNC Oscilloscope Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments organization Special Designator Second Sensitivity Level Standard Length Message Side-Lobe Suppression Special Identifier Pulse Squitter Service Request Segment Request Subfield Secondary Surveillance Radar Synchronous TAS TCAS TID T MS Trig TTI TTL TX TXD T T r a n s mi s s i o n A c k n o w l e d g me n t Subfield Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Threat Identity Data T a c t i c a l Me s s a g e S u b f i e l d Trigger Threat Type Indicator Transistor-Transistor Logic T r a n s mi t T r a n s mi t D a t a U UDS UELM UF UM UUT U-Definition Subfield Uplink Extended Length Me s s a g e U p l i n k F o r ma t U t i l i t y Me s s a g e Unit Under Test V V VAC VCO Vdc VDS VERS VRAM VRC V r ms VS VSB VSWR Volt Volts. Alternating Current Voltage Controlled Oscillator Volts. APPENDIX D Page 3 Nov 1/10 . OPERATION MANUAL IFR-6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX D Page 4 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 APPENDIX E - BREAKOUT BOX Breakout Box - Top View Figure 1 Breakout Box - Front View Figure 2 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX E Page 1 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 1. US B HO ST CO NN E CT O R PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 1 2 3 4 VBUS_DN1 H_DH_D+ GND_DN1 Supply In/Out In/Out Ground DESCRIPTION +5 V supply for USB devic e port USB Host Data Compliment USB Host Data True Ground for USB dev ice port USB HOST Connector Table Table 1 2. US B D E VI C E CO N N E CT O R PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 1 2 3 4 VBUS_UP D_DD_D+ GND_UP Supply In/Out In/Out Ground DESCRIPTION +5 V supply input from USB host USB Host Data Compliment USB Host Data True Ground for USB hos t port USB DEVICE Connector Table Table 2 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX E Page 2 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 3. AL T I T U D E E NCO D ER CO N N ECT O R PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 D2 D4 GND Input Input Ground A1 A2 A4 B1 B2 B4 C1 C2 C4 Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input DESCRIPTION Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Sys tem Ground ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector Table Table 3 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX E Page 3 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 4. AU X IN C O N N ECT O R PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 REM_IN1 REM_IN2 REM_IN3 REM_IN4 GND GND GND GND DNU Input Input Input Input Ground Ground Ground Ground Supply DESCRIPTION General Purpose Input General Purpose Input General Purpose Input General Purpose Input Sys tem Ground Sys tem Ground Sys tem Ground Sys tem Ground Do Not Use, Reserved AUX IN Connector Table Table 4 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX E Page 4 Nov 1/10 2 3 2 CO N N ECT O R PIN NO. RS . SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 RS-232 Connector Table Table 5 HOST_CTS HOST_RTS BIPOLAR BIPOLAR GND Ground HOST_TXD HOST_RXD BIPOLAR BIPOLAR DESCRIPTION RS-232 Data Output RS-232 Data Input Sys tem Ground RS-232 Clear to Send (Input) RS-232 Clear to Send (Output) Subject to Export Control. APPENDIX E Page 5 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 5. see Cover Page for details. AU X O UT C O N NE CT O RS CONNECTOR SIGNAL TYPE AUX OUT 1 AUX OUT 2 AUX OUT 3 AUX OUT 4 Output Output Output Output DESCRIPTION Mode S Interrogation Trigger ATCRBS Interrogation Trigger Not Used Not Used Remote OUT Connector Table Table 6 Subject to Export Control. APPENDIX E Page 6 Nov 1/10 . see Cover Page for details.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 6. O u t T a b l e Table 2 Subject to Export Control. RE MO T E CO N N ECT O R PIN NO. see Cover Page for details. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 VBUS_DN1 GND_DN1 VBUS_UP GND_UP GND HOST-RTS A2 A4 C2 C4 GND REM_IN1 REM_OUT2 GND GND H_DH_D+ D_DD_D+ GND HOST_TXD HOST_CTS B1 B2 D2 Supply Ground Supply Ground Ground Output Input Input Input Input Ground Input Output Ground Ground In/Out In/Out In/Out In/Out Ground Output Input Input Input Input DESCRIPTION +5 V supply for USB devic e port Ground for USB dev ice port +5 V supply input from USB host Ground for USB hos t port Sys tem Ground RS-232 Request to send Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Sys tem Ground General Purpose Input General Purpose Output Sys tem Ground Sys tem Ground USB Host Data Compliment USB Host Data True USB Host Data Compliment USB Host Data True Sys tem Ground RS-232 Data Output RS-232 Clear to s end Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input R E MO T E C o n n e c t o r P i n .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 7. APPENDIX E Page 7 Nov 1/10 . OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 7. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 GND REM_IN2 REM_IN3 REM_OUT4 GND VBUS_DN1 VBUS_DN1 VBUS_UP GND_UP GND HOST_RXD A1 B4 C1 REM_SP1 D4 REM_IN4 REM_OUT1 REM_OUT3 Input Input Output Output Ground Input Input Output Ground Supply Supply Supply Ground Ground Input Input Input Input DESCRIPTION Sys tem Ground General Purpose Input General Purpose Input General Purpose Output Sys tem Ground +5 V supply for USB devic e port +5 V supply for USB devic e port +5 V supply input from USB host Ground for USB hos t port Sys tem Ground RS-232 Data Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Altitude Enc ode Input Spare Pin Altitude Enc ode Input General Purpose Input General Purpose Output General Purpose Output REMOTE Connector Pin-Out Table (cont) Table 2 Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. RE MO T E CO N N ECT O R ( co n t ) PIN NO. APPENDIX E Page 8 Nov 1/10 . 0 51.0 to 57.0 48.0 48.0 48. APPENDIX F Page 1 Nov1/10 . see Cover Page for details.CONFIGURATIONS F AR 4 3 ANT/DIR Configuration GENERIC ATCRBS A TC R B S C L A S S A A TC R B S C L A S S B GENERIC MODE S MO D E S C L A S S A MO D E S C L A S S B MODE S CL B OPT FRQ MO D E S C L B O P T P O W TX Power (dBm) 48.0 to 57.5 to 57.0 48.0 R X MT L ( d B m ) -73 (±4) -73 (±4) -73 (±4) -74 (±3) -74 (±3) -74 (±3) -74 (±3) -74 (±3) T X F r e q ( MH z ) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±1) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±1) 1090 (±3) DIR w/ Coupler Configuration GENERIC ATCRBS A TC R B S C L A S S A A TC R B S C L A S S B GENERIC MODE S MO D E S C L A S S A MO D E S C L A S S B MODE S CL B OPT FRQ MO D E S C L B O P T P O W TX Power (dBm) 48.0 to 57.0 51.0 51.0 51.5 to 57.0 to 57.5 to 57.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 APPENDIX F .0 48.5 to 57.5 to 57.0 51.0 51.0 R X MT L ( d B m ) -66 to -77 -66 to -77 -66 to -77 -68 to -77 -68 to -77 -68 to -77 -68 to -77 -68 to -77 T X F r e q ( MH z ) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±1) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±1) 1090 (±3) Subject to Export Control.5 to 57.5 to 57.5 to 57.0 48.0 to 57.5 to 57.0 to 57.5 to 57.0 48.0 48. see Cover Page for details.0 ≥48.5 ≥51.5 ≥48. APPENDIX F Page 2 Nov1/10 .5 ≥48.0 ≤ R X MT L ( d B m ) ≤-69 ≤-69 ≤-69 ≤-71 ≤-71 ≤-71 -71 ≤-71 T X F r e q ( MH z ) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±1) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±1) 1090 (±3) DIR w/ Coupler Configuration GENERIC ATCRBS A TC R B S C L A S S A A TC R B S C L A S S B GENERIC MODE S MO D E S C L A S S A MO D E S C L A S S B MODE S CL B OPT FRQ MO D E S C L B O P T P O W TX Power (dBm) ≥48.5 ≥48.5 ≥51.5 ≥51.5 ≥48.0 ≥48.5 ≥51.0 ≥48.0 R X MT L ( d B m ) ≤-66 ≤-66 ≤-66 ≤-68 ≤-68 ≤-68 ≤-68 ≤-68 T X F r e q ( MH z ) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±1) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±1) 1090 (±3) Subject to Export Control.5 ≥51.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 MO D 43 Port Configuration GENERIC ATCRBS A TC R B S C L A S S A A TC R B S C L A S S B GENERIC MODE S MO D E S C L A S S A MO D E S C L A S S B MODE S CL B OPT FRQ MO D E S C L B O P T P O W TX Power (dBm) ≥48.5 ≥51.0 ≥48. 48FFFF 4B0000 . For an expanded list of Mode S codes.448FFF C00000 .45FFFF 380000 .C3FFFF 458000 . APPENDIX G Page 1 Nov 1/10 .4B7FFF A00000 . see Cover Page for details. refer to Appendix H.MODE S ADDRESS BLOCKS This table contains Mode S address blocks for countries whose tail numbers are decoded by the IFR 6000.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 APPENDIX G .3FFFFF 488000 .3AFFFF 3C0000 . COUNTRY Belgium Canada Denmark France Germany Poland Switzerland USA ADDRESS BLOCK 448000 .AFFFFF Subject to Export Control. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX G Page 2 Nov 1/10 . C3FFFF 096000 .032FFF 70E000 .0943FF 680000 .0AA3FF 510000 . COUNTRY Afghanistan Albania Algeria Angola Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Armenia Australia Austria Azerbaijan ADDRESS BLOCK 70000 .448FFF 0AB000 .0353FF 036000 . APPENDIX H Page 1 Nov 1/10 .8953FF 450000 .0A7FFF 090000 .6803FF E94000 . refer to Appendix G. see Cover Page for details.5103FF 448000 .894FFF 702000 .702FFF 0AA000 .9013FF 0AE000 .78BFFF 0AC000 .447FFF 600800 .06CFFF Brunei Darassalam Bulgaria Burkin Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cape Verde Central African Republic Chad Chile China Colombia Comoros Congo Cook Islands Costa Rica Côte d/Ivoire Croatia Cuba Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bhutan Bolivia Bosnia and Herzegovina Botswana 0A8000 .457FFF 09C000 .MODE S ADDRESS BLOCKS T h i s t a b l e c o n t a i n s a c o m p l e t e l i s t o f Mo d e S a d d r e s s b l o c k s .501FFF 0B0000 .E3FFFF 600000 .5133FF 084000 .E94FFF 513000 .0303FF Cyprus 4C8000 .038FFF 501C00 . F o r c o u n t r i e s w h o s e t a i l n u mb e r s are decoded by the IFR 6000.4C83FF Subject to Export Control.70EFFF 034000 .0B0FFF 030000 .0AEFFF 038000 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 APPENDIX H .036FFF 901000 .6003FF 7C0000 .0CA3FF E00000 .E4FFFF 895000 .600BFF Brazil COUNTRY ADDRESS BLOCK E40000 .7FFFFF 440000 .09CFFF 032000 .084FFF E80000 .700FFF 501000 .0ACFFF 035000 .E80FFF 780000 .090FFF 0CA000 .096FF 06C000 .0AB3FF 094000 .034FFF C00000 .0A8FFF 894000 .5013FF 0A0000 . 45FFFF 098000 .5143FF 3C0000 .C8E3FF 706000 .46FFFF 0C000 .0483FF 0B6000 .72FFFF 4CA000 .2023FF 511000 .706FFF 601000 .C88FFF 460000 .8A7FFF 730000 .502FFF 748000 .040FFF C88000 .04A3FF Subject to Export Control.09AFFF 514000 . Islamic Rep Iraq Ireland Israel Italy Jamaica Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kiribati Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Lao Dem Rep Latvia Lebanon Lesotho ADDRESS BLOCK 048000 .03EFFF 09A000 .4CCFFF 800000 .044FFF 468000 .4CAFFF 738000 .046FFF COUNTRY Guinea-Bissau Guyana Haiti Honduras Hungary Iceland India Indonesia Iran.3FFFFF 044000 .49FFFF 72000 .0B6FFF 0B800 .0983FF 0C4000 .747FFF 683000 .467FFF 380000 .737FFF 728000 .E84FFF 010000 .73FFFF 300000 .727FFF 08C000 .708FFF 502C0 .3AFFFF 03E000 .87FFFF 740000 .04CFFF C8E000 .0BEFFF 840000 .042FFF 202000 .477FFF 4CC000 .0CC3FF 0B4000 .0B4FFF 046000 .0B2FFF 042000 . see Cover Page for details.0C4FFF E84000 .33FFFF 0BE000 . APPENDIX H Page 2 Nov 1/10 .08CFFF 458000 .83FFFF 8A0000 .74FFFF 04A000 .0B8FFF 0BA000 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 COUNTRY Czech Rep Dem Republic Korea Dem Republic Congo Denmark Djibouti Dominican Rep Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Fiji Finland France Gabon Gambia Georgia Germany Ghana Greece Grenada Guatemala Guinea ADDRESS BLOCK 498000 .0BAFFF 470000 .5113FF 040000 .6013FF 708000 .017FFF 0B2000 .6733FF 04C000 . 6813FF COUNTRY New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Poland Portugal ADDRESS BLOCK C80000 .4D43FF 682000 .01FFFF 503C00 .05D3FF 060000 .757FFF 05A000 .0D7FFF 681000 .0C0FFF 062000 .06A3FF 718000 .6823FF 020000 .71FFFF 504C00 . Federal States Monaco Mongolia Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Namibia Nauru Nepal ADDRESS BLOCK 050000 .70C3FF 760000 .504FFF 4A0000 .062FFF 064000 .06EFFF C8C000 .C8C3FF 0BC000 . see Cover Page for details.006FFF 704000 .050FFF 018000 .4A7FFF 100000 .058FFF 75000 .054FFF 057000 .4D03FF 054000 .767FFF 684000 .503FFF 4D0000 .027FFF 006000 .064FFF 478000 .E88FFF E8C000 .0C2FFF 898000 .2013FF C8A000 . APPENDIX H Page 3 Nov 1/10 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 COUNTRY Liberia Libyan Arab Jam Lithuania Luxembourg Madagascar Malawi Malaysia Maldives Mali Malta Marshall Islands Mauritania Mauritius Mexico Micronesia.05CFFF 4D2000 .9023FF Subject to Export Control.E8CFFF 758000 .0603FF 0D0000 .898FFF E88000 .70AFFF Qatar Rep of Korea Rep of Moldova Romania Russian Fed Rwanda Saint Lucia St Vincent and Grenadines Samoa 06A000 .48FFFF 490000 .4D23FF 900000 .497FFF 4D4000 .6843FF 0C2000 .9003FF 05E000 .704FFF 201000 .75FFFF 488000 .C87FFF 0C0000 . Kingdom 480000 .1FFFFF 06E000 .487FFF 902000 .C8A3FF 70A000 .0BC3FF Netherlands.05A3FF 05C000 .47FFFF 70C000 . 02FFFF 4B8000 .00FFFF Tonga Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom United Rep of Tanzania United States Uruguay Uzbekistan Vanuatu Venezuela Viet Nam Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe C8D000 .76FFFF 505C00 . APPENDIX H Page 4 Nov 1/10 .4BFFFF 601800 .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 COUNTRY San Marino ADDRESS BLOCK 500000 .E00FFF 507C00 .50FFFF 896000 .07A3FF 4A8000 .77FFFF 515000 .C8D3FF 0C6000 .5153FF 880000 .88FFFF 890000 . see Cover Page for details.887FFF A00000 .717FFF 070000 .C903FF 0D8000 .070FFF 074000 .5003FF COUNTRY The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia Togo ADDRESS BLOCK 512000 .0043FF Subject to Export Control.8973FF 078000 .37FFFF 770000 .506FFF 897000 .0743FF 076000 .505FFF 506C00 .423FFFF 080000 .068FFF 508000 .0DFFFF 888000 .0C8FFF 07A000 .07CFFF 0C80000 .088FFF 710000 .AFFFFF E90000 .4AFFFF 4B0000 .777FFF 07C000 .890FFF 08A000 .080FFF Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Suriname Swaziland Sweden Switzerland Syrian Arab Rep Tajikistan Thailand 340000 .078FFF 008000 .4B7FFF 778000 .507FFF C90000 .09E3FF 08800 .5123FF Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa 09E000 .601BFF 068000 .0763FF 768000 .0C6FFF 028000 .08AFFF 004000 .896FFF 400000 . F093FF 4C0000 .b i t a i r c r a f t a d d r e s s i s a s s i g n e d b y a S t a t o f R e g i s t r y o r c o mmo n ma r k r e g i s t e r i n g authority in conformance with the provisions in 4.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 COUNTRY ADDRESS BLOCK Non-Contracting States Yugoslavia Other Allocations ICAO (1) ICAO (2) ICAO (2) F00000 . III. see Cover Page for details.F07FFF 899000 . APPENDIX H Page 5 Nov 1/10 . (2) Block allocated for special use in the interest of flight safety Subject to Export Control.4C7FFF (1) I C A O o r i t s d e s i g n a t e a d m i n i s t e r s t h i s b l o c k f o r a s s i g n i n g t e mp o r a r y a i r c r a f t a d d r e s s e s i f a n d w h e n a n i m m e d i a t e a c t i o n i s t o b e t a k e n t o a v o i d t h e a s s i g n me n t o f a n u n a u t h o r i z e d 24-bit aircraft address. It is intended that the temporary address is to be relinquished as soon as practicable when t h e 2 4 .8993FF F09000 . 5 and 6 of the ICAO Annex 10 Vol. The State concerned is then expected to inform ICAO or its designate regarding the release of the temporary address. see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. APPENDIX H Page 6 Nov 1/10 . APPENDIX I Page 1 Nov 1/10 . the 24 parity check bits are overlaid on the address of the Mode S interrogator.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 APPENDIX I .1 ADDRESS/PARITY (FIELD AP) All discrete Mode S interrogations (56-bit or 112-bit) and replies (except the All Call reply) contain the 24-bit discrete address of the Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r u p o n w h i c h 2 4 e r r o r detecting parity check bits are overlaid. Mode S provides the reliable communications necessary for data link services. Subject to Export Control.SIGNAL FORMATS 1. Appendix B. In the All Call reply.). The t r a n s mi s s i o n s i n c l u d e t h e me s s a g e i n a d d i t i o n to surveillance data. 2. For the Mode S transponder.b i t me s s a g e i n c l u d e d a s p a r t o f l o n g 112-bit interrogations or replies. this function is accomplished by using short (56bit) transmissions in both directions. see Cover Page for details. R T C A D O . alert. e i t h e r ground-to-air or air-to-ground and is acknowledged with a single reply/interrogation. 2. MO D E S M E S SAG E C O NT EN T 2. Mo d e S p r o v i d e s c o m m o n . 3. O P E RAT ING G O AL S Mo d e S c o m b i n e s s e c o n d a r y s u r v e i l l a n c e r a d a r and a ground-air-ground data link system to provide aircraft surveillance and c o m mu n i c a t i o n s n e c e s s a r y f o r s u p p o r t i n g a u t o ma t e d A T C i n d e n s e t r a f f i c e n v i r o n me n t s . etc. Tables 1. E L Ms d o n o t c o n t a i n s u r v e i l l a n c e d a t a a n d thus cannot substitute for a surveillance interrogation-reply cycle. 3. The text of the reply includes the discrete address of the transponder. NOTE: T C A S o p e r a t e s i n Mo d e S a n d ma n y signals pertain only to TCAS. In supporting ATC automation.1 8 1 a n d C h a p t e r 2 . In these t r a n s mi s s i o n s . 2. Interrogation and reply f o r ma t s o f t h e Mo d e S s y s t e m c o n t a i n s u f f i c i e n t c o d i n g s p a c e t o t r a n s mi t d a t a . octal or binary. D a t a i s e x p r e s s e d i n d e c i ma l u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified.c h a n n e l interoperation with the ATC beacon system a n d ma y b e i m p l e m e n t e d o v e r a n e x t e n d e d ATCRBS-to-Mode S transition period.3 DATA LINK COMMUNICATIONS The discrete addressing and digital encoding a l l o w Mo d e S t r a n s mi s s i o n s t o b e u s e d a s digital data links. V o l u me I o f R T C A D O185. Special Position Identification [SPI]. and is generally used in place of a surveillance interrogation and/or reply.b i t t r a n s mi s s i o n ) i s t r a n s mi t t e d . M o s t Mo d e S d a t a l i n k t r a n s m i s s i o n s a r e h a n d l e d a s o n e 5 6 . Using this capability. Refer to Appendix B. t h e a i r c r a f t r e p o r t s a l t i t u d e (DF04) or ATCRBS 4096 code as well as flight status (airborne. A n e f f i c i e n t t r a n s mi s s i o n o f l o n g e r me s s a g e s i s a c c o mp l i s h e d b y t h e e x t e n d e d l e n g t h me s s a g e ( E L M ) c a p a b i l i t y ( U F 2 4 a n d D F 2 4 ) . Table 7 shows the ATC-601-2 f i x e d f o r ma t s f o r Mo d e S u s i n g F r o n t P a n e l operation. SI G N AL FO R M AT S S i g n a l f o r ma t s f o r u p l i n k a n d d o w n l i n k me s s a g e s a r e o u t l i n e d i n C h a p t e r 2 .2 SURVEILLANCE T h e p r i ma r y f u n c t i o n o f M o d e S i s surveillance. a sequence of up to s i x t e e n 8 0 .b i t me s s a g e s e g me n t s ( e a c h w i t h a 1 1 2 . 4 and 5 in Appendix B c o n t a i n t h e s i g n a l f o r ma t s a n d d e f i n i t i o n s . Table 6 for conversion to hexadecimal. on the ground. 2. . . F o r ma t n u mb e r 2 4 i s a r b i t r a r i l y d e f i n e d a s t h e f o r ma t b e g i n n i n g w i t h O n e s i n t h e f i r s t t w o b i t p o s i t i o n s . a l t h o u g h a n u mb e r o f t h e m a r e u n u s e d .A i r S u r v e i l l a n c e 17 (1 0001)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 18 (1 0010)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 19 (1 0011)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 20 (1 0100) 21 (1 0101) ( P C : 3 ) ( R R : 5 ) ( D I : 3 ) ( S D : 1 6 ) ( MA : 5 6 ) ( A P : 2 4 ) . . . t h e f o r ma t n u mb e r c o r r e s p o n d s t o t h e b i n a r y c o d e i n t h e f i r s t 5 b i t s o f t h e i n t e r r o g a t i o n . . . . . see Cover Page for details. . .. . .C ( E L M ) ( X X : M) r e p r e s e n t s a f i e l d d e s i g n a t e d X X c o n t a i n i n g M n u mb e r o f a s s i g n e d b i t s . . . . . . . O v e r v i e w o f M o d e S I n t e r r o g a t i o n F o r ma t s Table 1 NOTE: Subject to Export Control. . . . . . . . .. L o n g A i r . . Altitude Request (AP-24) .. . N represents free coding space with N available bits. . . . . .. . . A l t i t u d e R e q u e s t ( P C : 3 ) ( R R : 5 ) ( D I : 3 ) ( S D : 1 6 ) ( MA : 5 6 ) ( A P : 2 4 ) . . I d e n t i t y R e q u e s t 22 (1 0110)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 23 (1 0111)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 24 (1 1xxx) NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: (RC:2) (NC:4) (MC:80) ( A P : 2 4 ) . Identity Request 6 (0 0110)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 7 (0 0111)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 8 (0 1000)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 9 (0 1001)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 10 (0 1010)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 11 (0 1011) ( P R : 4 ) ( I I : 4 )       1 9       ( A P : 2 4 ) ..A . . Mo d e S O n l y A l l C a l l 12 (0 1100)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 13 (0 1101)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 14 (0 1110)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 15 (0 1111)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 1 6 ( 1 0 0 0 0 )  3  ( R L : 1 )  4  ( A Q : 1 )  1 8  ( MU : 5 6 ) ( A P : 2 4 ) . . C o m m. . . APPENDIX I Page 2 Nov 1/10 . . .Surveillance. . T h e f o l l o w i n g t h r e e b i t s ( x x x ) vary with the interrogation content. . A l l f o r ma t s a r e s h o w n f o r c o m p l e t e n e s s . .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FORMAT NO. Surveillance. .. C o m m.. . UF 0 (0 0000)  3 (RL:1) 4 (AQ:1) (BD:8) 10  (AP:24) . . Short Air-Air Surveillance 1 (0 0001)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 2 (0 0010)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 3 (0 0011)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 4 (0 0100) 5 (0 0101) (PC:3) (PC:3) (RR:5) (RR:5) (DI:3) (DI:3) (SD:16) (SD:16) (AP:24) . . . . . coded as Zeros for t r a n s mi s s i o n . F o r U p l i n k F o r m a t s ( U F ) 0 t h r o u g h 2 3 . .. .A . . C o m m.. . Altitude Reply (AP-24) . The following three bits (xxx) vary with the reply content..Extended Squitter 16 (1 0000) (VS:1)-2-(SL:3)-2-(RI:4)-2-(AC:13)(MV:56)(AP:24).. .... . I d e n t i t y R e p l y  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24) (KE:1) (ND:4) (MD:80) ( A P : 2 4 ) . t h e f o r ma t n u mb e r c o r r e s p o n d s t o t h e b i n a r y c o d e i n t h e f i r s t 5 b i t s o f t h e r e p l y .. ..D ( E L M ) 2 0 ( 1 0 1 0 0 ) ( F S : 3 ) ( D R : 5 ) ( U M: 6 ) ( A C : 1 3 ) ( MB : 5 6 ) ( A P : 2 4 ) .. see Cover Page for details. . .. O v e r v i e w O f Mo d e S R e p l y F o r ma t s Table 2 NOTE: Subject to Export Control.. Long Air-Air Surveillance  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24) ( F S : 3 ) ( D R : 5 ) ( U M: 6 ) ( I D : 1 3 ) ( MB : 5 6 ) ( A P : 2 4 ) . ....... ... ... C o m m.. .... . .. . . coded as Zeros for transmission. F o r ma t n u mb e r 2 4 i s a r b i t r a r i l y d e f i n e d a s t h e f o r ma t beginning with Ones in the first two bit positions. F o r D o w n l i n k F o r m a t s ( D F ) 0 t h r o u g h 2 3 . C o m m.b i t f i e l d r e s e r v e d f o r p a r i t y i n f o r ma t i o n . . . . . . .. ...... A l l f o r m a t s a r e s h o w n f o r c o mp l e t e n e s s . . .. APPENDIX I Page 3 Nov 1/10 . C o m m... All Call Reply/Squitter  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24) (CA:3) (AA:24) (ME:56) (PI:24) . A l t i t u d e R e p l y ( X X : M ) r e p r e s e n t s a f i e l d d e s i g n a t e d X X c o n t a i n i n g M n u mb e r o f a s s i g n e d b i t s . . ( P : 2 4 ) r e p r e s e n t s a 2 4 . . ... .. Surveillance. . Surveillance. .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FORMAT NO. . . .. N represents free coding space with N available bits. .. ... . .B .. .. .... Identity Reply  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24) (CA:3) (AA:24) (PI:24) .. DF 0 (0 0000) (VS:1) (CC:1)-1-(SL:3)-2-(RI:4)-2-(AC:13) (AP:24).. . ..B ... .. a l t h o u g h a n u mb e r o f t h e m a r e u n u s e d .. .. ... Short Air-Air Surveillance 1 (0 0001) 2 (0 0010) 3 (0 0011) 4 (0 0100) 5 (0 0101) 6 (0 0110) 7 (0 0111) 8 (0 1000) 9 (0 1001) 10 (0 1010) 11 (0 1011) 12 (0 1100) 13 (0 1101) 14 (0 1110) 15 (0 1111) 17 (1 0001) 18 (1 0010) 19 (1 0011) 21 (1 0101) 22 (1 0110) 23 (1 0111) 24 (1 1xxx) NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE:  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24) (FS:3) (FS:3) (DR:5) (DR:5) (UM:6) (UM:6) (AC:13) (ID:13) (AP:24) . repeats AQ as received by transponder. u s e d i n UF=0. C o n t a i n s me t r i c a l t i t u d e i f M .4 or 5. 3 or 4. 4 .b i t ( 2 6 ) i s O n e . ability to set code 7. Codes are: 0 = S i g n i f i e s n o c o mm u n i c a t i o n s c a p a b i l i t y (surveillance only. 3 or 4. to report transponder capability. 5 = Level 2. and is airborne. Contains the identity of the ground-initiated C o m m.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD AA AC SUB FIELD NO. Acquisition Squitter & DF17 Extended Squitter or All Call reply. 17. 7 = DR≠0 or FS=3. ability to set code 7. B i t 1 4 ( R I . D F = 0 .B r e g i s t e r i n t h e MV f i e l d o f t h e corresponding DF=16 reply. Used in DF=11. APPENDIX I Page 4 Nov 1/10 .) no ability to set CA code 7. Parity overlaid on the Address appears at t h e e n d o f a l l t r a n s mi s s i o n s . 1 6 a s a c q u i s i t i o n t r a n s mi s s i o n s . NOTE: Codes 1 to 3 were used by earlier Mo d e S t r a n s p o n d e r s t h a t d i d n o t use CA code 7.3 or 4. OF BITS 24 13 BITS POSITION 9-32 20-32 FORMATS UP DOWN X X CONTENT The aircraft address announced in the clear. 16 and 20. D e s i g n a t e s f o r ma t s U F = 0 . either on the ground or airborne. Used in DF=0. T h e a l t i t u d e c o d e u s e d i n f o r ma t s D F = 0 . w i t h t h e e x c e p t i o n o f f o r ma t DF=11. and is on the ground. see Cover Page for details. 6 = Level 2.B r e g i s t e r c o n t e n t s t o a p p e a r i n t h e MV f i e l d o f t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g r e p l y . ability to set code 7. Indicates transponder has ability to support crosslink capability (decode the contents of the UF=0 BD field and respond with the contents of the specified ground-initiated C o m m. u p l i n k a n d d o w n l i n k . used in DF=11. All bits are Zeros if altitude i n f o r ma t i o n i s n o t a v a i l a b l e . 1 = Not Used 2 = Not Used 3 = Not Used 4 = Level 2. 1 6 ) . 0= Aircraft Cannot Support 1= Aircraft Can Support AP 24 24 33-56 89-112 X AQ 1 14 X BD 8 15-22 X CA 3 6-8 X CC 1 7 X O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s Table 3 Subject to Export Control. 2 0 . OF BITS 3 BITS POSITION 14-16 FORMATS UP DOWN X Coding 000=IC 001=IC 010=IC 011=IC 100=IC CONTENT in Binary Field contains Field contains Field contains Field contains Field contains the II code SI codes 1 to 15 SI codes 16 to 31 SI codes 32 to 47 SI codes 48 to 63 DF DI 5 3 1-5 14-16 X X T h e f i r s t f i e l d i n a l l d o w n l i n k f o r ma t s i s t h e t r a n s mi s s i o n d e s c r i p t o r . 2 = SD used for extended squitter surface control 3 = SD contains SIS. signified by 15 + n. MES. 6 = T C A S i n f o r ma t i o n a n d C o m m. 5 = C o m m. R R S . 5 . LSS.B me s s a g e ( B bit set).OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD CL SUB FIELD NO. L O S . MBS. 16-31 = Request to send n-segments. 3 = T C A S i n f o r ma t i o n a v a i l a b l e a n d r e q u e s t t o s e n d C o m m. Codes 1-15 take priority over codes 16-31. 7 = T C A S i n f o r ma t i o n a n d C o m m. 2 1 . 4 = C o m m. see Cover Page for details.B B r o a d c a s t # 2 a v a i l a b l e . 7 = S D c o n t a i n s I I S . RSS. LOS. APPENDIX I Page 5 Nov 1/10 . DR 5 9-13 X O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t ) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. RRS 4-6 = Not assigned.B B r o a d c a s t # 1 a v a i l a b l e . T MS ) . Identifies coding contained in the SD codes are: 0 = SD has Interrogator Identifier (IIS).B Broadcast #2 available. 2 = T C A S i n f o r ma t i o n a v a i l a b l e . T MS Requests extraction of downlink messages from the transponder by the interrogator a n d a p p e a r s i n f o r ma t s D F = 4 . The codes are: 0 = No downlink request. 1 = R e q u e s t t o s e n d C o m m. 8-15 = Not assigned.B me s s a g e . 1 = SD contains (IIS.B Broadcast #1 available. or directly in the SIS subfield of SD f i e l d v a l u e o f C L f i e l d i n f o r ma t s UF4. in DF=5.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD FS SUB FIELD NO. 2 1 . C o d e s a r e : CODE ALERT 0 no 1 no 2 y es 3 y es 4 y es 5 no 6 -Reserved ID IC 13 4 2-32 10-13 X X SPI no no no no y es y es ON THE AIRBORNE GROUND yes no yes no either either no yes no yes 7.20 and 21 KE MA ADS 1 56 8 4 33-88 33-40 X X X D e f i n e s t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e N D a n d MD f i e l d s i n C o mm .D r e p l i e s . 5 . p a r t o f C o m m. ADS1 ADS2 4 4 33-36 37-40 X X O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t ) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. OF BITS 3 BITS POSITION 6-8 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Reports flight status of aircraft and is used i n f o r ma t s D F = 4 . set by the pilot. 2 1 . Me s s a g e s d i r e c t e d t o t h e a i r c r a f t . II: Identifies the interrogator and appears in UF=11.A i n t e r r o g a t i o n s . ADS1 (33-36) and ADS2 (37-40). T h e 4 0 9 6 i d e n t i f i c a t i o n c o d e . n u mb e r s .Not assigned. 21. the Mode S Only All Call. APPENDIX I Page 6 Nov 1/10 . N O T E : T h e s a me i n f o r ma t i o n m a y a l s o appear in the IIS subfields. SI: Surveillance Identifer (lower 4 bits of 6 bit SI code) NOTE: Surveillance Identifier is derived from CL and IC fields of UF11.5.A r e q u e s t s a n d i s e x p r e s s e d i n two groups of 4 bits each. Part of the A-Definition Subfield and is set t o 0 f o r T C A S S e n s i t i v i t y L e v e l C o m ma n d s . D e f i n e s t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e MA me s s a g e f i e l d i n C o mm . 2 0 . U F = 2 0 . Contains II or SI depending on value of CL field. see Cover Page for details. a s . D F = 2 4 . Part of the A-Definition Subfield and is set t o 5 f o r T C A S S e n s i t i v i t y L e v e l C o m ma n d s . E a c h b i t i n d i c a t e s a specific resolution advisory with One being active and Zero being inactive. n o C o m m. 53-Don't turn left.A c a p a b i l i t y s u b f i e l d r e p o r t s d a t a l i n k service(s) supported by the installation. OF BITS 4 BITS POSITION 41-44 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT S e n s i t i v i t y L e v e l C o m ma n d f o r t h e T C A S aircraft. 54-Don't turn right. 2 1 . 20.D o n ' t c l i mb f a s t e r t h a n 5 0 0 F P M.A d a t a l i n k services are supported.D o n ' t c l i mb f a s t e r t h a n 1 0 0 0 F P M. 8-14 = Not Assigned. D F = 2 0 . 15 = Cancel previous Sensitivity Level. AIS contains up to eight 6-bit characters as defined in Table 4. reported when a s u r v e i l l a n c e o r C o m m.D o n ' t c l i mb . 5. 46-Descend. 1 = Not Assigned. The field contains Data Link. 51-Turn left. 42-Don't descend. 4 9 . see Cover Page for details. 5 0 . Capability Reports or Aircraft Identification Reports or TCAS Resolution Advisory Reports.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD MA SUB FIELD SLC NO. 52-Turn right. 4 7 . MB 56 33-88 X ACS 20 45-64 X AIS 48 41-88 X MB ARA 14 41-54 X O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t ) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. 4 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 4. If a l l b i t s a r e Z e r o s . 2 = S e l e c t T A _ O N L Y mo d e o f o p e r a t i o n .D o n ' t d e s c e n d f a s t e r t h a n 1 0 0 0 F P M. 4 8 .C l i mb . 3 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 3. 5 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 5. 4 5 . 7 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 7. p a r t o f t h e C o m m.D o n ' t c l i mb f a s t e r t h a n 2 0 0 0 F P M.B r e p l i e s . 6 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 6. 4 3 .D o n ’ t d e s c e n d f a s t e r t h a n 2 0 0 0 F P M. APPENDIX I Page 7 Nov 1/10 . 4 4 . C o m m. Me s s a g e s t o b e t r a n s mi t t e d t o i n t e r r o g a t o r . 21) contains RR=18 and DI=anything but 7.D o n ' t d e s c e n d f a s t e r t h a n 5 0 0 F P M. TCAS Resolution Advisory Report indicating current Active Resolution Advisories (if any) generated by own TCAS unit against one or mo r e t h r e a t a i r c r a f t .A i n t e r r o g a t i o n (UF=4. Aircraft Identification. The codes are: 0 = N o c o m ma n d . Bit indications are: 4 1 . R e s o l u t i o n A d v i s o r y C o mp l e me n t s s u b f i e l d indicates currently active resolution. 3 = MB c o n t a i n s T C A S R e s o l u t i o n A d v i s o r y . a d v i s o r y c o mp l e me n t s ( i f a n y ) r e c e i v e d f r o m all other TCAS aircraft with on-board resolution capability. 21.B . I f a l l b i t s a r e Z e r o s .i n i t i a t e d C o mm . BDS1 (33-36) and BDS2 (37-40). OF BITS 16 BITS POSITION 65-80 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT C o m m. No ELM data link services are supported if all bits are Zeros. Mo r e c o mp l e x Mo d e S i n s t a l l a t i o n s r e p o r t a d d i t i o n a l c a p a b i l i t i e s i n v a r i o u s f o r ma t s a s s i g n e d t o BDS2 codes other than 0 as requested by interrogator. Mu l t i p l e T h r e a t E n c o u n t e r b i t i n d i c a t e s ≥ 2 s i mu l t a n e o u s T C A S t h r e a t s . 2 = MB c o n t a i n s A i r c r a f t I d e n t i f i c a t i o n .D o n ' t c l i mb .B c a p a b i l i t y s u b f i e l d r e p o r t s i n s t a l l e d data sources that can be accessed by the g r o u n d f o r t r a n s mi s s i o n v i a a g r o u n d i n i t i a t e d C o m m. 20. R e s o l u t i o n A d v i s o r y T e r mi n a t e d i n d i c a t o r i s set to One for 18 seconds (±1 second) f o l l o w i n g t e r mi n a t i o n o f a p r e v i o u s l y reported resolution advisory. APPENDIX I Page 8 Nov 1/10 . Corresponds with RR in UF=4.B . 57-Don’t turn left. BDS 8 33-40 X BDS1 4 33-36 X BDS2 4 37-40 X CFS 4 41-44 X MB ECS 8 81-88 X MTE RAC 1 4 60 55-58 X X RAT 1 59 X O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t ) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. Data Link Capability subfield reports ELM capability of installation. specified in the RRS subfield of SD. 5 6 . 4-15 = Not assigned. Bit indications are: 55-Don't descend.i n i t i a t e d C o mm . n o data is accessible by a ground-initiated C o m m. Bits are set to One when active and Zero when inactive.B a n d i s expressed in two groups of 4 bits each. The codes are: 0 = MB c o n t a i n s A i r .B . D e f i n e s t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e MB me s s a g e f i e l d i n r e p l y t o g r o u n d . 1 = MB c o n t a i n s D a t a L i n k C a p a b i l i t y Report. 58-Don't turn right. B a s i c r e p o r t u s e s B D S 2 = 0 . see Cover Page for details. 5. Continuation subfield contains the BDS2 value of the next additional capability report available from the installation.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD MB SUB FIELD BCS NO. Starting w i t h b i t 9 .D f i e l d . I t ma y c o n t a i n a s u m ma r y o f r e c e i v e d M C s e g me n t s o f a n u p l i n k E L M.a u t h o r i z a t i o n s f o r D E L Ms in the 16-bit (9-24) SRS subfield. If TTI=2. C o m m. OF BITS 26 BITS POSITION 33-88 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Threat Identity Data subfield contains data according to TTI field. d e n o t i n g t h e f i r s t s e g me n t . c o n t a i n s o n e s e g me n t o f a s e q u e n c e o f s e g me n t s t r a n s mi t t e d b y t h e t r a n s p o n d e r i n t h e E L M mo d e . If TTI=1. TID contains altitude. Threat Identity Data. e a c h of the following bits is set to One if the t r a n s mi s s i o n o f t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g s e g me n t is requested. Field.C i n t e r r o g a t i o n ( U F = 2 4 ) c o n t a i n s RC=3.C f i e l d c o n t a i n s o n e s e g me n t o f a s e q u e n c e o f s e g me n t s t r a n s mi t t e d t o t h e t r a n s p o n d e r i n t h e E L M mo d e . C o m m. c o n t a i n s i n f o r ma t i o n used in air-to-air exchanges (TCAS. e a c h s u c c e s s i v e b i t i s O n e i f the corresponding segment was received. c o n t a i n s b r o a d c a s t me s s a g e s .C sequence. p a r t o f D F = 1 7 . p a r t o f D F = 2 4 . part of the long air-air surveillance i n t e r r o g a t i o n U F = 1 6 . Threat Identity. R e p o r t s s e g me n t s r e c e i v e d i n a C o m m. Interrogator Identifier subfield reports the identity of the interrogator (See SD and UM fields). Bearing subfield reports mo s t r e c e n t b e a r i n g o f t h e t h r e a t . Altitude subfield r e p o r t s Mo d e C a l t i t u d e c o d e o f t h e t h r e a t . see Cover Page for details. TID c o n t a i n s Mo d e S a d d r e s s o f t h r e a t i n b i t s 63-85 (bits 87-88 are Zero). Refer to Table 5. R e s o l u t i o n Me s s a g e s a n d T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e s ) .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD MB SUB FIELD TID NO. APPENDIX I Page 9 Nov 1/10 . Refer to Table 5 for values. range and bearing data. TIDA TIDB TIDR TTI MC 13 6 7 2 80 63-75 83-88 76-82 61-62 9-88 X X X X X IIS 4 SRS 16 9-12 (if RC=0 to 2) or 25-28 (if RC=3) 9-24 X X MD 80 9-88 X TAS 16 17-32 X ME MU 56 56 33-88 33-88 X X O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t ) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. Starting with bit 17 denoting the f i r s t s e g me n t . Threat Identity. Range subfield reports most recent range of the threat. T A S a p p e a r s i f K E = 1 i n t h e s a me r e p l y . Threat Type Indicator subfield defines type of data in TID field. the SRS subfield contains a list of s e g me n t r e q u e s t . I f a C o m m. E x t e n d e d s q u i t t e r me s s a g e . M C i s p a r t of UF=24. d o n ’ t c l i mb .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD MU SUB FIELD CHC NO. Encoded Sense Bits for Horizontal R e s o l u t i o n C o mp l e me n t s p r o v i d e a p a r i t y coding field protecting the six horizontal sense bits (CHC and HRC) and are used in T C A S I I I R e s o l u t i o n Me s s a g e s . N O T E : T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e i s s e n t a t 10-second intervals. don't turn right. 1 = Cancel. 1 = Cancel. 1 = Intruder TCAS sense is turn left/do not turn left. 7 = Not assigned. Contains discrete address of interrogating aircraft and is in TCAS Resolution Advisories Lock Requests. The codes are: 0 = No horizontal resolution advisory c o mp l e me n t s e n t . don't turn left. The codes are: 0 = No cancellation. TCAS Resolution Me s s a g e s a n d T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e s . 2 = Intruder TCAS sense is turn left/do not turn right. I n T C A S R e s o l u t i o n Me s s a g e s t r a n s mi t t e d b y T C A S w i t h o u t horizontal resolution capability. I n T C A S R e s o l u t i o n Me s s a g e s t r a n s mi t t e d b y T C A S w i t h o u t horizontal resolution capability. APPENDIX I Page 10 Nov 1/10 . 3-7 = Not assigned. Cancel Vertical Resolution Advisory C o mp l e me n t . 2 = Cancel. Horizontal Resolution Advisory C o mp l e me n t . 5 = Intruder TCAS sense is turn right/do not turn left. CVC 2 43-44 X HRC 3 50-52 X HSB 5 56-60 X MID 24 65-88 X O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t ) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. 2 = C a n c e l . don't descend. see Cover Page for details. CHC is set to 0. T h e c o d e s a r e : 0 = No cancellation. HRC is set to 0. OF BITS 3 BITS POSITION 47-49 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Cancel Horizontal Resolution Advisory C o mp l e me n t . 3 = Not assigned. 6 = Intruder TCAS sense is turn right/do not turn right. 3-4 = Not assigned. I s s e t t o 0 f o r T C A S R e s o l u t i o n Me s s a g e s o r s e t t o 2 f o r T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e s . B i t s a r e a s f o l l o w s : 43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 44 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 45 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 46 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 61 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 62 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 63 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 64 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 UDS 8 33-40 X UDS1 UDS2 VRC 4 4 2 33-36 37-40 45-46 X X X VSB 4 61-64 X O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t ) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. APPENDIX I Page 11 Nov 1/10 . UDS1 (33-36) and UDS2 (37-40). 1 = Don't descend. V e r t i c a l R e s o l u t i o n A d v i s o r y . OF BITS 1 BITS POSITION 42 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Mu l t i p l e T h r e a t B i t i n d i c a t e s mo r e t h a n o n e T C A S t h r e a t w h e n s e t t o O n e a n d n o mo r e than one threat when set to Zero. D e f i n e s t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e M U me s s a g e field and is expressed in two 4-bit groups. C o mp l e me n t . I f bits 43-46 do not agree with bits 61-64. 3 = Not assigned. the T C A S r e c e i v e r a s s u me s a n e r r o r a n d d i s r e g a r d s me s s a g e . see Cover Page for details.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD MU SUB FIELD MTB NO. I s s e t t o 3 f o r T C A S R e s o l u t i o n Me s s a g e s a n d T C A S B r o a d c a s t Me s s a g e s . 2 = D o n ' t c l i mb . Encoded Sense Bits for Vertical Resolution C o mp l e me n t s p r o v i d e a p a r i t y c o d i n g f i e l d to protect four vertical sense bits (CVC and V R C ) i n a l l T C A S R e s o l u t i o n Me s s a g e s . The codes are: 0 = No vertical resolution advisory c o mp l e me n t s e n t . OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD MV SUB FIELD NO. OF BITS 56 BITS POSITION 33-88 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Field, part of the long air-air surveillance r e p l y D F = 1 6 , c o n t a i n s i n f o r ma t i o n u s e d i n air-to-air exchanges (Coordination Reply Me s s a g e ) . S a me a s i n MB f i e l d . S a me a s i n MB f i e l d . S a me a s i n MB f i e l d . S a me a s i n MB f i e l d . D e f i n e s t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e MV me s s a g e f i e l d and is expressed in two 4-bit groups, VDS1 (33-36) and VDS2 (37-40). I s s e t t o 3 f o r C o o r d i n a t i o n R e p l y Me s s a g e . I s s e t t o 0 f o r C o o r d i n a t i o n R e p l y Me s s a g e . P r o v i d e s t h e s e g me n t n u mb e r t r a n s mi t t e d i n a n u p l i n k E L M a n d i s p a r t o f a C o mm - C interrogation, UF=24. P r o v i d e s t h e s e g me n t n u mb e r t r a n s mi t t e d i n a d o w n l i n k E L M a n d i s p a r t o f a C o m m- D reply, DF=24. C o n t a i n s o p e r a t i n g c o m ma n d s t o t h e transponder and is part of surveillance and C o m m- A i n t e r r o g a t i o n s U F = 4 , 5 , 2 0 , 2 1 . The codes are: 0 = No changes in transponder state. 1 = Non-selective All Call lockout. 2 = Not assigned. 3 = Not assigned. 4 = Cancel B. 5 = Cancel C. 6 = Cancel D. 7 = Not assigned. Contains the parity overlaid on the interrogator identity code. PI is part of the reply, DF=11, to the Mode S Only All Call. ARA MTE RAC RAT MV VDS 14 1 4 1 8 41-54 60 55-58 59 33-40 X X X X X VDS1 VDS2 NC 4 4 4 33-36 37-40 5-8 X X X ND 4 5-8 X PC 3 6-8 X PI 24 33-56 X O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t ) Table 3 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX I Page 12 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD PR SUB FIELD NO. OF BITS 4 BITS POSITION 6-9 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT F i e l d c o n t a i n s c o m ma n d s t o t h e t r a n s p o n d e r s p e c i f y i n g t h e r e p l y p r o b a b i l i t y t o t h e Mo d e S Only All Call interrogation, UF=11 c o n t a i n i n g t h e P R . A c o m ma n d t o d i s r e g a r d any lockout state can also be given. The assigned codes are: 0 = Reply with probability = 1. 1 = Reply with probability = 1/2. 2 = Reply with probability = 1/4. 3 = Reply with probability = 1/8. 4 = Reply with probability = 1/16. 5,6,7 = Do not Reply. 8 = Disregard lockout, reply with probability = 1. 9 = Disregard lockout, reply with probability = 1/2. 10 = Disregard lockout, reply with, probability = 1/4. 11 = Disregard lockout, reply with probability = 1/8. 12 = Disregard lockout, reply with probability = 1/16. 13, 14, 15 = Do not reply. N O T E : O n r e c e i p t o f a Mo d e S O n l y A l l C a l l containing a PR code other than 0 or 8, transponder executes a random p r o c e s s a n d ma k e s a r e p l y d e c i s i o n for the interrogation in accordance w i t h t h e c o m ma n d e d p r o b a b i l i t y . Random occurrence of replies enables interrogator to acquire closely spaced aircraft when replies would otherwise synchronously garble each other. D e s i g n a t e s t r a n s mi t t e d s e g me n t a s i n i t i a l , i n t e r me d i a t e o r f i n a l i f c o d e d 0 , 1 o r 2 respectively. RC=3 is used to request C o m m- D D E L Ms b y the transponder. R C i s p a r t o f C o mm - C i n t e r r o g a t i o n , U F = 2 4 . RC 2 3-4 X O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t ) Table 3 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX I Page 13 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD RI SUB FIELD NO. OF BITS 4 BITS POSITION 14-17 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT I n f o r ma t i o n i n D F = 0 , 1 6 . T h e c o d e s a r e : 0 = No on-board TCAS. 1 = Not assigned. 2 = On-board TCAS with resolution capability inhibited. 3 = On-board TCAS with vertical-only resolution capability. 4 = On-board TCAS with vertical and horizontal resolution capability. 5-7 = Not assigned. 8 = N o ma x i mu m a i r s p e e d d a t a a v a i l a b l e . 9 = Airspeed is ≤75 kts. 10 = Airspeed is >75 kts and ≤150 kts. 11 = Airspeed is >150 kts and ≤300 kts. 12 = Airspeed is >300 kts and ≤600 kts. 13 = Airspeed is >600 kts and ≤1200 kts. 14 = Airspeed is >1200 kts. 15 = Not assigned. C o m ma n d , s e n t i n U F = 0 , 1 6 ; s o l i c i t s D F = 0 reply if Zero and DF=16 reply if One (only if transponder is associated with Airborne Collision Avoidance System [ACAS] e q u i p me n t ) . O t h e r w i s e , i n U F = 0 , Z e r o solicits DF=0 reply and One solicits no reply. In UF=16, Zero solicits DF=16 reply and One solicits no reply. Contains length and content of interrogator requested reply. RR is part of surveillance a n d C o mm - A i n t e r r o g a t i o n s U F = 4 , 5 , 2 0 , 2 1 . RR CODE 0-15 16 17 18 19 20-31 REPLY LENGTH Short Long Long Long Long Long MB C O N T E N T N/A Air initiated Comm-B Data link capability Aircraft Identification Res olution Advis ories Not Ass igned RL 1 9 X RR 5 9-13 X NOTE: If first bit of RR code is One, d e c i ma l e q u i v a l e n t o f l a s t f o u r b i t s of RR code designates code for BDS1 in reply (ground initiated). B D S 2 i s a s s u me d t o b e Z e r o i f n o t specified by DI=7 and RRS. O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t ) Table 3 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX I Page 14 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD SD SUB FIELD NO. OF BITS 16 BITS POSITION 17-32 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Contains control codes, as specified by the DI field affecting transponder protocol and i s p a r t o f s u r v e i l l a n c e a n d C o mm - A interrogations UF=4, 5, 20, 21. Interrogator Identifier subfield contains the self-identification code of the interrogator a n d i s n u me r i c a l l y i d e n t i c a l t o t h e I I c o d e t r a n s mi t t e d b y t h e i n t e r r o g a t o r i n Mo d e S Only All Calls. IIS codes are 0 through 15; IIS=0 is not a valid interrogator identifier f o r mu l t i s i t e p u r p o s e s . I I S i s s e n t o n l y when DI=0, 1 or 7. Lockout subfield, if set to One, initiates a mu l t i s i t e A l l C a l l l o c k o u t t o Mo d e S O n l y A l l Calls (UF=11) from the Interrogator indicated in IIS of the interrogation. If LOS is set to Zero, no change in lockout state is c o m ma n d e d . L O S i s s e n t o n l y i f D I = 1 o r 7 . Lockout surveillance subfield, if set to One, s h a l l s i g n i f y a mu l t i s i t e l o c k o u t c o m ma n d from the interrogator indicated in SIS. LSS set to zero shall be used to signify that no c h a n g e i n l o c k o u t s t a t e i s c o m ma n d e d . Mu l t i s i t e C o mm - B s u b f i e l d , s e n t w h e n D I = 1 , is assigned the following codes: 0 = N o C o m m- B a c t i o n . 1 = C o m m- B r e s e r v a t i o n . 2 = C o m m- B c l o s e o u t . Mu l t i s i t e E L M s u b f i e l d , s e n t w h e n D I = 1 , contains reservation and closeout c o m ma n d s f o r E L M a s f o l l o w s : 0 = No ELM action. 1 = C o m m- C r e s e r v a t i o n . 2 = C o m m- C c l o s e o u t . 3 = C o m m- D r e s e r v a t i o n . 4 = C o m m- D c l o s e o u t . 5 = C o m m- C r e s e r v a t i o n a n d C o mm - D closeout. 6 = C o m m- C c l o s e o u t a n d C o m m- D reservation. 7 = C o m m- C a n d C o m m- D c l o s e o u t s . IIS 4 17-20 X LOS 1 26 X LSS 1 23 X MBS 2 21-22 X MES 3 23-25 X O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t ) Table 3 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX I Page 15 Nov 1/10 OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD SD SUB FIELD RCS NO. OF BITS 3 BITS POSITION 24-26 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Rate control subfield shall control the squitter rate of the transponder when it is r e p o r t i n g t h e s u r f a c e f o r ma t . T h e c o d e s a r e : 0 = N o s q u i t t e r r a t e c o m ma n d 1 = Report high surface squitter rate for 60 seconds 2 = Report low surface squitter rate for 60 seconds 3 = Suppress all surface squitters for 60 seconds 4 = Suppress all surface squitters for 120 seconds 5-7 Not assigned Reply Request subfield, sent when DI=7, contains coding corresponding to the requested BDS2 code. Reply Request subfield, sent when DI=3, contains coding corresponding to the requested BDS2 code. Reservation Status s ubfield, sent when DI=1, requests transponder to report reservation status in the UM field. The codes are: 0 = No request. 1 = R e p o r t C o mm - B r e s e r v a t i o n s t a t u s . 2 = R e p o r t C o mm - C r e s e r v a t i o n s t a t u s . 3 = R e p o r t C o mm - D r e s e r v a t i o n s t a t u s . Surface Antenna Subfield, shall control the diversity antenna that is used for the acquisition and extended squitters when the a i r c r a f t i s r e p o r t i n g t h e s u r f a c e f o r ma t . T h e codes are: 0 = N o a n t e n n a c o mma n d , u s e t h e t o p antenna 1 = Alternate top and bottom antennas for 120 seconds 2 = Use bottom antenna for 120 seconds 3 = Return to the default Surveillance Identifier Subfield, shall contain an assigned SI code of the interrogator. RRS 4 21-24 X RRS 4 24-27 X RSS 2 27-28 X SAS 2 27-28 X SIS 6 17-22 X O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t ) Table 3 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX I Page 16 Nov 1/10 15 = Not Assigned. 2 = Unlinked. 5 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t . 1 = Unlinked. 1 4 = F i n a l S e g me n t . OF BITS 3 BITS POSITION 21-23 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Type Control Subfield. APPENDIX I Page 17 Nov 1/10 . Acknowledge.A me s s a g e s e g me n t s . Mu l t i p l e A D S . Acknowledge. Priority. Priority. shall control the position type reported by the transponder. 1 1 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t . Priority. 1 3 = T h i r d S e g me n t . 1 2 = S e c o n d S e g me n t . 4 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t . 1 0 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t . Mu l t i p l e A D S . 6 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t . 7 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD SD SUB FIELD TCS NO. S i n g l e A D S Acknowledge. sent when DI=1 or 7 . Priority. S i n g l e A D S . 8 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t . The codes are: 0 = N o p o s i t i o n t y p e c o m ma n d 1 = Use surface position type for the next 15 seconds 2 = Use surface position type for the next 60 seconds 3 = C a n c e l s u r f a c e t y p e c o m ma n d 4-7 = Not assigned. 9 = L i n k e d 1 s t S e g me n t . TMS 4 29-32 X O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t ) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. S i n g l e A D S Priority. Acknowledge. 3 = Unlinked. S i n g l e A D S . Acknowledge. Acknowledge. c o n t a i n s c o d i n g f o r l i n k i n g t h e C o m m. Priority. Mu l t i p l e A D S . Mu l t i p l e A D S . T h e c o d e s a r e : 0 = No Action. T a c t i c a l Mess age subfield. see Cover Page for details. 2 = C o m m. Interrogator Identifier subfield reports the i d e n t i t y o f t h e i n t e r r o g a t o r t h a t h a s ma d e a mu l t i s i t e r e s e r v a t i o n . VS is a part of DF=0.D r e s e r v a t i o n a c t i v e .C r e s e r v a t i o n a c t i v e .B r e s e r v a t i o n a c t i v e . 16. 4 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 4. T h e f i r s t f i e l d i n a l l u p l i n k f o r ma t s i s t h e t r a n s mi s s i o n d e s c r i p t o r i n a l l i n t e r r o g a t i o n s . 3 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 3. 20. 3 = C o m m. see Cover Page for details. 16. Indicates aircraft is airborne when Zero or aircraft is on the ground when One. OF BITS 3 BITS POSITION 9-11 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Reports the current operating sensitivity level of the TCAS unit and is a part of airair surveillance replies. The codes are: 0 = No TCAS sensitivity level reported.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FIELD SL SUB FIELD NO. APPENDIX I Page 18 Nov 1/10 . advisories). Identifier Designator subfield reports the t y p e o f r e s e r v a t i o n ma d e b y t h e i n t e r r o g a t o r identified in IIS and corresponds with the RSS subfield of SD. 1 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 1. 5. 7 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 7. N O T E : T h e S L f i e l d h a s n o me a n i n g f o r aircraft with RI=0 (no on-board capability to generate resolution. 2 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 2. DF=0. Contains transponder status readouts in replies DF=4. 5 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 5. 6 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 6. Assigned coding is: 0 = N o i n f o r ma t i o n a v a i l a b l e . 21. 1 = C o m m. UF UM IDS 5 6 2 1-5 14-19 18-19 X X X IIS 4 14-17 X VS 1 6 X O v e r v i e w o f F o r ma t D e f i n i t i o n s ( c o n t ) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 B5 B6 B4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B1 P A Q B R C S D T E U F V G W H X I Y J Z K L M N O code SP 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 SP=SPACE 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 6-Bit Character Set for AIS Subfield Table 4 SRS OR TAS SUBFIELD VALUE OCTAL 100000 140000 160000 170000 174000 176000 177000 177400 177600 177700 177740 177760 177770 177774 177776 177777 HEXADECIMAL 8000 C000 E000 F000 F800 FC00 FE00 FF00 FF80 FFC0 FFE0 FFF0 FFF8 FFFC FFFE FFFF NUMBER OF SEGMENTS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Valid Values for SRS and TAS Subfields Table 5 Subject to Export Control. APPENDIX I Page 19 Nov 1/10 . see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX I Page 20 Nov 1/10 . see Cover Page for details.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 BINARY 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 10000 OCTAL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20 DECIMAL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 HEXADECIMAL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 10 N u m b e r S y s t e ms C o n v e r s i o n Table 6 UF# 0 4 5 11 16 20 21 24 VS(b) FS(d) FS(d) CA(d) VS(b) FS(d) FS(d) KE(b) h=hex DR(d) DR(d) ND(d) b=binary CC(b) DR(d) DR(d) PI(h) SL(d) UM(h) UM(h) RI(d) SL(d) UM(h) UM(h) RI(d) FIELDS AC(h&o) IIS(d) IIS(d) AC(h&o) ID(h&o) AA(h&o) AA(h&o) AA(h&o) AA(h&o) MV ( h ) IIS(d) IIS(d) IIS(d) MB ( h ) MB ( h ) AC(h&o) AC(h&o) ID(h&o) AA(h&o) AA(h&o) AA(h&o) AA(h&o) IDS(d) IDS(d) IDS(d) IDS(d) IDS(d) d = d e c i ma l M o d e S U F F i e l d s N u me r i c U n i t s Table 7 Subject to Export Control. Antenna RF antenna used with Test Set when power accuracy is most critical.  Breakout Box Provides means of accessing individual user interfaces via standard connectors  Antenna Shield Used with Antenna Clamp Assembly to cover UUT Antenna not being tested. A u x i l i a r y E q u i p me n t Figure 1 Subject to Export Control.STANDARD ACCESSORIES 1. see Cover Page for details.  Power Cord (European) Used to connect AC power from an external AC power source to AC PWR Connector. 5 A Fuse Spare Fuse Power Cord (US Only) Used to connect AC power from an external AC power source to AC PWR Connector. 72 in. APPENDIX J Page 1 Nov 1/10 . AU XI L I AR Y EQ U I PM E NT Refer to Appendix J. Coaxial Cable Used to connect Test Set ANT Connector to Directional Antenna ANT Connector.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 APPENDIX J . ITEM   DESCRIPTION ITEM    DESCRIPTION DC Power Supply Used to power the Test Set. Figure 1.  12 in. Coaxial Cable Used to connect the Test Set to the UUT. PROCEDURE Position Antenna Clamp Assembly inside the slot in the Antenna Shield Plate. Secure Antenna t h u mb s c r e w s . Antenna Shield Figure 2 Subject to Export Control. PROCEDURE Cover UUT Antenna with Antenna Shield. ANT E NN A S HI EL D P R O C ED UR E Refer to Appendix J. 4. Figure 2. Tighten captive screws. NOTE: I t ma y b e n e c e s s a r y t o r e mo v e UUT Antenna Guard if access to UUT Antenna is restricted. APPENDIX J Page 2 Nov 1/10 . L o o s e n T h u mb s c r e w s i f n e c e s s a r y . STEP 1. STEP 3.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 2. see Cover Page for details. aligning captive screws into the respective screw holes. Shield by tightening 2. b ut t h e T es t Se t w i l l n ot me as ur e f unc t io ns ac c u r at e ly .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 3. ST E P PR O C E DU R E ST E P PR O C E DU R E 1. 2. CA UTIO N: TO PR E V E NT D A MA G E T O T E ST S ET . • P lac e C o up l er ov er th e an t en n a. g u id i n g a nt e nn a i n to th e s l ot on t h e bo tt o m of t h e c ou p l er . Co n nec t A nt e nn a C ou p ler t o A ir c r a ft A nt en n a. Loc k c ou p le r i nt o p lac e by pus h i ng w h it e l ev er o n t he s id e of t h e c ou p l er i nt o a d ow n a nd l oc k e d p os it i on . Co n nec t UU T t o T es t S et RF I /O Co n nec to r v i a c oax i a l c ab l e. ANT E NN A CO U P L ER PR O C E DU R E Refer to Appendix J. P us h C o up l er f ir mly a ga i ns t th e a ir c r af t s k i n u nt i l t he bl ac k r ub b er g as k e t o n th e r i m of t h e c ou p l er is c o m pl e te ly de pr es s ed t i gh t ly a ga i ns t t h e a ir c r a ft . DO N O T CO N N ECT U UT T O T E ST S ET A NT CO NN E CT O R. • Antenna Coupler Figure 3 APPENDIX J Page 3 Nov 1/05 . Figure 3. C o up l er w i l l l oc k i nt o p l ac e w h en t he b l ac k r ub b er gas k e t is no t c om p l et e ly de pr es s e d ag a ins t t he a ir c r af t. • NO T E: C o up l er mu s t b e t i gh t ly pr es s e d an d l oc k ed in p l ac e f or Tes t S et t o f unc t io n c or r ec tly . OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. APPENDIX J Page 4 Nov 1/10 . Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. t h e r e i s a 1 0 % p r o b a b i l i t y t h e t a r g e t a c q u i s i t i o n t i me i n c r e a s e s b y mo r e t h a n t e n s e c .3% 0. T h e t a b l e i n d i c a t e s .TARGET ACQUISITION TIME PROBABILITY TABLE T h e f o l l o w i n g t a b l e s h o w s t h e p r o b a b i l i t y o f t a r g e t a c q u i s i t i o n t i me i n c r e a s i n g b y mo r e t h a n a s p e c i f i e d t i m e ( i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e n o r ma l t w o t o t h r e e s e c ) . disabled or out of the line of sight path with the IFR 6000 TCAS. INCREASE IN TARGET A C Q U I S I T I O N T I ME >3 sec >4 sec >5 sec >6 sec >7 sec >8 sec >9 sec >10 sec >11 sec >12 sec >13 sec >14 sec >15 sec >16 sec >17 sec >18 sec >19 sec >20 sec PROBABILITY PERCENTAGE 91% 76% 59% 44% 31% 22% 15% 10% 7% 4% 3% 2% 1% 0.4% 0.7% 0. NOTE: .2% 0. f o r e x a mp l e . APPENDIX K Page 1 Nov 1/10 .1% Target Acquisition Time Probability Table 1 Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. Other UUT Antennas are shielded.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 APPENDIX K . The table only applies when testing one UUT Antenna. APPENDIX K Page 2 Nov 1/10 . Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. p 2 1-2-4. p 2 App A. p 1 1-2-1. App E. 1-1-2. p 10 1-3-1. p 32 1-1-2. p 29 1-2-4. p 1 1-2-3. p 1 1-3-1. p 9 1-2-4. 1-2-1. p 8 1-2-4. p 1 1-3-1. p 2 Test Set I/O Connectors App A. p p p p 2 7 1 5 Battery Charging 1-2-1. p 1057 Complying with Instructions 1-2-1. p 6 1-2-4. p 13 1-3-1. p 30 1-2-3. p 16 1-3-1. p 78 1-1-2. p 101 1-2-4. p 4 AUX OUT Connector App E. App E. p 1 Description Direct Connect Procedure Directional Antenna Use Description Direct Connect Setup Setup Antenna Testing DME DME Setup DME Setup Antenna DME Setup Direct Connect DME Testing External Cleaning 1-1-1. p 1 1-1-1. p 1 Configurations. p 1 1-2-4. p 2 Breakout Box Connectors App E Operation 1-2-4. p 1 1-2-1. p 6 App J 1-2-4. p 29 1-2-4. p 3 AUX IN Connector App E. Transponder Description 1-2-4. p 31 1-2-4. p 68 1-1-2. p 1 REMOTE Connector App A. p 2 USB HOST Connector App E. p 1 App I 1-3-1. p 1 1-2-4. p 32 1-1-2. p 8 App E. p 2 1-2-4. p 58 1-2-4. Connectors and Indicators 1-2-2. p 6 REMOTE Connector App E. INDEX Page 1 Nov 1/10 . p 3 App J. p 28 App E. p 2 1-5-1. p 2 Table App F Connector Pin-Out Tables Breakout Box ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector App E. see Cover Page for details. p 9 1-1-2. p 1 Operation 1-2-1. p 7 1-2-4. p 1 1-4-1. p 10 1-2-1. p 5 USB DEVICE Connector App E. p 14 1-3-1. p 1 1-2-3. p 9 1-2-4. p 1 App A. p 1 1-4-1. p p p p 1 1 2 1 1-2-1. p 6 Factory/Power Up Presets Functional Capabilities General Description and Capabilities General Operation General Setup Grounding Power Cord Installation I/O Connectors Metric/British Conversion Table Mode S Address Blocks Product Specific List Complete List Operating Procedures Operating Safety Operation Over the Air Ground Test Over the Air Simulated Altitude Test Performance Evaluation General Self Test Quick Start Regulatory Responsibilities REMOTE Connector Pin-Out Table Test Set Breakout Box Repacking Procedure RS-232 Connector Pin-Out Table Safety Precautions Self Test Shipping Information Repacking Procedure Signal Formats Specifications DME Mode Signal Generator UUT Measurements Miscellaneous Supplemental Information TCAS Mode Signal Generator UUT Measurements Transponder Mode Signal Generator UUT Measurements Standard Accessories Start-Up Storage App C 1-1-1. p 56 1-2-4. p 1 Recharging 1-2-1. p 4 1-3-1. p 1 Subject to Export Control. p 1 1-1-2. p 2 Controls. p 1 1-1-1. p 4 App E. p 1 App B App G App H 1-2-4. p 3 1-3-1.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 INDEX Abbreviations AC Power Requirements ADS-B ADS-B GEN ADS-B/GICB ADS-B MON ADS-B Setup ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector Altitude Encoder Test Pin-Out Table Antenna Shield Procedure Auto Test AUX IN Connector Pin-Out Table AUX OUT Connectors Pin-Out Table App D 1-2-1. p 56 1-1-2. 1-4-1. 1-2-1. p 9 1-1-2. p 8 1-1-2. p 3 1-2-1. p 30 1-2-2. p 7 RS-232 Connector App E. p 2 1-2-4. 1-1-2. p 10 1-1-2. p 35 1-2-4. p 2 App E. p 10 1-2-4. 1-2-4. p 4 1-2-4. p 35 1-2-4. 1-1-2. p 29 1-1-2. p 29 1-2-4. p 11 1-2-4. 1-1-2. p 49 1-2-4. p 5 1-2-4. p 3 1-1-2. p p p p p p 99 99 99 12 13 13 App E.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 Target Acquisition Time Test List TCAS Mode Broadcast Monitor Description Monitor Screens Operation Concept Recommended Test Procedure Screen Setup Setup Antenna Setup Scenario Data Screen Surveillance Monitor Testing TIS Mode General description Mode Setup Setup Antenna Setup Direct Connect Testing USB DEVICE Connector USB HOST Connector Pin-Out Table XPDR Altitude Encoder Auto Test Configurations Description Direct Connect Procedure Antenna Coupler Connect Procedure Over The Air Tests Setup Setup Antenna Test List Testing App K 1-2-4. p 45 1-2-4. p 2 1-2-4. p 38 1-2-4. p 28 1-2-4. p 38 1-1-2. p 47 1-2-4. 1-2-4. INDEX Page 2 Nov 1/10 . p 54 1-2-4. see Cover Page for details. p 1 1-1-2. p 42 1-2-4. p 11 1-2-4.35 1-2-4. p 30 1-2-4. p 2 1-2-4. p 5 Subject to Export Control. p 47 1-1-2. p 8 1-2-4. p. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FOR QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY BATTERY/FUSE INSTRUCTIONS . .OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. OVERHEAT OR EXPLODE. . COVER OR PANEL REMOVAL Opening the Case Assembly exposes the technician to electrical hazards that can result in electrical shock or equipment damage. WARNING: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT. Be sure the terminal device performs within these specifications before using it for measurement. IF IGNORED. to prevent electrical shock or damage to the equipment. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING PRECAUTION Improper grounding of equipment can result in electrical shock. DO NOT CRUSH. CASE. (This symbol refers to specific CAUTIONS represented on the unit and clarified in the text. current and power ratings of any connector on the Test Set before connecting it with a probe from a terminal device.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 SA F ET Y F I RS T : T O A L L S ER V IC E P ER SO N NE L REFER ALL SERVICING OF UNIT TO QUALIFIED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL. AC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with ac or alternating voltage. THE FOLLOWING WARNINGS CONCERNING LITHIUM ION BATTERIES MUST BE HEEDED:    DO NOT RECHARGE OUTSIDE THE IFR 6000. INCINERATE OR DISPOSE OF IN NORMAL WASTE. DO NOT SHORT CIRCUIT OR FORCE DISCHARGE AS THIS MIGHT CAUSE THE BATTERY TO VENT. SAFETY SYMBOLS IN MANUALS AND ON UNITS CAUTION: Refer to accompanying documents. CAN RESULT IN EQUIPMENT OR PROPERTY DAMAGE (E.) AC OR DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with ac or dc voltage. WARNING: THE IFR 6000 USES A LITHIUM ION BATTERY PACK. USE OF PROBES Check specifications for the maximum voltage.G. USE RECOMMENDED FUSES ONLY Use only fuses specifically recommended for the equipment at the specified current and voltage ratings. IF IGNORED. that may exist when operating or servicing this equipment. CAN RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.. broken nor expose bare wiring when operating this equipment. CAUTION: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT. FIRE). SAFETY IDENTIFICATION IN TECHNICAL MANUAL This manual uses the following terms to draw attention to possible safety hazards. WARNING: USING THIS EQUIPMENT IN A MANNER NOT SPECIFIED BY THE ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION MAY IMPAIR THE SAFETY PROTECTION PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT. POWER CORDS Power cords must not be frayed. DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with dc voltage. SOME TRANSMITTED SIGNALS CAN CAUSE DISRUPTION AND INTERFERENCE TO COMMUNICATION SERVICES OUT TO A DISTANCE OF SEVERAL MILES. ESPECIALLY CMOS TYPES. KEEP ALL LEADS SHORTED TOGETHER EITHER BY THE USE OF VENDOR-SUPPLIED SHORTING SPRINGS OR BY INSERTING LEADS INTO A CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL. MUST BE LAID ON A GROUNDED CONDUCTIVE MAT OR STORED IN A CONDUCTIVE STORAGE BAG. DEVICES MUST NEVER BE INSERTED INTO NOR REMOVED FROM CIRCUITS WITH POWER ON. GROUND THE HAND BEING USED WITH A CONDUCTIVE WRISTBAND. IF BEING SHIPPED TO THE FACTORY FOR REPAIR. DATED FEBRUARY 19. ANY MAINTENANCE TO THIS UNIT MUST BE PERFORMED WITH THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS:  BEFORE USE IN A CIRCUIT.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 CAUTION: INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND SOLID STATE DEVICES SUCH AS MOS FETS. ARE SUSCEPTIBLE TO DAMAGE BY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES RECEIVED FROM IMPROPER HANDLING. B E F O RE L A Y I N G P C B O A R D S O N A CONDUCTIVE MAT OR STORING IN A CONDUCTIVE BAG.      CAUTION THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS PARTS SENSITIVE TO DAMAGE BY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD) CAUTION: SIGNAL GENERATORS CAN BE A SOURCE OF ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE (EMI) TO COMMUNICATION RECEIVERS. REMOVE ANY BUILTI N P O W E R S O U R C E . WHEN TAKEN OUT OF THE SET. 1981. TIPS OF SOLDERING IRONS AND/OR ANY TOOLS USED MUST BE GROUNDED. THE USE OF UNGROUNDED TOOLS AND IMPROPER STORAGE AND PACKAGING. . PC BOARDS. USERS OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHOULD SCRUTINIZE ANY OPERATION THAT RESULTS IN RADIATION OF A SIGNAL (DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY) AND ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS IN FAA CIRCULAR AC 170-6C. S U C H A S A B A T T E R Y . MUST BE PACKAGED IN A CONDUCTIVE BAG AND PLACED IN A WELL-CUSHIONED SHIPPING CONTAINER. WHEN REMOVING DEVICES FROM THEIR CONTAINERS. PC BOARDS. STEP 1. REPLACE ONLY WITH FUSES OF THE SPECIFIED VOLTAGE AND CURRENT RATINGS. Page 1 Nov 1/10 . PROCEDURE Verify the IFR 6000 is OFF and not connected to AC power. Install the Battery Cover on the Case Assembly and tighten the five captive screws (8 in/lbs. DO NOT A T T E MP T T O I N S T A L L A NON-RECHARGEABLE BATTERY. 6. STEP 1. Fully loosen five captive screws and lift the Battery Cover from the Case A s s e mb l y . see Cover Page for details. 3. BAT T E R Y R E PL A C E M EN T Refer to Figure 1. 5. 7.). 5. Fully loosen two captive screws in the two lower bumpers and remove the bumpers. CAUTION: Subject to Export Control. Install the two lower bumpers and tighten t h e t w o c a p t i v e s c r e w s i n e a c h b u mp e r (8 in/lbs. PROCEDURE Verify the IFR 6000 is OFF and not connected to AC power. REPLACE ONLY WITH THE BATTERY SPECIFIED BY AEROFLEX. Replace fuse: 5 A. 2. Type F (Mini Blade Fuse) (Aeroflex PN: 5106-0000-057) CAUTION: FOR CONTINUOUS PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE. Install new battery and reconnect the wire harness. 3. I n s t a l l t h e t w o l o w e r b u mp e r s a n d t i g h t e n t h e t w o c a p t i v e s c r e w s i n e a c h b u mp e r (8 in/lbs. Disconnect the wire harness connecting t h e b a t t e r y t o t h e T e s t S e t a n d r e mo v e the battery. 2.). Fully loosen five captive screws and lift the Battery Cover from the Case Assembly.). Fully loosen two captive screws in the t w o l o w e r b u mp e r s a n d r e mo v e t h e b u mp e r s . 4. 32 Vdc . Install the Battery Cover on the Case A s s e mb l y a n d t i g h t e n t h e f i v e c a p t i v e screws (8 in/lbs.). WARNING: DISPOSE OF OLD BATTERY ACCORDING TO LOCAL STANDARD SAFETY PROCEDURES.OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 FOR QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY FU S E R EP L A C EM E NT Refer to Figure 1. 4. 6. OPERATION MANUAL IFR 6000 B a t t e r y a n d F u s e R e p l a c e me n t Figure 1 Subject to Export Control. Page 2 Nov 1/10 . see Cover Page for details. As we are always seeking to improve our products. none of which shall form part of any contract. . It cannot be transferred to any foreign third party without the specific prior approval of the U. performance and suitability. or both. CHINA / Beijing CHINA / Shanghai FINLAND FRANCE GERMANY HONG KONG INDIA JAPAN KOREA SCANDINAVIA *SINGAPORE UK / Cambridge *UK / Stevenage *USA Tel: [+86] (10) 6539 1166 Tel: [+86] (21) 5109 5128 Tel: [+358] (9) 2709 5541 Tel: [+33] 1 60 79 96 00 Tel: [+49] 8131 2926-0 Tel: [+852] 2832 7988 Tel: [+91] (0) 80 4115 4501 Tel: [+81] 3 3500 5591 Tel: [+82] (2) 3424 2719 Tel: [+45] 9614 0045 Tel: [+65] 6873 0991 Tel: [+44] (0) 1763 262277 Tel: [+44] (0) 1438 742200 Freephone: 0800 282388 Tel: [+1] (316) 522 4981 Toll Free: 800 835 2352 Fax: [+86] (10) 6539 1778 Fax: [+86] (21) 6457 7668 Fax: [+358] (9) 804 2441 Fax: [+33] 1 60 77 69 22 Fax: [+49] 8131 2926-130 Fax: [+852] 2834 5364 Fax: [+91] (0) 80 4115 4502 Fax: [+81] 3 3500 5592 Fax: [+82] (2) 3424 8620 Fax: [+45] 9614 0047 Fax: [+65] 6873 0992 Fax: [+44] (0) 1763 285353 Fax: [+44] (0) 1438 727601 Fax: [+1] (316) 522 1360 * Indicates Regional Sales/Service Center EXPORT CONTROL WARNING: This document contains controlled technology or technical data under the jurisdiction of the Export Administration Regulations (EAR). customer-focused. the information in this document gives only a general indication of the product capacity. 15 CFR 730-774. imprisonment. Violations of these regulations are punishable by fine. (1002-5800-200 Issue-8) DIR #: 10000011558 BA *6670* 6093 Our passion for performance is defined by three attributes represented by these three icons: solution-minded.S. performance-driven. We reserve the right to make design changes without notice. Department of Commerce Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS).
Copyright © 2024 DOKUMEN.SITE Inc.